Home

Epson 7600 Printer User Manual

1. 7 5 2 ASP List for Stylus Pro 9600 Table 7 7 ASP List for Stylus Pro 9600 continued Table 7 7 ASP List for Stylus Pro 9600 151 HANDLE 152 FAN DUCT 100 L SIDE COVER ASSY 153 VACUUM FAN 101 VH COVER ASSY 154 VACUUM FANI CABLE ASSY 2 102 I H COVER ASSY 155 VACUUM FAN CABLE ASSY 2 103 PLASTIC STOPPER E5 156 CR LOCKER ASSY 104 FULONT COVER FUICRUM PIN L 157 P REAR SENSOR ASSY 105 FRONT COVER ASSY 158 FLAT CLAMP FCR 30 V0 106 FRONT COVER SUPPLEMENT 159 RECYCL CLAMP RLWS 1515TL V0 107 ROLL TRAY L ASSY 160 RECYCL CLAMP 108 H TOP COVER ASSY 161 SILENT DUCT 109 CATCH 162 VACUUM FAN3 CABLE ASSY 2 110 TOP COVER 200 BOARD ASSY 111 DAMPER DISK TOPCOVER 201 GROUNDING PLATE 112 UNDULATE WASHER TOPCOVER 202 GUIDE 113 PANEL UNIT ASSY OVERSEAS 203 GROUNDING PLATE 114 BRANK PANEL 500 MOUNTING PLATE 115 LEVER BRIND CAP 501 SCALE 116 PRSSURE LEVER KNOB 502 TAPE 117 PANEL TAPE CABLE 503 ENCODER FLANG 118 ROLL TRAY R ASSY 504 X REDUCTION BELT 119 R SIDE COVER ASSY 505 BOARD ASSY 120 LABEL 506 SLIT GUIDE 121 LABEL 507 PF ENCODER CABLE ASSY 2 122 LABEL 508 PF MOTOR 123 LABEL 509 PF MOTOR CABLE ASSY 2 125 LABEL 510 EDGE SADDLE 126 LABEL 511 PARTITION PLATE 127 LOGO PLATE 13X54 550 CUTTER CAP 128 LABEL 551 CUTTER SOLENOID SPRING 129 LABEL 552 CUTTER SOLENOID ASSY 131 LABEL 553 CUTTER SPRING 150 FCC CLIP Ap
2. Semigloss Paper Poster Board Note Symbol Assured O Supported Supported conditionally x Not supported 2H 3H High tension spindle Note 1 Assured with Uni D print 2 Paper is fed short edge first 3 Paper should have no wrinkles tears or folds and the surface should be smooth 4 It is used under normal conditions temperature 15 C 25 C humidity 40 60 RH Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O For borderless print right and left margins are 3mm each because skew detection limit is 3mm If the distance from the paper edge to the platen sponge width is less than 3mm the maximum surplus print quantity without ink discharge onto the platen Omm 3mm is printable area 1 2 6 Mechanism Specifications 1 2 6 1 Printable Area Table 1 15 Printable Area Roll paper Sheet Dimension PW Paper width Roll paper Stylus Pro 7600 203 mm 610 mm Stylus Pro 9600 203 mm 1118 mm Sheet Stylus Pro 7600 203 mm 610 mm Stylus Pro 9600 203 mm 1118 mm LM Max 202m 279 mm 1580 mm PL Roll paper Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 Paper length Sheet gt Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 Roll paper Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 Top margin Sheet Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 3 mm BM Roll paper Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 Bottom margin Sheet Stylus Pro 7600
3. CR Guide Rail Do not apply any other oils lubricants or glues than those described in this manual otherwise printer parts may be damaged or their useful life may be shortened Figure 6 1 Lubricating Positions on the CR Guide Rail Maintenance Lubrication and Glue 280 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 7 1 Connectors O Main Board C472 MAIN Table 7 1 Main Board Connectors List CN No Pins Color Connected to P S board Remarks Lock type PANEL FFC lock type H UDI36 Yellow D A_OUT Not used ROM_DIMM CSIC FFC S_I O DEBUGER Not used CR_FFC1 FFC lock type CR_FFC3 FFC lock type CR_FFC2 FEC lock type IEEE1284 parallel port USB Not used Ww an TYPE B White CR MOT Lock type with relay connector White PF_MOT Lock type with relay connector White PF_ENC White PUMP_MOT With relay connector Blue P S_ FAN Black FANI With relay connector Yellow FAN2 With relay connector Red FAN3 Stylus Pro 9600 only Blue P_THICK0O 3 Yellow COVER_L White CR_ORG Black I H_LEVER Not used Red P_THICK Black P_REAR Yellow P_FRONT Not used HBL RP RB WY WI WI WI WW N N NI NI BB NM NH Ww Red HD_SLID nn ROLL_UNIT
4. Cutting method lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper feeding adjustment lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper suction lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print adjustment lt nnnnnnnnn gt Product Description Operating Panel 79 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Item menu 2 Item menu 1 Panel display Panel display Setup value Maintenance information menu MAINTINFO Product Descri Fatal error MENUF Service call history Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l history Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history2 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l history2 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history3 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l history3 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history4 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l history4 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history5 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l history5 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history6 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l history6 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history7 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l history7 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history8 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l his
5. Ink Type 0 Neutral Ink OUT Judge Counter 0 Vacuum Compensation Coefficient 90 Discharge Compensation Coefficient 90 Compensation Permission Flag H 0 Cartridge Midway Replacement Flag 1 Replaced CSIC Storage Area for Printer Body FFh Cumulative Ink Consumption 0 Cumulative Paper Consumption 0 Ink Consumption during Nozzle Check 0 Paper Consumption during Nozzle Check 0 Counters to be Cleared 0 Y Ink Cumulative Discharge Counter 0 Previous Y Ink Cumulative Discharge Counter 0 Y Ink Cumulative Discharge at Previous Ultrasonic Cleaning 0 Y Ink Cumulative Discharge at Previous Periodic CL2 Execution 0 CSIC Control Flag 1 All valid Maintenance Menu Ink Related Count 1 1 for date 0 for others Timer Initial Charge Execution Count 0 Initial Charge Previous Execution time 0 Timer Initial Charge Flag 0 Maintenance tank ink consumption CSIC 0 Head hot error flag 0 Not error Borderless ink counter 0 Timer CL4 cumulative counter 0 Pump counter P 0 Maintenance tank detection 1 ON CLS5 cumulative counter 0 CL1 count with cleaning prohibited 7 colors 0 Timer CL4 flag 0 Not being executed Time having elapsed since previous K ink replacement sequence Oxfftrtrff CL4 cumulative counter 0 K ink counter for ink system processing 0 Ink replacement sequence counter 0 Ink type changed MB flag 0 Not changed Previous count
6. 0 279 6 2 Lubricationiand Glue assertor hestr ere a Kee e eN anaa ak Ss 280 6 2 1 Lubricating the CR Guide Rail oo ccc eeccsecesecsececeeseeeseceenseeneesseeneenseens 280 Chapter 7 Appendix FL COMME CLOTS e etaan ae A a a a a a E shies 282 7 2 Component Layout eonecacnennnetdi ei R a EEE E ES 285 7 3 Citeuit Diagrams eee e ac tad e a oss E E E R S e 286 7 4 Exploded Diagrams s sssseeseesesessseeessreessesresesseststsrestesestrstssesesessesesseeneseesesees 292 7 5 ASP List Parts List orcu proren nee EENEN ENE A 317 7 5 1 ASP List for Stylus Pro 7600 seseante e iie 317 7 5 2 ASP List for Stylus Pro 9600 oo ccecceeseceseesecesceseeeeceseeeeeceeceteeerenseeeeeees 320 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 1 Product Description 1 1 1 Features O Large Format Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 O Pigment ink Dye ink E Pigment ink Users can select following blackish ink combinations e Photo Black Light Black e Matte Black Light Black e Matte Black x 2 E Dye ink 2 black ink cartridges are installed Max 24 inch paper width Al size supported Max 44 inch paper width BO size supported O High speed Throughput E Stylus Pro 7600 Table 1 1 Throughput Stylus Pro 7600 Resolution Throughput C9 A1 printing time Plain Paper Draft 360 x 180 EPSON media Quality Pseudo 4 color 2 min Speed 360 x360 Bi D MF 240 cps 3 2 BKx2 2 min 360 x 360 Doubleweig
7. Check Points Lower Paper Guide and Make sure no paper dust or Cleaning If there is an ink the surface of the foreign objects are attached or stain wipe with dry clean Subplaten have accumulated cloth after cleaning the ink stain with damp cloth Timing Fence Slit plate Is there any accumulation or Clean for CR encoder adhesion of paper dust or If there is any damage detection foreign matter replace the part Rail on the CR guide Make sure there are no foreign Cleaning frame objects attached P_REAR sensor and Make sure no paper dust or Cleaning P_FRONT sensor surface foreign objects are attached or have accumulated Maintenance Overview 279 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 6 2 Lubrication and Glue 6 2 1 Lubricating the CR Guide Rail O Lubricant Super Multi Oil 32 Idemitsu In this printer as necessary the lubricants specified below should be used for oiling and adhesion during disassembly and assembly operations Apply lubricant to the four points as shown below on the CR Guide Rail carriage roller running surface Table 6 3 Grease and Glue Application Amount Company Part Location TIe QA Before applying lubricant clean the surface iOi POINT ma Multi oil Idemitsu n a Carriage rail bearings G 26 EPSON olicoat EM ow Cornin ther parts on mechanism Moli EM Dow Corning B702600001 Other p hani 60L Asia Screw lock EPSON B730200200 Screw lock blue
8. GO Note Symbol Assured O Supported Supported conditionally x Not supported 2H 3H High tension spindle Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Roll dye Table 1 12 Availability with Special Paper Dye Characteristic Media Size Roll Dye 210 ae 10 30cm 12 14 16 50cm 20 22 60cm 24 36 core USA spindle thickness Auto cut Borderless Europe Asia Presentation Matte Paper Semigloss Photo Paper Asia Europe Semi Gloss Paper Heavy Weight US Glossy Photo Paper Asia Europe Glossy Paper Heavy Weight US Doubleweight Matte Paper Glossy Film Photo Grade Glossy Paper Asia Europe Photo Glossy Paper US Photo Grade Semigloss Paper Asia Europe Photo Semigloss Paper US O jojo O O O OIO Heavyweight Polyester Banner RC 10mil Glossy Paper TBD RC 10mil Semigloss Paper TBD Premium Luster Photo Paper Dupont EPSON Commercial Proofing Paper Dupont EPSON Commercial Matte Proofing Paper Dupont EPSON Publication Proofing Paper O O O ojoj OJ CO O O O Note Symbol Assured O Supported Supported condition
9. 2 Revision A 0123 4567 80123 45 678 0123 45 67 8 0123 45 67 80123 45 678 0312 3 45 67 8 NG NG OK NG NG Bi Dpa0l eps Figure 5 50 Color Pattern for Bi D Adjustment Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 14 Parameter Copying Copy Param In actual processing at each point when the adjusted value is determined in 5 2 3 13 Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment p 248 the Enter compensation value obtained by computation is copied into each area Actually therefore copy processing by this function is not required See Figure 5 51 WAIT 5 2 3 15 Bi D2 Adjustment PG 0 7mm Figure 5 51 Menu Transition for Parameter Copying Wte A When this adjustment is to be performed use the following paper 10 N Since setting must be made for PG 0 7mm Paper to be used Authentic glossy paper Example Photo Glossy Paper MCSRxxR2 Make this adjustment as required after executing 5 2 3 13 Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment p 248 The adjustment procedure is the same as that for 5 2 3 13 Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment p 248 5 2 3 16 Bi D3 Adjustment PG 2 1mm Wte A When this adjustment is to be performed use the following paper POINT since setting must be made for PG 2 1mm Paper to be used Authentic plain paper roll PMSPxxR6
10. lt Mechanism Adjustment gt Note The gap is acceptable if it does not permit entrance of your finger when the PF ENC Installation Position Adjustment Front Cover is opened and COVER OPEN is displayed lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment Rear Sensor Position Adjustment Adjustment Overview 216 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 1 4 11 Cutter Solenoid ASSY or Paper Guide L Adjustment 5 1 4 12 Damper ASSY Adjustment Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the Cutter Solenoid p 177 Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the Damper ASSY p 173 has been replaced or the Paper Guide L has been reinstalled has been replaced O Adjusting tools H Cutter Positioning Jig F800 E Scale 1000mm F713 E Scale Stopper F714 Execute ink discharge Ink Blowing before removing the Damper ASSY Refer to 5 2 3 20 Clean Head p 256 Secure the coupling screw and the ink tube by tightening at the specified torque 2 2 5 kg f O Adjustment items steps Table 5 13 Required Adjustment Items Adjustment Item O Adjustment items steps lt Mechanism Adjustment gt Table 5 14 Required Adjustment Items Damper ASSY Cutter Positioning Adjustment F a Adjustment It Checking for Proper Cutting and Cu
11. Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Circuit Boards Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 5 1 Overview This section describes the adjustment procedures necessary after replacing certain parts and explains how to perform those adjustment procedures 5 1 1 Cautions Before beginning the adjustment operation be sure to confirm the following caution items E If you are carrying out adjustments see 5 1 4 Adjustment Items p 212 and then confirm the relevant adjustment items and adjustment procedures E When carrying out adjustments check the cautions displayed in the explanation for each adjustment item thoroughly If the operation is performed wrong it could hinder the product s operation or functions 5 1 2 Adjustment Tools fo 107 4 POINT In adjustments and test printing use Doubleweight Matte Paper roll unless otherwise specified Table below lists the tools necessary for adjustments of Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Table 5 1 Adjustment Tools ET Part Code Notes Tension Gauge 1060744 standard tool 2 2kgf 220g F770 acceptable PF Belt tension Thickness gauge Commercially available Thickness 0 3 0 4 0 8 0 9 mm Coupling tightening jig Tightening force 3kgf 500g Adjustment Table 5 1 Adjustment Tools continued Name 24 44 inch Width Roll Paper Part Code Epson or commercially available paper D
12. Ink use and paper use of job history are displayed 1 4 3 26 Total prints Total prints are displayed in decimal Max 6 figures Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 27 Consumables life O CR motor life monitor O Cutter life E Howto calculate l l _ It is displayed with tube life B1 width because tube friction causes CR me owe Gey a motor trouble The tube life is calculated with the number of CR scan times The number of times the cutter has been used is calculated by counting down from 2000 The count is reduced by one every time one sheet is cut Table 1 36 Reference value irrespective of paper sizes Printer Model Number of Passes Condition The counter is cleared at replacing the cutter with a new one 600 250 milli BO E Display Life Stylus Pro 760 million passes Speed 100 81 Baca Stylus Pro 9600 325 million passes A1 Speed 80 61 Besse F Note 1 pass 1 round trip 60 41 Esx F E Display Life 40 21 Ex F 100 81 Bk ek F 20 1 Ex F 80 61 Eik F Less than 1 remaining F F 60 41 Ex F 40 21 Ex F E Maintenance Req 20 1 Ex F Not happen because p Less than 1 remaining F F e Cutter condition can be checked with cutting e It doesn t cause big obstacles e Users can replace a cutter easily E Maintenance Req ani P E Fatal rror It is happened when the life is less than 4 Not happen Fatal error When the remain
13. Make this adjustment as required after executing 5 2 3 13 Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment p 248 The adjustment procedure is the same as that for 5 2 3 13 Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment p 248 Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 17 Round Trip Print Position Bi D Adjustment Checking According to the result of the round trip print position adjustment shift the pattern by Enter Adjust Print the theoretically required number of dots Then print the pattern and check the print result Enter Check to see if the central patterns are in alignment and if not perform the Bi D PA Pane adjustment again The menu transition for Bi D adjustment checking and print patterns are shown at right Figure 5 52 Menu Transition for Bi D Adjustment Checking NOTE Figure 5 53 shows the print patterns for PG1 2mm The patterns for PG0 7mm and PG2 1mm will also be printed ih eee BE 4 Sh ACP AE iw 1 Black Adjust Parameter 21 E Pattern drawing method 1 2 360dpi Bi D 240CPS VSD1 Large 8 9 360dpi Bi D 240CPS VSD2 Large 2 15 16 360dpi Bi D 190CPS VSD4 Large co oo Ee n BH w Bw gt E oo o o Hs i E Mic Mic m E m Ho o Mo He n EB w Ew gt Es o Eo o Hs o a ly 2 EE 1 2 m mi ms ms mi Mo Eo Ms 8 Bi D PG
14. 0 146 32321 Ink LOW enigeen e e icra Greed R vias tae deh aes 132 3 2 4 37 CPU address error storage misalignment 10000100 146 3 2 3 2 Maintenance tank full Warning 00 0 0 eeeeeceeeeeeececeeeeeeeceeeeteeeeaes 132 3 2 4 38 CPU reserve command code exception error 10000180 146 3 23 39 Maintenance request a peisso eise cetacean none ene 132 3 2 4 39 CPU slot illegal command exception error 100001 A0 146 3 2 4 Troubleshooting for Service Call Errors cecccccecseeceesseeseeseeeseeneenseeseens 134 3 2 4 40 CPU DMA address error 10000500 ee eeeececeeceteeeeeeeeeeseeteeeees 146 3 2 4 1 CR motor life 00000101 oe eee eeeeseseescnseseneeecneeecnecneeecneeecneeeenees 134 3 2 4 41 CPU error LOQ0OXXX ennaii an aA a A aS 146 3 2 4 2 PF motor encoder check error 00010000 sssesssseseeeeeeseesnnennnses 135 3 3 Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout cece este seseseseeeeeaeaeeees 147 3 2 4 3 PF Motor out of step 00010001 essessssssseeeeeetesssssesssseeeretetien 135 33A Dot sei oe a nr ait eta alt ie a eat EENT 147 3 2 4 4 PF motor overcurrent 00010002 sscsccsssssseeeseeecesnnsnnnnnesseeeee 136 3 3 2 Uneven Printing Poor Resolution ccc eeseeseessssneeseseeeeeeteenes 148 3 2 4 5 PF motor in position time out 00010003 ssssseeeeeceeseseennnneees 136 3 3 3 Smudged or Marred Printout Front 00 eeeeeeseeseeeeeeteeeeeeeseeeeneneneaes 148 3 2 4 6 CR motor encode
15. 1 6 1 3 ECP Mode CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENT AND SIGNALS SPECIFICATION Table 1 56 Connector Pin Assignment and Signals ECP O Transmission mode EEE 1284ECP mode peau Signal Name In Out Function O Synchronization IEEE 1284 specification 1 19 HostClk In Data or address information are transferred from a host to a O Handshaking IEEE 1284 specification proier 2 20 DATAO In O Signal level TTL compatible IEEE1284Level 1 device 3 21 DATA In O Data trans timing EEE 1284 specification 4 22 DATA2 In A 5 73 DATA3 In The DATAO through DATA7 signals represent data bits 0 Oo Extensibility Request z JA DATM 7 to 7 respectively Each signal is at high level when data is n a The printer responds affirmatively when the extensibility request values are 10H 7 os ADATAS n etal and low evelyn deta te oge 0 or 04H that mean 3 26 IDATAG In E 10H Request ECP Mode Reverse Channel Transfer 9 27 DATA7 In E 14H Request Device ID Return Data Using ECP Mode Rev Channel 10 28 PeriphClk Out Data is transferred from a printer to a host Transfer A printer uses this signal for a flow control of forward o direction Also this signal offers the data bit 9 that use it to Device ID 11 29 PeriphAck Out judge whether or not it is information command E When IEEE1284 4 is valid information or data to be output on the data signal of reverse direction e lt xx gt lt xx gt Character strings depending on lt Model Name gt e MFG EP
16. 4 a 3 I K 05 1F l p 50 l K 06 20s I E 1 4 K 07 F Y P J mi K 08 DDFs I 7 S 4 K 09 E 0 4 4 j K 0A 24 I 2 Nj D K 0B 7 I TI i 1 K 0C 260 I 2 Nj 7 y K 0D Dae l 7 K l l i i Fixed information Figure 5 13 Menu Transition for Internal Information Display of CSIC Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 2 8 Actuator You can operate actuators See Figure 5 14 Cutter SelecType Enter Start CUTTER e 2 2 Pause The cutter is moved up and down by operating on the panel See Figure 5 15 items M Neither pressing the Paper Feed key with UP displayed nor pressing the Cutter Paper Feed key with DOWN displayed works UP Upon passage of 60 seconds with the cutter in the down position it will automatically move up Figure 5 14 Menu Transition of Actuator 5 2 2 9 Actuator 2 ues UR You can operate actuators See Figure 5 16 4 A E When you try to return to the top menu of test after execution of any item of Cutter Actuator 2 Turn Power OFF will be displayed DONON Figure 5 15 Menu Transition of Cutter SelecType x Pause Ttems Paper Feed i A Paper Feed A I Cutter Sole 2 2 Enter Start Enter Pump Motor
17. Adjust again Enter E Appropriate values ON OFF difference 040 or more ON level 095 or less REN Detection end NOTE The appropriate values are represented in hexadecimal notation 088 090 Paper to be used A3 size Kimoto Micro Tracing Paper 300 LMB F751 1057723 040 or more 95 or less Figure 5 18 Menu Transition for Rear AD Adjustment ADJUSTMENT AND CHECKING PROCEDURE 1 Start the Self diagnostic Function Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON 2 Set paper Set a sheet of A3 size Kimoto Micro Tracing Paper 300 LMB F751 1057723 on the HP side 3 Display Adj Rear AD Paper Feed V SelecType gt Paper Feed V x2 4 Detect the adjusted values SelecType Enter 5 Check the values for properness Check that the values are within the respective ranges specified above If they are not within the ranges clean the sensor surface or replace it with a new one Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 2 Edge AD Adjustment The optimum value for resistance of the Edge Sensor is automatically detected and Enter Start determined See Figure 5 19 Enter The values are displayed in the order of D A adjustment value ON OFF Betger ga aa difference and ON level from left to r
18. Bind CBP M3x6 Silver Bind P tight CBP M4x10 Black Bind P tight CBS M3x10 White Bind S tight CBS M4x6 White Bind S tight CBS M2x8 White Bind S tight CBS M3x6 White Bind S tight CBS M4x8 White Bind S tight CBS M3x10 White Bind S tight CUPS M3x6 White Cup S tight CUPS M4x6 White Cup S tight CUPS M4x8 White Cup S tight CPP M3x8 White Cup P tight CPS M3x12 White Crosshead Pan S tight CP M3x6 White Crosshead Pan CP W M2x12 Silver Crosshead Pan washer CP W M2x8 Silver Crosshead Pan washer CP W M3x6 Silver Crosshead Pan washer CP W M3x8 Silver Crosshead Pan washer CP W M3x25 Silver Crosshead Pan washer CP W M4x8 Silver Crosshead Pan washer CP W M4x10 Silver Crosshead Pan washer CP W M4x40 Silver Crosshead Pan washer Flush head screw M3x6 White Flush head Truss screw M4x6 G White Truss screw Toothed washer M3 White Outer teeth Toothed washer M4 White Outer teeth EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 1 4 Disassembly Flow Refer to Figure 4 2 when determining the disassembly flow This printer has been assembled with high accu
19. Maintenance tank replacement date this time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Maintenance tank replacement date last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Maintenance tank replacement date 2 times before Operating Panel lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt 73 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Top menu Panel display Maintenance information menu MAINTINFO Item menu 1 Panel display Ink 1 MENUA Total ink use Item menu 2 EPSON genuine ink Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued P K K in slot 1 for dye model Panel display Setup value lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use EPSON genuine ink L K K in slot 2 for dye model lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use EPSON genuine ink M K lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use Others Slot 1 lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use Others Slot 2 lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use EPSON genuine ink C lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use Others C lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use EPSON genuine ink M lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use Others M lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use EPSON genuine ink LC lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use Others LC lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use EPSON genuine ink LM lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use Others LM lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use EPSON genu
20. This error clears automatically after about 5 seconds Error message appears again during cleaning unless all the installed cartridges are replaced with ones with enough ink for cleaning The message NOT ENOUGH INK is displayed on the panel for 5 seconds The corresponding INK OUT LED goes on for 5 seconds to alert the user to the error The error is cleared by pressing Pause button during the 5 second period EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 2 13 Ink related Errors 3 2 2 14 Defective ink cartridge Table 3 18 E Ink End error Ink end error occurs when the defined amount of ink Description have been consumed after NearEnd is detected It LCD PANEL INK OUT occurs when NearEnd cartridge is inserted whether the MESSAGE defined amount of ink have been consumed or not This error occurs when the ink cartridge CSIC has some problems E No Ink Cartridge There detected any ink cartridge slot without cartridge LED STATUS with the contents and has loose connection Corresponded INK E Wrong Non genuine Ink Cartridge dye pigment OUT LED goes on This error occurs when wrong ink type dye pigment is installed There detected some problems with the contents of the ink Explanati E eh ee cartridge CSIC Reading writing into ink cartridge was failed In case of loose connection release the ink lever at this time the Table 3 17 Rene massage SET INK
21. lt xXx gt Normal error history 8 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 9 Type lt xXx gt Normal error history 9 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 10 Type lt Xx gt Normal error history 1 ODate lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Error times Roll paper width lt nnnnnnnnn gt Error times Sheet lt nnnnnnnnn gt Product Description Parts counter clear at replacement MENUX Carriage unit clear at replacement EXEC Cleaning unit clear at replacement EXEC Head clear at replacement EXEC Cutter solenoid clear at replacement Operating Panel EXEC 81 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value Operation time environment information counter clear INIT MENUE Carriage information counter clear INIT MENUR Ink system information clear INIT MENUS Head information counter clear INIT MENUH Cutter information counter clear INIT MENUC Maintenance information Ink information 1 counter clear INIT MENUA initializing menu Ink information 2 counter clear INIT MENUB INITINFO Paper information counter clear INIT MENUP Print mode information counter clear INIT MENUM Panel setting information counter clear INIT MENUO
22. Table 1 51 MW Printing Adjustment Setting Values and Printing Modes Setting on Panel 360x360 Non MW FOL 360x360 MW 360x360 MW 360x360 FOL 360x360 Non FOL 360x720 Non FOL 360x720 Non FOL 360x720 FOL 360x720 Non FOL2 MW2 720x360 FOL2 MW2 720x360 720x720 720x720 720x720 720x720 Non 8PASS 1440x720 8PASS 1440x720 oe 2880x1440 Note For printing modes Nos see 4 10 4 Printing Mode Combination Table p 89 Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 10 4 Printing Mode Combination Table Valid print mode combination is following Table 1 52 Output Output dot size Feeding resolution 1 180x180 MD ND ND2 VSD1 VSD2 180x180 MD ND ND2 VSD1 VSD2 2 Specified by 240 DMW ESC v command Specified by 2 360x180 MD ND ND2 VSD1 VSD2 360x180 MD ND ND2 VSD1 VSD2 5 2 240 DMW ESC v command 3 3 z 720x180 VSD4 720x180 VSD4 Specitied by 190 DMW ESC v command 4 03H 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSD1 VSD2 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSD1 VSD2 1 192 1 96 0 192 360 240 Bee oO speed color mode 5 Non MW FOL 360x360 MD NDIND2 VSDI VSD2 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 1 95 1
23. Fatal error information counter clear INIT MENUF Normal error information counter clear INIT MENUN Note 1 The panel display is English that is common for Japanese English French German Spanish Portuguese 2 Roll paper widths XX are following Stylus Pro 7600 610mm and over 160mm and under is classified at 50mm intervals Stylus Pro 9600 1018mm and over 10mm and under is classified at 100mm intervals 3 However if the witdth of the installed paper is smaller than set width the latter will be used Product Description Operating Panel 82 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A INITIALIZE NVRAM TIMER LIFE COUNTER MECHANICAL COUNTER Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the NVRAM timer life counter and mechanical counter INITIALIZE NVRAM Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the NVRAM INITIALIZE RTC Selecting this mode allows the user to set RTC initialized time to NVRAM The panel display is following RTC INIT lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt lt HH gt NOTE lt YY gt year lt MM gt month lt DD gt day lt HH gt hour The cursor shifts year month gt day hour gt year with SelecType button Time is adjusted with Paper Feed AV buttons RTC initialized time is set to NVRAM with Enter button and RTC is initialized NOTE RTC backup battery end maintenance c
24. Power ON 2 Display Adj Bi d Paper Feed V SelecType gt Paper Feed V x9 3 Print the 240 V1 black line pattern Press Enter when 240V1 K PRN is displayed See Figure 5 47 8 Bi D PG 1 2mm 240CPS VSD2 Black Adjust Parameter 20 4 Check the test pattern 240 V1 K Check to see if the line by the first pass and the line by the second pass are not in oo He n Hw w Ew sf oa o Ho 7 E i ic Mic m E my my me ms E mo Mo Eo E o m E Mio Mo oc Be DS CO w Ew gt B o Bo o Hs co Eo alignment 9012345678012345678012345 678 When they are in alignment proceed to the next step If they are not in alignment i E a i A D p D D make the adjustment by referring to the procedure described below See Figure 34567801234567801234 5678 1 2 a BERR EEE O K Black Line Adjustment Procedure L Display the value input screen 240V1 K xx 15 Bi D PG 1 2mm 190CPS VSD4 Black Adjust Parameter 20 After the test pattern has been output press SelecType gt one time when 240V1 COL PRN is displayed on the LCD 2 Input the value 16 In consideration of the output pattern input a value in the range of 99 99 and press Enter 4 3 Output the pattern again N MicoMic mm mi mi Me Mw E E Ho uo His Hs oe Eo Mo o E e fe n Et v E gt B o Bo o Ea
25. Pump motor DC motor HD_SLID sensor Head slide origin Reflection type photo interrupter P_EDGE sensor Paper edge Reflection type photo interrupter Cutter solenoid DC solenoid Paper Feed Assembly p 113 PF motor DC motor PF encoder sensor Linear encoder 360LPI Paper suction fans The number of DC blowers Stylus Pro 7600 2 Stylus Pro 9600 3 P_REAR sensor Paper rear Reflection type photo interrupter P_THICK_0 3 sensor Paper thickness Transmission type photo interrupter P_THICK sensor Paper thickness Transmission type photo interrupter Release Sensor H lever Limit switch Ink Supply Mechanism p 117 Pump motor DC motor Cleaning Mechanism p 115 Operating Principles Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 2 2 1 Carriage CR Mechanism Stylus Pro 7600 9600 is equipped with a unique carriage mechanism which enables reliable high precision movement of the on carriage head for high precision printing P_EDGE sensor in the printing range carriage movement range Carriage CR_HP Sensor and Flag Encoder Sensor and Timing Fence HD SLID Sensor and CON Slide Gear Q iiis CR01 eps Figure 2 1 Carriage Mechanism Operating Principles Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A CARRIAGE MOVING UNI
26. Self diagnostic Function SelecType Key gt To Printing Pattern To serial number input screen After printing the display changes to Clean Head Figure 5 56 Menu Transition for Test Pattern Printing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 20 Clean Head i f Set Opener I C When Head replacement is required on the service site execute ink discharge 7 ie wy 2 R Vv Install draining cartridges Enter pease Ink Blowing in this mode beforehand Tnk Blowing Tak Dischg Skip Yy Completion of ink discharge Enter Set Cleaning I C If transition in the sequence can not take place for some reason the Y Trstall cleaning cartridges Fnter Pause display shows Reset I C Head Cleaning Head Wash Skip Yy Completion of cleaning liquid filling Enter Set Opener I C 2 W Install draining cartridges Enter Pause Dischrg washfluid Ink Dischg Skip 2 Q When replacing the print head execute ink discharge Ink Blowing by using this 5 F Completion of cleaning liquid filling Enter i et Cleanin function W Install cleaning cartridges Enter Pause PEF A F Head Cleaning 2 i CHECK Prepare seven draining cartridges which are necessary for this ae ook BREE POINT work Vv Completion of cleaning liquid filling Enter o Set Open
27. TURN PWR OFF AND ON is displayed and then reboot by turning off and on Recovery according to the message O Check the paper path for foreign matters or any deformed parts which can cause a paper jam Note Errors in the drive system can occur in case of out of step overcurrent or any other significant deviation from command values to the servo motor Troubleshooting 3 2 2 6 Front Cover Open Table 3 10 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE FRONT COVER OPEN LED STATUS None Explanation Front cover is opened Under this error all of CR motion and ink sequences are halted Therefore it may give damages to printing head if this situation continues very long time Recovery D O Close the front cover If it is happened with print ready status during printing it recovers to print ready status automatically If it is happened during pause it recovers to pause status automatically If the cover is opened during printing the suspended printing pass is never resumed Therefore there may appear a stripe on the printout It is better to make the printer PAUSE by pressing the Pause button prior to open the cover while printing however there may appear a uneven coloring on some media because of the difference of printing time O If the error is not cleared even after cover closing Execute Checking Cover Sensor Operation in the self diagnostics menu and if any problem is found take corrective ac
28. The Maintenance ASSY consists of the major assemblies listed below four of which constitute the Cleaning Unit The life of the Cleaning Unit is judged by the life of the Pump Motor Replace the Cap ASSY Pump ASSY Flushing Box and Wiper at the same time Parts of the Cleaning Unit are available as individual parts so that each of those parts can be replaced singly NOTE For details refer to Table 6 1 Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Lives of Periodically Replaced Components and Maintenance p 277 Table 4 4 Major Parts of Cleaning Mechanism Names of Parts Pump Motor ASSY Cleaning Unit Pump Cap ASSY Cap ASSY Replace at expiration of Pump Motor Pump ASSY ASSY life Cleaner Head Flushing Box ASSY Aes im Once you have replaced the Cleaning Unit be sure to execute Sel S CLEAR COUNTERS Initialize cleaning unit CLEANER p 71 and CLEAR COUNTERS Initialize flashing box FL BOX p 71 in Maintenance mode 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 6 1 Maintenance ASSY Removal D When you replace the Maintenance ASSY ink can spill from the ink tube connected to the pump assembly Disconnect the ink tubes carefully so that ink will not spill Remove the Access Cover See Disconnect the connector CN17 of the Pump Motor ASSY At the rear of the printer body remove the four screws securin
29. WTI QA Sensor bracket position is adjusted at the factory before shipment ZoNa When the sensor bracket is to be removed on the service site you are advised to mark the mounting position before removal for easy adjustment at reassembly Figure 4 59 P_THICK and P_THICK_0 3 Sensors Removal 8 Unhook the sensor from the sensor bracket and remove the sensor VNUs 1m If you move the sensor bracket position perform the necessary Se Sus adjustment E Refer to 5 1 4 7 P_THICK P_THICK_0 3 Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 215 Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 4 6 P_REAR Sensor ASSY 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the J H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 Remove the Rear Cover p 166 Disconnect the connector CN27 black 4 pin of the P_ REAR Sensor ASSY from the Main Board Push the Paper Hold Lever down to the front GN an Re ee A z Remove the lower two screws CBS M4x6 securing the Paper Guide U See Figure 4 60 Remove the upper three screws CBS M4 x 6 six screws for Stylus Pro 7600 securing the Paper Guide U and remove the Paper Guide U by pulling it up toward you slowly When removing installing the Paper Guide U be careful not to mar the P_REAR Sensor ASSY with the edge of the sensor inspection window 10 Remove the two
30. lt MM gt Month Passed time after open AGE Y lt MM gt Month Table 1 46 Maintenance mode 1 setup items continued Item menu 2 Panel display Top menu Setup value Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Paper feeding adjustment conversion table 1 User table pigment XX1 lt nn gt lt mm gt lt nn gt 00H C9H lt mm gt 00H C9H FFH Paper feeding adjustment conversion table 2 User table dye XX2 lt nn gt lt mm gt lt nn gt 00H C9H lt mm gt 00H C9H FFH The whole paper feeding SN Menu adjustment offset Pigment O lt nn gt 32 0 32 SN MENU XXO lt nn gt The whole paper feeding adjustment offset Dye lt nn gt 32 0 32 XXP lt nn gt gt System table version lt gt CS T mmmmm gt F W Version User table version lt nn gt 00H FFH XXU lt nn gt a Initialize user table EXEC XXD O Note 1 When hexadecimal dump mode is executed PRINT is displayed HEXADECIMAL DUMP The hex dump function allows data sent to the printer to be printed and displayed in hexadecimal format One line contains 16 data items in hexadecimal format with the equivalent characters printed at the right of each line If no equipment characters exist control codes etc a period is printed It prints every 16 data It prints the last data with pressing the Pause button when it is less than 16 Panel s
31. 2 96 1 96 30 33 720 240 19 Except 8PASS 1440x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 1440x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 4 96 I 9O 4 73 720 240 20 z 8PASS _ 1440x720 MD ND ND2 VSD1 VSD2 1440x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 8 96 6 18 11 720 240 21 wD z z 2880x1440 VSD4 2880x1440 VSD4 7 92 3 94 0 73 1440 190 Note When an improper combination is set it prints with default of setting resolution designated dot size Operating Panel 89 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 5 Controller O CPU Hitachi SH7709S 100MHz Code ROM External 2MB Font ROM None RAM Stylus Pro 7600 32MB Mounted RAM IC4 6 Stylus Pro 9600 64MB Mounted RAM IC4 6 IC600 604 O Interface E IEEE 1284 interface E USB HS FS E Type B interface 00 0 Product Description Controller 90 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 6 Interfaces Table 1 53 Connector Pin Assignment and Signals Compatibility continued y Return Pin No GND pin Signal Name In Out Function This signal when the signal level is Low indicates that the printer has received data and is ready to accept is on Pulled up to 5 V via 1 0 kQ Not used NOTE It is recommended to use as short an interface cable as possible The printer is initialized by input of a LOW pulse whose width is 50 us or more 1 6 1 Parallel Interface ee the next data The pulse width is 1 us or 3 us See ENA Fig
32. 350CPS 4 Paper absence detected by edge sensor While monitoring the edge sensor output PF moves in the positive direction gets paper off 40CPS PF stops if paper presence is detected Prevention of skew at leading edge Paper presence detected While monitoring the edge sensor output PF moves in the negative direction picks up paper 40CPS PF stops if paper absence is detected Paper absence detected 9 Yes While monitoring the edge sensor output PF moves in the positive direction gets paper off 40CPS The position where paper absence is detected is judged to be the right front edge position of the paper The paper left front edge position and the right front edge position are compared and the one in the positive direction upper one is judged to be the paper size front position 3 Edge sensor LED is turned off GE Detection position for right upper leading edge Paper left upper detection position Paper left edge position 27 5mm PF maximum travel 260mm Self diagnostics mode 340mm No change in sensor output even when this travel has been exceeded is handled as an error Stylus Pro 9600 1260 5mm 7 0mm Reserved width Stylus Pro 7600 752 5mm 7 0mm Reserved width PF moving target position 1st nozzle position 0 00 mm No change in sensor output even when this position has been passed is handled as an error Paper right upper detect
33. Margine T B15mm Mainte Tank te teen No Margine 1 Cut Cutter Life Sh Ree Refresh On CR Motor Paper Size Check ON PF Motor Paper Align Check ON Head Time Out 30sec Cleaner Ink Cartridge LeSeSeSotSeeassse A Manufacturer EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK Ink Type Pigment Pigment Pigment Ink Color Photo Black LightBlack Cyan Ink Capacity 110ml 110m1 110m1 Ink Left E F E F E F Production Date 02 03 02 03 02 03 Expire Date 03 10 03 10 03 10 Ink Life g 06 months 06 months 06 months Passed 02 months 02 months 02 months Printable Sheet 120 pages 120 pages 120 pages EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE INK EPSON GENUINE Pigment Pigment Pigment Pigment Magenta LightCyan LightMagenta Yellow 110ml 110ml 110m1 110ml E F E F E F E F 02 03 02 03 02 03 02 03 03 10 03 10 03 10 03 10 06 months 06 months 06 months 06 months 02 months 02 months 02 months 02 months 120 pages 120 pages 120 pages 120 pages Figure 1 12 Status Sheet Print Pattern Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 17 Job Information Print With this mode users can print job information saved in the printer Max 10Job Definition of job i
34. Printer setting menu NO MARGIN L R ONLY NO MARGIN 1 CUT NO MARGIN 2 CUTS Notes Operating Panel Default e Uneven coloring may occur for some image because top edge is cut with print interruption Continuous data may be left slightly on the top bottom because of cutter position gap e Uneven coloring may occur for some image because top edge is cut with print interruption The top bottom is cut inside of border to prevent margin from leaving on paper Vertical length will be 2mm shorter than actual print size after cutting EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 12 Cutter position adjustment Cutter position can be adjusted with this mode Cutter position adjustment pattern is printed and the cutter is adjusted with cutter position number entered by users NOTE This adjustment is effective for top bottom no margin print O Setting procedure I Set paper 2 Enter Cutter position adjustment menu with the panel 3 Print cutter position adjustment pattern 4 Select the best pattern number and enter the number NOTE 1 When l cut is selected with panel it is not operated 2 Setting value can be selected from 1 to 17 with Paper Feed button O Level structure of Cutter position adjustment menu Pause READY OoO00000 O SelecType it ii Paper Source PRINTER SETUP SelecType a 1 Paper Source PRINTER SETUP CUTTER ADJ Sel
35. Secondary Roller Assembly Grid Roller CR Guide Rail Paper Guide LI L2 Figure 2 12 Paper Feed Mechanical Unit PF Rail Unit Print Mechanism Components Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 O Paper Suction Fans The printer is equipped with suction fans in the lower space in the rear The space in the column direction behind Paper Guide L2 is divided into 2 compartments Stylus Pro 7600 or 3 compartments Stylus Pro 9600 and one fan is mounted in each compartment By drawing air through multiple holes punched in Paper Guide L2 in the back surface of the paper path and blowing it out through the rear of the printer housing suction is applied to the surfaces of Paper Guides L1 and L2 and the paper is stabilized prevented from flying up as it passes through the printer The suction fans undergo air flow control fan rotation duty control which is carried out by firmware control based on the printer s operating state when paper is set and during printing etc and the type of paper used NOTE Fans mounted Stylus Pro 7600 2 fans Stylus Pro 9600 3 fans The following sensors aid in the paper feeding process O P_REAR sensor This sensor is attached to the Upper Paper Guide and is an optical photo reflective sensor This sensor detects the rear edge of the paper and detects the front edge when the paper is first loaded in the paper path The position of this sensor is stored in EEPROM O Paper set leve
36. Smudged or marred printout on front side Smudged or marred printout on reverse side White black banding 3 3 1 Dot Missing If the printer is kept for a long time without being used the viscosity of the ink on the nozzle surfaces of the print heads and in the nozzles themselves increases and may cause skipping of dots during printing In such cases execute Power cleaning p 60 in SelecType mode first execute several times If normal printing is not recovered even after this power cleaning check the following particulars O Execute powerful cleaning of the ink head 1 Execute Initial filling p 259 or KK2 cleaning Execute Initial charge or KK2 in the Cleaning p 259 menu of Self diagnostic Function p 220 Power OFF Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON gt Cleaning gt Init Fill 2 Nozzle Check Pattern Printing p 45 Execute Nozzle Check Pattern Printing in the SelecType menu SelecType gt TEST PRINT MENU gt NOZZLE CHECK In initial filling a large amount of ink will be discharged into the Maintenance Tank Therefore check the counter indication remaining value beforehand If deemed necessary prepare another Maintenance Tank as a spare CHECK POINT Troubleshooting O The actions above do not work to recover the printer check the following points If trouble occurs in all the ink colors e Are t
37. is displayed and reload the ink cartridge LCD PANEL INK OUT NO INK CARTRIDGE or INVALID UE AS IE AI wriin mewy ill ome MESSAGE CARTRIDGE LED STATUS Corresponding color LED lights up Check the CSIC contact terminal on the I C Holder and the CSIC Recovery terminal on the ink cartridge damage or deformation l 3 2 2 15 Ink lever released If no problem with the CSIC terminals is found install a new ink cartridge Table 3 19 LCD PANEL MESSAGE SET INK LEVER LED STATUS None Explanation It is happen when ink lever is released Recovery Set the ink lever Troubleshooting Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 2 19 Wrong IK designation 3 2 2 16 Illegal ink cartridge Table 3 20 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE INVALID CARTRIDGE LED STATUS Corresponding color LED lights up Explanation This error occurs when illegal ink cartridge is installed Recovery Push the Pause button 3 2 2 17 Maintenance tank full Table 3 21 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE MAINTENANCE TANK FULL LED STATUS Maintenance tank LED lights up Explanation This error occurs when maintenance tank is full Recovery Replace a maintenance tank 3 2 2 18 No Maintenance tank Table 3 22 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE NO MAINTENANCE TANK LED STATUS Maintenance tank LED lights up Explanation This error occurs when maintenance tank is not installed
38. rless mm cm cm cm 203 210 254 300 305 356 400 406 500 508 560 600 610 914 1118 Glossy Paper Photo Weight Glossy Film Premium Glossy Photo Paper Premium Semigloss Photo Paper Photo Glossy Paper Photo Grade Glossy Paper Photo Semigloss Paper Photo Grade Semigloss Paper Premium Glossy Photo Paper 250 Premium Semigloss Photo Paper 250 Premium Semimatte Photo Paper 250 Premium Luster Photo Paper wj wl wl wl NI NI N N N NIN Watercolor Paper Radiant White O O O O O O O O O OJ O O Smooth Fine Art Paper Roll Textured Fine Art Paper Roll O Canvas O O O O O O O O O Ol O Ol O O Backlight Film Backlight Film USA Europe Heavyweight Polyester Banner Enhanced Synthetic Paper Adhesive Enhanced Synthetic Paper Tyvek Brillion Adhesive Vinyl Enhanced Matte Paper O O O O olojo GO Semiglossy 2 Semiglossy 4 Dupont EPSON Semi Gloss Proofing Paper A O O O O O OI O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O GO
39. soiled if setting is for thin paper Slide Sensor ON 2 Small Platen gap for thin paper Minimum Platen gap for film One round Pump motor runs forward by 204 pulses till the Small platen gap position Pump motor runs forward by 18 pulses till epicyclic gear release End Figure 2 5 Head Slide PG Change Initialization Sequence Operating Principles Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O P_EDGE Paper Width Detection Sensor This sensor mounted at the left side of the cutter unit of the carriage detects paper edges by moving the carriage It detects four points of paper edges namely left and right points on the front edge and a front point on the left and right edges of the paper Each position is calculated from the difference in reflection value between the platen and the paper A reflective type photosensor is used Each paper edge position presence or 4 absence of paper is determined by an A D converted value of the output from the photosensor During printing the sensor monitors the left and right edges of the paper to detect a skew Carriage Left edge Right edge Scanning of HP side gt Scanning of opposite side Opposite side HP side HP Side P_EDGE Sensor E Detecting distance up to the paper surface 7 0mm 0 5 P_EDGE01 eps erga It must be ensured that the reflection value of the least POINT reflective paper is greater
40. 10 Pull up the H Top Cover rearward and remove it In doing so take care not to lose the plate which is also locked with the front left screw LAY When removing the H Top Cover care should be taken not to damage the P_THICK Sensor and P_THICK Sensor_0 3 To avoid damaging them bring down the Paper Set Lever toward you to the paper holding position first and shift the H Top Cover rearward in an oblique direction for its removal Figure 4 15 H Top Cover Removal on right side Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 2 6 Rear Cover 1 From the rear side remove two screws CPS M3x12 and remove the blank panel See Figure 4 16 Screws CPS M3x12 x2 Blank Panel 2 Remove the two screws CP M3x6 securing the parallel interface and remove the one screw CBS M3x6 securing the USB interface 3 Remove one screw CBS M3x6 holding the AC inlet top See Figure 4 17 4 Remove the three screws CBS M4x8 six screws for Stylus Pro 9600 holding the rear cover bottom 5 Open the Roll Paper Cover 6 Remove the three screws CBS M4x8 six screws for Stylus Pro 9600 holding the rear cover top then remove the rear cover while pulling it rearward To avoid getting hurt with sharp frame edges be sure to wear gloves when performing the following work E Removing and installing the Rear Cover E Inserting your hand
41. 100 81 remaining Ek F 80 61 remaining E x F 60 41 remaining E F 40 21 remaining Ex F 20 just before near end E F After near end just before ink end nn ink end 0 Note 1 After ink remaining is near end the ink remaining is displayed with on the panel 0 is displayed on the panel for ink end 2 When initial filling is done by user after the package opened ink consumption for initial filling is subtracted and ink remaining of each ink cartridge is displayed as 100 Ink use count is started at that time When ink cartridge is replaced ink use is counted displayed according to Ink system specifications 1 4 3 21 Maintenance tank count O How to calculate Present available rate of maintenance tank is displayed O Display Available rate 100 81 Eee P 80 61 E F 60 41 Ex F 40 21 Ex F 20 10 Ex F Less than 10 remaining nn 0 0 Note When initial filling is done by user after the package opened maintenance tank indicator is displayed with E F for 100 71 remaining and E F for 70 61 Operating Panel 49 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Warning When available rate is less than 10 Total capacity 1300g Maintenance tank almost full warning occurs The Maintenance Tank LED blinks O Error When available rate becomes 0 Maintenance tank full error occurs The Maintenance Tank LED lights up O Counter clear
42. 4 6 1 Maintenance ASSY Removal p 199 4 6 2 Pump Motor ASSY p 200 4 3 7 CR Motor ASSY p 180 4 6 3 Cap ASSY p 200 4 6 4 Pump ASSY p 201 4 3 8 HEAD_ SLIDE Sensor ASSY p 182 4 6 5 Cleaner Head Wiper p 203 4 3 10 CR Encoder Scale Timing Fence 4 2 Removing the Panel Unit and Housing p 158 184 Ma 4 3 Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism p 171 4 4 5 P_THICK Sensor P_THICK Sensor_0 3 4 4 Disassembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism p 185 ASSY p 190 ETE a T oE REARSET ASENNE L 4 6 Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism p 198 Note The italic bold characters represent consumables or regular replacement parts 4 7 Disassembly and Assembly of Circuit Boards p 205 Figure 4 2 Disassembly Process Flowchart Summary EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 2 Removing the Panel Unit and Housing This sections describes the removal procedure for printer housing parts See below for an illustration of the housing parts Disassembly amp Assembly Revision A 4 2 5 H Top Cover p 165 4 2 8 Roll Paper Cover p 169 4 2 3 L Side Cover p 163 4 2 2 R Side Cover p 160 4 2 4 I H Cover p 164 4 2 9 Front Cover p 170 Paper Set Lever 4 2 7 Paper Guide L2 p 168 4 2 1 Panel Unit p 159 Cover _00 eps Figure 4 3 Housing Part Diagram Removing the Panel Unit and Hou
43. 5 2 3 20 Clean Head sis areri enen E E RE E ademas 256 52I 2 Counter Clear geie notin a e a a A E eine a tacts 257 5 24 Cleaning satne niir ce EREE RR E a E ETRE a 259 D255 REM E T EA E T P E Baers bem TEE EN 259 X20 Parameter 4 seers e R EENE EE R eE ER ERE 260 5 2 0 1 Parameter Initialize neiss a A 261 5 3 Mechanism Adjustment s ssesessesesseseeseesesersreseseesessesesstereseesesetseressesessesesseens 263 9 3 OVERVIEW enaa E E EE E ES 263 5 3 2 CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment ssssssseeeeseseeserseeeesseeessesessereeeseese 263 5 3 3 PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment sssssssssseseseeeesersrseesseeessesessreeeseese 264 5 3 4 P_THICK_0 3 P_THICK Sensor Mounting Plate Position Adjustment 265 5 3 5 Cover Sensor ASSY Mounting Position Adjustment cece 267 5 3 6 CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position Adjustment csceeeseeeee 268 5 3 7 Cutter Positioning Adjustment cceceeeescesceeseesceeeecseeeecsecsecseesseeaeens 269 5 3 7 1 Paper Cutting Position Check cecesescesceeecesceeeeeeceseeseeeseeeseenees 271 5 3 8 PF Encoder Sensor Installation Position Adjustment eceeeeee 272 5 99 USB ID Writing oeno ieee sexes vests agito E KEREN ENA 273 Chapter 6 Maintenance O VOVEVIEW eiieeii e ririt eie rE a ETE EEE OEA ETE iR 275 6 1 1 Periodic Maintenance Items and Product Life Information 276 6 1 2 Important Maintenance Items During Service Operations
44. 5 3 Mechanism Adjustment 5 1 5 Parameter Backup 5 3 9 USB ID Writing 1 4 5 Maintenance Mode 2 etc 5 1 4 Adjustment Items Table 5 2 below indicates the parts replacement repair items for Stylus Pro 7600 9600 which requires adjustments For actually performed part replacements and disassembly and reassembly operations the specified adjustment items should be performed in the sequence shown in the instructions Table 5 2 Adjustment Items Repair Item Page for Disassembly and Assembly See for Adjustment Print Head p 171 MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 CR Motor ASSY p 180 PF Motor p 185 Sensor P_EGDE Sensor ASSY p 179 P_REAR Sensor ASSY p 191 P_THICK Sensor P_THICK Sensor_0 3 ASSY p 190 CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 Cover Sensor ASSY p 197 PF Encoder Sensor ASSY p 186 Cutter Solenoid p 177 Paper Guide L2 p 168 Damper ASSY p 173 Release Sensor I H Lever p 193 Adjustment 5 1 4 1 Print Head Adjustment Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the Print Head p 171 has been replaced Wta When replacing the print head with a new one execute ink POINT discharge Ink Blowing on page 256 beforehand O Adjustment items steps Table 5 3 Required Adjustment Items Print Head Adjustment Item Clear the counter Maintenance Mode2 Power OFF Paper Sourc
45. CP W M3x6 screw securing the HEAD SLIDE Sensor ASSY and remove the HEAD SLIDE Sensor ASSY log A See Figure 4 44 7 ft 6 Release the harness for the HEAD SLIDE Sensor ASSY from the five cable clamps on Figure 4 44 Removing the HEAD_SLIDE Sensor ASSY the Maintenance ASSY and CR Rail ASSY See Figure 4 45 Figure 4 45 Releasing the HEAD SLIDE Sensor ASSY Harness Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 3 9 CR_HP Sensor ASSY When unlocking the carriage do not move the carriage by about 2 cm or more with the cutter pushed into the innermost position otherwise the cutter edge would be damaged 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 2 While pushing the cutter area gently shift the carriage to the left about 2 cm to unlock the carriage and then move the carriage to the left from the capping position See Figure 4 24 3 Release the harness of the CR_HP Sensor ASSY from the four clamps on the printer body See Figure 4 46 4 Pinch the two upper hooks of the CR_HP Sensor ASSY and disengage them from the holding plate and disconnect the connector See Figure 4 47 Figure 4 47 Removing the CR_HP Sensor Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 3 10 CR Encoder Scale Timing Fence E When unlocking the carriage do not mo
46. ETENE 1 l Print Number The number of printed sheets y 00000000 2 00000000Mdot Clening Cleaning count 4 T Ink Lever l Fire LC Fire B K ink discharge count in mega dots 00000000 l F 00000000Mdot Fire LK LK ink discharge count in mega dots a 3 A CR Motor Fire LM Fire C C ink discharge count in mega dots 7 00000000 7 00000000Mdot Fire M M ink discharge count in mega dots H ia 4 Fire LC LC ink discharge count in mega dots PF Motor Fire Y l 00000000 X 00000000Mdot Fire LM LM ink discharge count in mega dots T 4 Fire Y Y ink discharge count in mega dots Ink Tube l Cut Cut Cutti 0000000 q 00000000 u utting coun 4 Not used J r Cut Sole Cutter solenoid operation count PREM TDS aa Cut Sole LockSolen Head lock solenoid operation count 2 00000000 2 0000000 l L l 1 ngn Clening LockSolen Note Not used 00000000 l 2 00000000 t Se ee Not used a Figure 5 10 Menu Transition of Maintenance Record Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A RECORD OF ERRORS a i Error 0 i 00020000 The record of major errors service call errors can be checked A maximum of 7 errors 1 are displayed See Figure 5 11 aail p 00010000 l NOTE CPU errors are not included A Error 2 r y 0001000C i Error 3 i
47. Head Slant Adjustment Mechanical Adjust the Pri nit Head slant sitig th self diagnostic mode and by p 247 Adjustment j mechanical adjustment Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 3 3 PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment This adjustment is necessary for service operations that require you to remove loosen the PF Motor or PF Belt When replacing or re installing the PF Belt you need to confirm the tension of the PF Belt O Adjusting tools Tension Gauge F770 O Standard 2 200g 10 Tension in the PF motor mounting plate moving direction NOTE For disassembly and assembly procedure refer to PF Motor p 185 Loosen the screws x4 fixed to the PF motor mounting board and set the tension gauge to the hole on the board and pull to the movable direction 2 200g 10 Figure 5 65 PF Belt Tension Adjustment Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 3 4 P_THICK_0 3 P_THICK Sensor Mounting Plate Position Adjustment Once you have changed the position of the Sensor Mounting Plate on which the P_THICK_0 3 P_THICK Sensor is mounted make the following adjustment using the self diagnostic function Ee Driven Roller jj P e E T e a oT aw ow a ae aa oo l ia O o vo O Adjusting tools Thickness gauges 0 3 0 4 0 8 0 9mm NOTE For disassembly and assembly procedure refer to P_THIC
48. LM life counter value HEAD LM 0 4294967295 Decima Head unit Y life counter value HEAD Y 0 4294967295 Decima Flashing box FL BOX 0 4294967295 Decima Cleaning unit life counter value CLEANER 0 4294967295 Decima Sponge for borderless print counter SPONGE 0 4294967295 Decimal 0 4294967295 Decima Initialize NVRAM timer life counter mechanical counter INIT ALL EXEC Initialize NVRAM NVRAM EXEC Initialize RTC RTC lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt lt HH Initialize cutter life total CUTTER EXEC Initialize CR motor life CR MOTOR EXEC Initialize total CR motor life CR TOTAL EXEC Counter initialize menu Initialize total PF motor life PF MOTOR EXEC CLEAR COUNTERS Initialize head unit HEAD EXEC Initialize cleaning unit CLEANER EXEC Initialize total printed pages counter TOTAL PAGES EXEC Initialize waste ink capacity MAINTE TANK EXEC Initialize flashing box FL BOX 0 4294967295 Decimal Initialize sponge for borderless print counter SPONGE Operating Panel 0 4294967295 Decimal 71 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Top menu Panel display Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Item menu 1 Panel display Paper feeding adjustment conversion table 3 System table pigment XX1 lt nn
49. MNA E The power switch for Stylus Pro 7600 9600 is incorporated in Summary the secondary circuit of the power supply circuit Therefore the printer is always supplied with electric power unless the power cable is disconnected Before servicing unless otherwise stated be sure to unplug the power cord from the wall outlet to prevent injury burn and electric shocks or damage to the circuit In doing so be sure to turn the printer off and wait several seconds first and then unplug the power cord If you must keep the power supplied to measure voltage be aware of the potential for electrical shock and do all tasks with the most care With the front cover open the cover sensor stops the operation of the CR motor and PF motor To ensure safety you are prohibited from disabling this interlock function A lithium battery for memory backup is installed on the main circuit board of Stylus Pro 7600 9600 To prevent accidents caused by the battery never fail to observe the following instructions when serving the main circuit board e Keep the battery away from any metal or other batteries so that electrodes of the opposite polarity do not come in contact with each other e Do not solder on any part of the battery Doing so may result in leakage of electrolyte from the battery burning or explosion The leakage may affect other devices close to the battery e Do not charge the battery This may cause burning or explosion e D
50. Shift to the right Input a value gt Shift to the left Input a value I 3 Check again erie Black lind Check the pattern output again and when the lines are in alignment leave the head gap adjustment mode by pressing SelecType gt two times If the lines are out of alignment repeat inputting a value Enlarged View Uni D02 eps 0n EA Even when you have left the head gap adjustment menu you can Figure 5 55 Print Pattern Head Gap Adjustment ZoNi display the menu for an relevant item by means of SelecType gt Therefore there is no need of outputting the comprehensive patterns again Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 19 Test Pattern Printing EE SelecType Key gt To Printing Pattern You can print adjustment patterns and check each adjustment item Check Ptn Printing end gt To serial number input screen See Figure 5 56 il Paper Feed A t Paper Feed V O Check Ptn Pant SelecType Key gt To Printing Pattern Printing end To serial number input screen X Check Ptn 2 Time required about 5 minutes Print Adj Variable O Check Ptn 3 EM c 4 SelecType Ofthe patterns to be output by Check Ptn the Bi D adjustment pattern to the eT en ea a L aper Fee ey adjustment variables will be output PEG 000000 Setting is possible in increments of 2 digits Time requir
51. X 2 Paper Feed V A Paper Feed A Pause End Figure 5 16 Menu Transition of Actuator 2 Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 Adjustment Make the mechanism adjustment head slant and the firmware parameter adjustment Table 5 19 Panel Setting Item List continued Item Description See Test Pattern Printing Head nozzle checking and adjustment pattern Input p 255 Table 5 19 Panel Setting Item List theserialinumber Clean Head Clean the tube and head using cleaning liquid p 256 Item Description See Counter Clear Clear various software counters BRST Rear AD Adjustment Make the AD adjustment of the rear sensor p 231 Edge AD Adjustment Make the AD adjustment of the edge sensor Dee oh ase et eatin tose tere ecient See a Front AD Adjustment Not used Adj 1 __ SelecType a Enter Start Head Rank Input Input the characteristic values for the installed head 233 Rear AD Pause or Items After that supply ink p 14 D A Compensation Value Not used 236 Adj Press Enter after the last item Write P 7 Edge AD grea coal halk cts a
52. lea kaou e Head drive control 2 Mechanism control motors and solenoids 3 Sensor control Custom ASIC e External I O control E0SB80CD l Gea ce IEEE1284 bidirectional parallel I F Type B port E09A41RA ic oe e Head drive voltage waveform generation control Custom ASIC E 2BA l eet cee e USB I F 2 0 control Flash Memory 16Mbit Flash Memory ICO e For storage of control program firmware Saving of various setting parameters and control information IC4 6 SD RAM System memory 1C600 601 128mbit x 16 PF CR Motor Drivers IC res A e PWM constant current drive control LB11847 IC30 Pump Motor Driver IC Operating Principles Note Stylus Pro 7600 IC4 6 only 32MByte Stylus Pro 9600 IC4 6 and IC600 601 64MByte CPU SH 3 HD6417709A CN17 IC10 Pump Motor PF Motor cen System Clock ASIC IC6 Controller E09A42AA CY24242PVC CR Motor Keon C602 1C607 SDRAM Custom ASIC HEAD ROM DIMM IC9 Custom ASIC CN35 05C02BA C603 USB I F 2 0 Custom ASIC E05B80CD C35 74LVX16 1IC37 Type B I F Parallel I F Block01 eps Figure 2 20 C472MAIN Board Circuit Block Diagram Outline of Control Circuit Board EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 2 4 Outline of Power Supply Circuit Board There are three control signals between the C472MAIN Board and the Power Supply Circuit Board Table below describes details of the control signals The 100 V AC power from the wall o
53. lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 2 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 2 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 3 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 3 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 4 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 4 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 5 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 5 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 6 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 6 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 7 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Maintenance information Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 7 lt nnnnnnnnn gt menu Paper MENUP Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 8 lt nnnnnnnnn gt MAINTINFO Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 8 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 9 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 9 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 10 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size
54. of printable dots 604 mm 24 16 inches 1 2 4 Paper Feed GO caniin As G imeline O Paper feeding Friction feed 604 24 16 inch aN eS O Line spacing 1 6 inch or programmable at 1440 inch 604 mm 24 16 inches O Paper path Roll paper manual O Feed speed 6 35 mm paper feed 215 10 msec except front rush back rush and hold time Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 2 5 Paper Specifications PLAIN PAPER 1 2 5 1 Roll Paper Trouble free paper feeding is ensured only in the following specifications O Paper Size ACCEPTABLE PAPER Table 1 7 A table Roll P Si Plain P The printer accepts following plain paper and EPSON special paper With any other aie Cepe Eo Paper dices Glau Ape paper proper paper feeding and satisfactory print quality are not ensured Paper Size El Paper Size 2 inch core Stylus Pro 7600 203 mm 610 mm W x 45m H Stylus Pro 9600 203 mm 1118 mm W x 45m H Table 1 6 Acceptable Roll Paper Sizes Acceptable Paper 3 Tach wore Stylus Pro 7600 203 mm 610 mm W x 202m H Stylus Pro 9600 203 mm 1118 mm W x 202m H Paper Size 2 inch core Stylus Pro 7600 203mm 610 mm W x 45 m H Stylus Pro 9600 203 mm 1118 mm W x 45 m H Note Within roll size 3 inch core Stylus Pro 7600 203 mm 610 mm W x 202 m H O Roll Size Stylus Pro 9600 203 mm 1118 mm W x 20
55. p 165 Sw ae ee ibe Release the carriage lock and move the carriage from the capping position See Figure 4 24 n N 6 On the R Side Frame side remove the CR Tension Mounting Shaft and CR Tension Spring and the CR Tension Spring Support See Figure 4 42 Mounting Shatt 7 Slide the CR Tension Bracket to the left toward the CR Motor and remove the CR Timing Belt together with the Driven Pulley from the CR Tension Bracket Ok gt Figure 4 42 Loosening the CR Timing Belt Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 10 11 Disassembly amp Assembly Loosen the CR Tension Mounting Shaft on the R Side Frame side then release the tension on the CR Timing Belt See Figure 4 43 Disconnect the connector of the CR Motor harness and the relay connector from the Main Board unclamp the CR Motor harness and take them out through the hole in the Left Side Frame Remove the timing belt from the CR Motor ASSY pulley on the L Side Frame Take out the four screws CP W M4x10 holding the CR Motor ASSY then remove the CR Motor ASSY Remember that there is a difference in specifications between the driven pulley white of Stylus Pro 7600 and the driven pulley black of Stylus Pro 9600 Set the timing belt of Stylus Pro 7600 on the CR Unit ina manner as shown below CR Timing Belt Flat surface here Install the ti
56. s not valid for sheets This setting change only margin and doesn t change image size O If margin 3 mm is set Printing positions of vertical line and horizontal line are same as the theoretical paper size O If margin 15 mm or Top Bottom15 mm is set Printing positions of vertical line and horizontal line are widened by 12 mm for all sides or only top and bottom See Figure 1 8 If printable area is more than X 15 mm from the right edge of paper the portion is clipped Vertical line is not printed See Figure 1 9 NOTE 1 The top margin is also set with Set the top margin SN command Actual top margin is decided as follows e Panel setup value top margin gt Paper top margin Panel setup value is used as the top margin e Panel setup value top margin lt Paper top margin Paper top margin is used as the top margin 2 Under special conditions the right left margin can be set to 0 Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 8 Detect Paper Width Roll Paper Width X When the paper width detection function is OFF the printer can print on the platen if Cd the image to be printed is bigger than the set paper larger than borderless print area Vertical Therefore the user must bear responsibility in selecting this function OFF setting At Line paper initial feeding or print starting the paper is fed by the distance between grid roller and 1 nozzle unconditionally The print starts fro
57. we PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 8 Rev o1 C472 MECH 041 PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 9 Rev 01 C472 MECH 051 C472 MECH 061 S S N ON v Y 750 ___ _Ax 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 10 Rev 01 KY E N Eo 2 cm E K o c PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 11 Rev 01 C472 MECH 071 PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 12 Rev o1 C472 MECH 081 C473 CASE 011 PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 1 Rev o1 150 x 10 C473 CASE 021 PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 2 Rev 01 200 _ including CX 201 oe PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 3 Rev o1 473 ELEC 011 C473 POWE 01 1 PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 4 Rev 0o1 Pa PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 5 Rev 01 C473 MECH 011 PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 6 Revo1 C473 MECH 021 PX 9000 EPSONSTYLUS PRO 9600 No 7 Rev 01 C473 MECH 031 669 657 x 14y C473 MECH 041 PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 8 Rev 01 PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 9 Rev 01 C473 MECH 051 PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 11 Rev 01 C473 MECH 071 850 855 PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 12 Rev o1 C473 MECH 081
58. 0mm aaa A Enter l 1 Press the Pause key on the compensation value input screen and the display will change to Top and Button E Press the Enter key on the input screen for Top Length or Bottom Length and the display will change to the input screen for Bottom Length or Side Margin respectively Paper Feed A Key Paper Feed V Key Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm Bottom Length 14 0mm ae 4 Enter I l Press the Enter key on the input screen for Side Margin and the display will change to Rear Sensor Position Paper Feed A Key Paper Feed V Key Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm Side Margin gt O Correction pattern of distances between the Front Sensor and the Head between the Cutter and the Head E Adjustment items Top margin Front Sensor position Bottom margin cutter position Side margin printing start position SelecType on ee ee ee ee l Figure 5 34 Menu Transition for Top amp Bottom Adjustment E Printing method Black 1 pass Uni D mode 180 dpi Pattern drawing method Printing direction Uni D 5 Resolution 360dpi Bottom margin 4 0mm z Printing speed 240CPS E Dot NormalDot2 T_B02 eps Figure 5 35 Print Pattern for Top amp Bottom Adjustment Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2
59. 1 2mm 240CPS VSD2 Black Adjust Parameter 20 t9 O 123 45 6 7 8 0 1 2 3 SERRE RRREEEEE 0123 45 678 01 2 3 PRRRREEEE 15 Bi D PG 1 2mm 190CPS VSD4 Black Adjust Parameter 20 sg gt EBs o Bo o Ho E co E o E o Be n Bw w Bw gt E o Bo gt Bo co E s N foe 0123 45 678 0123 45 678 012 3 4 5 6 SERRE RRR RRERRERRER REE 0123 45 67 8 012 3 45 6 Adjustment Self diagnostic Function N o Bi Dpa01 eps Figure 5 53 Print Patterns for Bi D Adjustment Checking EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 18 Head Gap Adjustment Uni D Adjustment Correct the print position for one way printing Enter Adjust Print Make adjustments of 240CPS VSD1 240CPS VSD2 and 190CPS VSD4 for Teter Pause each color Vv i 7 Printing Pattern Store the adjustment values for each line of nozzles 18 kinds of values in the Flash ROM Printing end For adjustment conduct Uni D printing and from the print results input the EST compensation value Gap 240 V1 The menu transition for Uni D adjustment and print patterns are shown below 1 2 i Table 5 23 Head Gap Adjustment Items Gap 240 V2 Item Contents E r Gap 240 V1 Uni D Adjustment 240CPS VSD1 Gap 190 V4 Gap 240 V2 Uni D Adjustment 240CPS VSD2 7 z Gap 190 V4 Uni D Adjustment 1
60. 1 4 5 P_EDGE Sensor ASSY Adjustment Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the P_EGDE Sensor ASSY p 179 has been replaced O Adjusting tools E A3Tracing Paper F751 Microtrace 300 LMB E A3 copying paper PPC E Scale 1000mm F713 E Scale Stopper F714 O Adjustment items steps Table 5 7 Required Adjustment Items Adjustment Item lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON P_Edge Sensor AD Adjustment Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment 5 1 4 6 P_REAR Sensor ASSY Adjustment Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the P_ REAR Sensor ASSY p 191 has been replaced O Adjusting tools E A3Tracing Paper F751 Microtrace 300 LMB O Adjustment items steps Table 5 8 Required Adjustment Items Adjustment Item lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON P_Rear Sensor AD Adjustment Rear Sensor Position Adjustment Adjustment 5 1 4 7 P_THICK P_THICK_0 3 Sensor ASSY Adjustment Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the P_ THICK Sensor P_THICK Sensor_0 3 ASSY p 190 has been replaced O Adjusting tools E Thickness gauge 0 3 0 4 0 8 0 9mm O Adjustment items steps Table 5 9 Required Adjustment Items Adjustment Item lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt
61. 2 C e Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 3 7 Cutter Positioning Adjustment This adjustment should definitely be mad if the following parts are removed Parts Adjustment Items Cutter Solenoid Assy 1 Paper Guide L up and down adjustment 2 Cutter Holder ASSY height adjustment Paper Guide L 1 Paper Guide L up and down adjustment This adjustment is intended to install the cutter at a proper position and height relative to the step for the cutter on the Paper Guide L The number of adjustment items required depends on the parts replaced Carry out work by referring to the table above O Adjusting tools Cutter positioning jig F800 NOTE For disassembly and assembly procedure refer to Cutter Holder ASSY p 173 wre QA For adjustments at replacing the Cover Sensor ASSY make the 4 ae POINT Paper Guide L up and down adjustment first and then make the Paper Guide L up and down adjustment Cutter Holder ASSY height adjustment z i 1 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 NOTE For Stylus Pro 9600 remove also the H Top Cover p 165 and the Tube Cover p 193 2 Open the Front Cover and remove the cutter 3 Return the CR Unit to the cap position and set the cutter positioning tool at the right end of the Paper Guide L See Figure 5 73 4 Loosen the screws securing the Paper Guide L C NOTE 3 screws for Stylus Pro 7
62. 3 9 Rear Sensor Position Make this adjustment to detect the length of cut paper correctly Please Set Cut Sheet To ensure a maximum printable area relative to the paper tail end adjust the Rear see oe ae Set cut paper and press Enter Sensor position inside the firmware with the nozzle position as the reference sd press l PARE RE After printing drop the paper Set an A3 sheet in the portrait position make the printer draw a horizontal line black 1 dot line at 14 mm from the sheet tail end Then measure the distance from the sheet Er tail end to the line and input the measured value as the compensation value saci The input value handled as the compensation value is written in the Flash ROM Paper Width Panel Key gt To Rear Sensor Eos 7 297 0 E Resolution 0 1mm E 7i p P nter Pattern drawing method 360dpi Uni D 240CPS NormalDot2 Paper Feed A Key Paper Feed V Key Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm RearSen Pos NOTE 1 This adjustment is necessary in the manufacturing process After that 14 0mm however execution of this item is not necessary even once Feed Correction is made _ Figure 5 36 Menu Transition for Rear Sensor Position Adjustment 2 When this item is selected the printer requests setting of cut paper irrespective of the presence or absence of paper E As the Rear Sensor position measure the distance between the she
63. Adjustment p 213 Hl Revision A o REBESEEE is Figure 4 83 C472MAIN Board Removal I S lt A Figure 4 84 Harness Clamp Locations Disassembly and Assembly of Circuit Boards Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 O Main Board Connector List CN No Pins Color White Connection P S board Remarks Lock type PANEL FEC lock type H UDI36 D A_OUT Not used ROM_DIMM CSIC FFC S_I O DEBUGER Not used CR_FFC1 FEC lock type CR_FFC3 FFC lock type CR_FFC2 FEC lock type IEEE1 284 parallel port USB Not used TYPE _B White CR MOT Lock type with relay connector White PF_MOT Lock type with relay connector White PF_ENC White PUMP_MOT With relay connector Blue P S_FAN Black FAN1 With relay connector Yellow FAN2 With relay connector Red FAN3 Stylus Pro 9600 only Blue P_THICK0 3 Yellow COVER_L White CR_ORG Black I H_LEVER Not used Red P_THICK Black P_REAR Yellow P_FRONT Not used Red HD_SLID ROLL_UNIT option unit Stylus Pro 9600 only White H_FAN White RESET USB2 0 Right side AC side IEEE1394 Not used HDD PS Disassembly amp Assembly Not used CN19 CN26
64. B E o E o Ee n Bw w Bw af o B o o Ho m o i SelecType gt SelecType gt Enter pacers 4 Check the pattern Figure 5 48 Bi D Adjustment Patterns Check the output pattern and repeat the K black line adjustment until the line by the first pass and the line by the second pass are in alignment NG NG NG OK NG NG 2nd pass 2nd pass side patterns correctly it wte A Be sure to make adjustment for K first and then for other colors i E J 3 POINT Each color pattern has been set based on K Therefore if the K TE gt value is not correct you can not make adjustments for color Ta 1st pass Figure 5 49 Round Trip Print Position Bi D Adjustment Black Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 5 Print the 240 V1 color pattern Press Enter when 240V1 COL PRN is displayed See Figure 5 47 6 Check the 240 V1 color pattern Of the 9 color blocks for each color find out a pattern free from a gap or overlap and make certain that the number on the LCD is identical with the number shown above the pattern If the number on the LCD is different input the pattern number 7 Upon completion of the 240 V1 adjustment make the adjustments for 240 V2 and 190V4 the same way fat eenm After completion of the adjustments above be sure to make the Round Zo Nien Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment p 248
65. CP W M2x8 screws securing the P_REAR Sensor ASSY and remove the P_REAR Sensor ASSY See Figure 4 61 01200A The P_REAR Sensor ASSY position is adjusted at the factory Zo NU before shipment When the sensor bracket is to be removed on the service site you are advised to mark the mounting position before removal for easy adjustment at reassembly NES m If you replace the P_REAR Sensor ASSY perform the necessary Sea Sa adjustment E Refer to 5 1 4 6 P_REAR Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 215 Disassembly amp Assembly Revision A P_REAR Sensor ASSY peeping window Figure 4 60 Removing the Paper Guide U Screws M2x8 x2 P REAR Sensor ASSY Figure 4 61 Removing the P_REAR Sensor ASSY Disassembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 5 Disassembly and Assembly of Ink Supply Mechanism 4 5 1 C472_SUB B Board 1 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 2 Disconnect the seven FFCs ink cartridge and the two FFCs Main Board Maintenance Tank on the C472_SUB B Board found at the left side of I H Frame See Figure 4 62 WY FFC CSIC Relay Board x7 B9 Z ASSY 3 Disconnect the connector of the Release Sensor I H Lever TZI 4 Remove the four screws M3x6 and remove the C472_SUB B Board 2a Release Sensor I H Lever When connecting an FFC take great care not to insert it aslant Inserting aslant can cau
66. Empty Suction Operation e After ink is sucked up the remaining ink inside the cap is sucked up and the ink adhering to the head nozzle surface is removed Through flushing etc the ink that has accumulated in the cap is sucked up and discharged Wiping Operation The carriage is moved from right to left along the rubber side of the wiper the right half of the wiper plate incorporated in the pump unit so that the head surface is rubbed with the rubber of the wiper Purpose Before ink suction removes the ink and other substances adhering to the head surface Ensures close contact of the cap Rubbing Operation The carriage is moved from left to right along the felt side of the wiper the left half of the wiper plate incorporated in the pump unit so that the head surface is rubbed with the felt of the wiper For easy removal of adhering substances the nozzle surface is wetted before rubbing operation by suction of a small amount of ink Purpose e Removes ink and other substances adhering strongly to the head surface e Ensures close contact of the cap Capping In order to prevent the ink viscosity from increasing while it is being kept a rubber cap is placed over the print head nozzles when entering a shutdown operation Operating Principles Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 2 2 4 Ink Supply Mechanism Stylus Pro 7600 9600 is so constructed that the 7 ca
67. Execute ink discharge Ink Blowing before removing the oNu Damper ASSY Refer to 5 2 3 20 Clean Head p 256 CAUTION Ifyou press on the transparent film on the damper s right side surface with your fingers the ink with which the inside is filled l will be expelled so do not press on this part d The transparent film on the damper s side is delicate so be careful not to damage it while working 1 Execute ink discharge operation to discharge the ink from all the ink passages 2 While pushing the cutter area gently shift the carriage to the left about 2 cm to unlock the carriage and then move the carriage to the printer center See Figure 4 24 3 Loosen the one screw CP W M3 x6 securing the front end of the damper holder and separate the Damper Unit from the print head See Figure 4 25 4 Disengage the three hooks of the Damper Holder and remove the Damper Holder See Figure 4 28 5 Pull out the relevant Damper ASSY from the Damper Holder loosen the coupling screw and separate the Damper ASSY from the ink tube See Figure 4 29 NOTE Take care not to lose the O ring inside the coupling screw aaa E There is a hook 2 cm high at the center of the head Install the Damper Unit with care not to hit it against the hook k E When installing the Damper Unit before tightening the screw press the lower area of the Damper with your fingers so that it comes in close contact with th
68. K1 is standard LY 1 5 9 2 K2 1 5 9 Head gap adjustment 240CPS VSD2 Total 6 colors Uni D K1 is standard 2 Y 3 K2 190CPS VSD4 Total 6 colors K1 is standard 3 Y Product Descripti Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 3 PG Setting Table 1 29 PG Setting Values continued Selecting this mode allows the user to set the platen gap The relationship between Paper thickness PH Panel SN command Actual PG Note panel setting command setting SN command and actual platen gap position is shown aie command position below More than 0 3mm 00H 06H Minimum Small Less than 0 7mm Small Small Middle Small Big Middle Standard Minimum Small Small Small Middle Middle Big Big Table 1 29 PG Setting Values Paper thickness PH sensor command Actual PG position Panel SN command Note Less than 0 3mm Narrow Minimum Standard Minimum Wide Small Wider Middle 01H 06H Narrow Minimum Minimum Minimum Small Small Middle Middle Big Big Big Minimum Middle Small Big Middle Big Big 07H 12H Big Small Minimum Middle Small Big Middle Standard Minimum Minimum Small Small Middle Middle Big Big Minimum Small Small Middle Middle Big Big Big Note 1 Only in this case SN command is ignored When paper thickness is 0 15mm it is operated with
69. L2 for initial cut MANUAL CUTTING OF ROLL PAPER Manual cutting is performed by the following procedure 1 Select Roll Cutter Off on the panel 2 Press Cut Eject button Paper is automatically fed toward the cutter guide and printer becomes Off line Pause is indicated on the LCD panel 4 Adjust cutting position with Paper Feed button if necessary 5 Slide the cutter along the cutter guide to cut the paper 6 After cutting release the printer from the pause status by pressing the Pause button Then paper is fed backward and printer enters on line Wte A For manual cutting of roll paper use the manual cutter available as POINT an option Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 2 6 4 Acoustic Noise O Level Approx 50dB A According to ISO 7779 1 2 7 Electrical Specifications TBD AC 100 240V AC 90 264V Rated frequency range 50 60Hz O Rated voltage Input voltage range Input frequency range 49 61Hz 00 00 Rated current Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 1 0A 100 120v 0 5A 220 240v 1 0A 100 120v 0 5A 220 240v O Power consumption Operation status Stylus Pro 7600 50W Stylus Pro 9600 55W Less than 15W shifting time 15 minutes Less than 0 7W More than 10M ohms between AC line and chassis DC 500V AC 1 0kV rms 1min AC1 2kV rms 1 sec between AC line
70. Lever Black screws CBP M4x10 x2 Figure 4 6 R Side Cover Removal 1 5 Roll Paper Cover a Figure 4 7 R Side Cover Removal 2 5 Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 7 From the rear side remove one screw CUPS M4x8 8 From the right side remove two screws CUPS M4x8 9 Remove the Maintenance Tank Figure 4 8 R Side Cover Removal 3 5 Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 10 11 12 13 Disassembly amp Assembly Open the Front Cover See Figure 4 9 Remove one black screw CBP M4x10 Bring down the Paper Set Lever to the front See Figure 4 10 Remove the R Side Cover by lifting it outward In installing the R Side Cover install the Lever Blind Cap before tightening the screws If you have dropped the Lever Blind Cap into the printer body remove the R Side Cover from the printer body and take out the Lever Blind Cap Revision A Black screw CBP M4x10 Figure 4 9 R Side Cover Removal 4 5 a N Men Paper Set Lever Figure 4 10 R Side Cover Removal 5 5 Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 2 3 L Side Cover 1 Open the roll paper cover See Figure 4 11 2 Remove the one black screw CBP M4x10 inside the printer 3 From the back side remove one screw CUPS M4x8 See Figure 4 12 4 From the outside r
71. Maintenance menu Ink draining DRAINING XXX MAINTENANCE Set cleaning cartridge INSERTCLEANING CARTRIDGEIN X Cleaning CLEANING XXX Cleaning solution draining DRAINING XXX Set draining cartridge INSERTDRAINING CARTRIDGEIN X Repeat operation after SELECT INK SET for 2 cartridges change Ink charging INKCHARGING XXX Set all ink cartridges INSERTALLINK CARTRIDGES CSIC information See BK ink cartridge replacement p64 for details Replace cutter CUT REPLACE EXEC Cover open guide OPENLOWERCOVER Cutter replacement guide REPLACECUTTER Cover close guide CLOSE LOWER COVER User Paper Setup Menu PAPERCONFIG MENU Cutter Replacement Product Descripti Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 28 Panel setting menu item continued Top menu Panel display Item menu Panel display Setup value Underlined Default Paper thickness in 0 1mm units PAPERTHKNS STD 0 0MMA 1 6MM Adjustment pattern select and print ALIGNMENT BI D BLACK BI D ALL UNI D ALL 240CPS 1 K1 1 5 9 Bi D adjustment Black 240CPS 2 K1 1 5 9 190CPS 3 K1 1 5 9 240CPS VSDI1 Total 7 colors 1 K1 1Y 1 5 9 Bi D adjustment All color 240CPS VSD2 Total 7 colors 2 K1 2Y 1 5 9 190CPS VSD4 Total 7 colors 3 K1 3Y 1 5 9 1 K2 see Gap adjustment menu HEADALIGNMENT MENU 240CPS VSD1 Total 6 colors
72. ModeStylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt lt SP gt space Figure 1 20 Pin Assignment Product Description Interfaces EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 6 3 Optional Interface Type B interface level 2 1200mA type is supported REPLY FOR OPTION COMMAND REPLY MESSAGE Case of using Type B I F card except above O Card in Type B slot 1 Main Type Stylus Pro 7600 MT48p PW240cl1 0cpi PRG BNxxxx rev AP800ma SPD0fast GDI Stylus Pro 9600 MT48p PW440cl1 0cpi PRG BWxxxx rev AP800ma SPD0fast GDI NOTE xxxx is F W version O Product Name lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt ESCPL2 00 EPSONLQ2 O Emulation Type O Entity Type Product Description Option command number 00h Table 1 58 Reply List Command name No operation Reply B Reply A Accept None Olh Start Hardware Reset Accept Execute OK 02h Start Software Reset Reject 03h Send Main System Type Accept 04h Send Name Data Reject 05h Inquire Name Data Accept 06h Send Product Name Accept 07h Send Software Emulation Type Accept 08h Complete Buffered Data Accept Check Condition 09h Stop Procedure Reject Execute OK OAh Return Buffered Data Reject OBh Send Entity Type Accept OCh Send Status Accept 0Dh Quit Procedure Reject OEh Inquire ASCII
73. Paper Feed V SelecType gt Paper Feed V x8 3 Print the pattern l 4 Check the pattern See Figure 5 43 al t i Check to see if the black horizontal lines and the magenta horizontal lines are not in a two screws _ alignment When they are in alignment leave the head slant checking mode by pressing the Paper Source button two times If they are not in alignment follow the procedure as described below HEAD SLANT ADJUSTMENT MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT 1 After printing the head slant check pattern with Do you correct slant displayed on the LCD move the Carriage Unit to an appropriate place for work 2 Loosen the right and left screws for the Head Holding Plate See Figure 5 45 3 Move the Head Adjustment Lever in consideration of the output pattern See Figure 5 46 4 Tighten the left screw for the Head Holding Plate and move the Carriage Unit to the home position E Do not forget to tighten the two screws for the Head Holding Plate After making the head slant adjustment be sure to return the Carriage Unit to the home position If you proceed to the next step Printing the pattern with the Carriage Unit remaining in the place for work the cutter edge can be damaged 5 Print the pattern again check to see if there is any misalignment and if any repeat the 5 adjustment from step 1 Lever down a lt 7 Black up magenta down ol Figure 5 46 Head Slant Adj
74. R6191 with girdling by LP PDS T_T X _ bal a i BRON 3 padez b oe a fing as possib 03 R E Jot mounted Les 5i Note 1 or the pattern between IC32 CN14 use shortest thick wiring NO i and do not locate the wiring in parallel with any other lines z For the pattern between IC31 and CN15 use sl k wirin T i and do not locate the wiring in parallel wit lines Ri i a Note m i T Note 1 I K I mo T T 4 a T 4 at 8 VDC i A K m T ll A 1 j b o RY a A y _ a 4 i ys h l N Locate these wires together near IC56 ii i 2 TA i eit l TE y 4 OK Ni p Not mounted i 1 s
75. Roll paper width 10 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 1 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 1 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 2 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 2 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 3 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 3 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 4 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 4 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheetwidth5 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 5 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 6 lt nnnnnnnnn gt jption Operating Panel EE EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 6 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 7 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 7 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 8 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper MENUP Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 8 lt n
76. Se PX 9000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 9600 No 13 Rev o1 C473 MECH 091 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 75 ASP List Parts List Table 7 6 ASP List for Stylus Pro 7600 continued 7 5 1 ASP List for Stylus Pro 7600 oe caida 129 LABEL Table 7 6 ASP List for Stylus Pro 7600 130 LABEL 100 L SIDE COVER ASSY 150 FCC CLIP 101 V H COVER ASSY 151 RUBBER FOOT 102 I H COVER ASSY 152 FAN DUCT 103 PLASTIC STOPPER E5 153 VACUUM FAN 104 FULONT COVER FUICRUM PIN L 154 VACUUM FAN 2 CABLE 105 FRONT COVER ASSY 155 VACUUM FAN CABLE 106 FRONT COVER SUPPLEMENT 156 CR LOCKER ASSY 107 ROLL TRAY L ASSY 157 P REAR SENSOR ASSY 108 H TOP COVER ASSY 158 FLAT CLAMP FCR 30 V0 109 CATCH 159 RECYCL CLAMP RLWS 1515TL V0 110 TOP COVER 160 RECYCL CLAMP 111 DAMPER DISK TOPCOVER 161 SILENT DUCT 112 UNDULATE WASHER TOPCOVER 200 BOARD ASSY 113 PANEL UNIT ASSY OVERSEAS 201 GROUNDING PLATE 114 BRANK PANEL 202 GUIDE 115 LEVER BRIND CAP 203 GROUNDING PLATE 116 PRSSURE LEVER KNOB 500 MOUNTING PLATE 117 PANEL TAPE CABLE 501 SCALE 118 ROLL TRAY R ASSY 502 TAPE 119 R SIDE COVER ASSY 503 ENCODER FLANG 120 LABEL 504 X REDUCTION BELT 121 LABEL 505 BOARD ASSY 122 LABEL 506 SLIT GUIDE 123 LABEL 507 PF ENCODER CABLE 124 LABEL 508 PF MOTOR 125 LABEL 509 PF MOTER CABLE 1 ASSY 126 LABEL 510 EDGE SADDL
77. THOSE COMPONENTS BY THE MANUFACTURE INTRODUCTION OF SECOND SOURCE ICs OR OTHER NON APPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID ANY APPLICABLE EPSON WARRANTY About This Manual This manual describes basic functions theory of electrical and mechanical operations maintenance and repair procedures of the printer The instructions and procedures included herein are intended for the experienced repair technicians and attention should be given to the precautions on the preceding page Manual Configuration This manual consists of six chapters and Appendix CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS Provides a general overview and specifications of the product CHAPTER 2 0PERATING PRINCIPLES Describes the theory of electrical and mechanical operations of the product CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING Describes the step by step procedures for the troubleshooting CHAPTER 4 DISASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY Describes the step by step procedures for disassembling and assembling the product CHAPTER 5 ADJUSTMENT Provides Epson approved methods for adjustment CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE Provides preventive maintenance procedures and the lists of Epson approved lubricants and adhesives required for servicing the product APPENDIX Provides the following additional information for reference e Connector pin assignments e Electric circuit boards components layout e Electrical circuit boards schematics e Exploded diagram amp Parts List Symbols Used in this Manual Various
78. Time used for print sec 0 65535 Total Note 00h 00h fixed as Reserve for now Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 31 User Paper Setting Details of each setting item are following Selecting this mode allows detection of the thickness of the available paper and Table 1 40 registration of up to four user defined paper Settin Operako Paper feeding adjustment ink drying time cutting method MW print adjustment and 6 p suction may be registered for each paper format Paper thickness Print paper thickness detection pattern and enter the paper thickness number When STD is selected it is not executed O Setting Cutting pressure Paper cutting pressure is set Lower the pressure for thin and soft 1 Select user paper setting menu from the panel paper Manufacture setting value 75 is displayed as 100 which is Select the paper number STD 1 10 the maximum setting value to be assured Setting available range is 110 0 2 3 Print the paper thickness detection pattern 4 Check the printed adjustment patterns and enter the number of the pattern Cutting method Cutting method is selected 4 step cutting for thin and soft paper Paper feed adjustment Paper feeding is adjusted When 0 00 is not selected with the least displacement for each adjustment item See p 58 for paper feed adjustment it ignores driver command SN 03H 00H Tab
79. Variable lecT SelecType Printing Pattern Note Once you have removed or replaced the Head Damper Ink Holder and or Ink tube execute this mode and make certain that there is no dot missing If dot missing occurs check the coupling screw tightening torque and tube insertion and check for air leak Figure 5 61 Printing Menu Transition Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 6 Parameter This item relates to update of adjustment parameters I 1 a A Table 5 27 lists parameter items and Figure 5 62 shows parameter menu transition 1 EEE SelecType ae I To parameter initialization I 8 Initialize I Table 5 27 Parameter Items i Item Contents l 3 SelecType tem Contents o Parameter Le ee Initialize Initialize adjustment parameters l Update 1 Update Input adjustment parameter values 1 I 1 1 Displa Display adjustment parameter values play play adj p l ReneR SelecType S l 3 we T0 parameter display I Display l I 1 G a l l l l o al dJ Figure 5 62 Parameter Menu Transition Adjustment Self diagnostic Function Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 5 2 6 1 Parameter Initialize Execute parameter initialization Wte A Without replacing the relevant parts never use this function to POINT initialize the counter otherwise control after that will not ag
80. WARNING Signals a precaution which if ignored could result in damage to equipment The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair maintenance procedures DANGER 1 ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM THE POWER SOURCE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR PROCEDURES 2 NO WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN THEIR LINE OF WORK 3 WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DICTATED WITHIN THIS MANUAL DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS WARNING 1 REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN 2 MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGES IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER RATING PLATE IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A PRIMARY AC RATING DIFFERENT FROM AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE DO NOT CONNECT IT TO THE POWER SOURCE 3 ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND OR INDIVIDUAL CHIPS 4 INORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE MICROPROCESSORS AND CIRCUITRY USE STATIC DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT SUCH AS ANTI STATIC WRIST STRAPS WHEN ACCESSING INTERNAL COMPONENTS 5 REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH
81. Wheel Motor Frequency Revolving Speed Revolving Speed 2 2 phase conversion 0 15 ml sec 186 Hz Suction Speed Name Drive Mode Low speed IS5 0 46 rev sec Standard IS4 1 6 rev sec 0 6 ml sec 648 Hz High speed IS3 2 6 rev sec 0 9 ml sec 1053 Hz Super high speed IS2 4 2 rev sec 1 1 ml sec 1702 Hz Super high speed IS1 5 rev sec 1 2 ml sec 2026 Hz Note The values for Motor Frequency above given only for information are obtained by 2 2 phase drive conversion with a drive system consisting of the pump wheel with P C D of 30 4 and motor gear with P C D of 6 Operating Principles Revision A Cleaning Mechanism Maintenance ASSY Maintenance Tank x Figure 2 14 Cleaning Mechanism Components Pump assembly Flushing box Pump motor a g Figure 2 15 Cleaning Mechanism Components Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Cap assembly When not printing the print head should rest on the cap assembly to ensure that the nozzles don t clog Also the print head is in the capped position during ink charging cleaning and so on O Flushing box Flushing dummy printing is performed over the flushing box and the flushed ink flows through the pipe to the waste ink pads O CR Lock Mechanism If the carriage moves from the printable area to beyond the capping CR_ HOME position to the
82. When connecting an FFC take great care not to insert it aslant Inserting aslant can cause a short circuit of signals thus resulting in broken circuit elements iii Screws M3x16 A Figure 4 32 CR Board Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 3 4 Cutter Section 4 3 4 1 Cutter Holder ASSY When unlocking the carriage do not move the carriage by about 2 cm or more with the cutter pushed into the innermost position otherwise the cutter edge would be damaged 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the J H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 ie ae ee a While pushing the cutter area gently shift the carriage to the left about 2 cm to unlock the carriage and then move the carriage to the printer center See Figure 4 24 6 Remove one screw CPPM3x6 securing the CR Board Guide and remove three screws CP W M3x6 securing the ground line washer M3 and CR Board Guide See Figure 4 30 7 Disconnect the following three connectors on the CR Board See Figure 4 31 Connector Type Connected to 5 Pin white CR Encoder Sensor 4 Pin black P_EDGE Sensor 2 Pin white Cutter Solenoid 8 Remove the four screws CP W M3 x8 securing the Cutter Holder and while paying attention to the connector harness connected to the CR
83. a Head Nozzle Check Check the print result for proper ink discharge from 237 T i the head nozzles T Adj ERAD Adi CAA l Paper Skew Check Perform paper feed and check the degree of skew by 238 1 Not Used y Y 5 2 ised sensor P mae UE 1 Feed Correction T amp B Make the printer perform printing and correct the 239 Input Rank r Head Slant paper feed rate band feed ki 1 4 F Top amp Bottom Adjust the paper top and bottom margins and the left 242 Adj Adj i margin P Write D A Value 7 Bi d Automatic Mechanism Not used 4 ENOL USER 4 Adjustment Adi IEN Adj Rear Paper Sensor Position Using cut paper determine the distance between the 243 7 ozzle 2 aes XF sensor and the XR sensor P Adj l INI 44 Platen Position Adjustment Adjust the sponge position of the platen p 244 Check Skew 7 L Bid2 Platen Position Checking Check the adjustment result of the sponge position of 245 f J the platen P Adj Adj p j 5 Cutter Adjustment Not used Heed eaoaai 2 Bi d3 Slant Check Make the printer perform printing and check the slant 246 Adj i l 4 of the head Mechanism Adjustment a Top amp Bottom Ad Bid Chk Round Trip Print Position Make the printer perform printing and adjust the 248 4 7 4 Adjustment Bi D round trip printing position PG 1 2mm ie Adj Aa i Parameter Copying Copy the Bi D adjus
84. a j Not ted a4 ta ou 1 moe ae Li awe oy al i 3 Ko b Thick pattern on back side me t t K Seon i a a A The D and D signa K lead in the same length K N T A 20 0 mm and at a con al K NEN 2 i pl The difference in the line length i N 4 Jam betw he two must be less t 3 0 m NK short v s possible K E rs a 4 the wiring near IC603 y e 4 The wire length fr z _ gnal line Differential signal 4 A L63 TuS se 1 D ntial impedance must be W pu 3 must i I EE wire length from the D a g i a N E S line F a p a ae J Oaa a i t z V ngth from the DP signal ja K FEL ne to DM601 must be 0 mm x M601 pe i a ei K i t a X I tO DA 3 A a eo W 7 cm e EEN X 4 31 23 Z Use thick wiring k N rt 7 rm for power supply a 7 Tml Guard by GND 1 See E rt wiring as poss r i Locate the wiring 7 near IC605 m ble Locate the wiring near IC wiring between CHG 6 YN and SS 7 and rovide C620 and y a i
85. a ete thei Geet 189 4 4 5 P_THICK Sensor P_THICK Sensor_0 3 ASSY wo ececeecescesseetseteeeeeees 190 4 4 6 P REAR Sensor ASSY sicccsscsceccicssssseceseocenssesnsosencesccecevescevevavsdvcvvevevieess 191 4 5 Disassembly and Assembly of Ink Supply Mechanism cceseeeeeteeeeees 192 4 51 C412 SUB B Boat e csecetdecsesvens taey otbasteasated i o i e a 192 A Sa VA nk Holder ASSY caisre a a Soceseede e 193 a RoS E COVER SLE L01 e OT AEE E E EE E EA 197 4 6 Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism ccsccsseeseeeteeeeees 198 4 6 1 Maintenance ASSY Removal sssssssessesersrssesreeesersessesssessesesseseesrereseesee 199 4 6 2 Pump Motor ASSY rron eiieeii s a E EE E Ei E E 200 46 3 Cap ASSY e Aa E E EE EE E EA A RE A 200 4 64 Pump ASSY opori alain ii ea E Erana EE a Eaa 201 4 6 5 Cleaner Head Wiper cceccecceessessecsecssecseceseeseceecnseceeceseeeeceseeneeeneeeseenees 203 46 6 Flushing Box ASSY rennen eae E Petes E s 204 4 7 Disassembly and Assembly of Circuit Boards 0 cceccecseeseeceeseeeseeseeeeeseens 205 4 7 Power Supply Board svzscc cdcscccsccdecscese cel Ssceesceaes caxee etd ii 205 ASR DING MEN erae Seas E E eet teres Ohare EAT 206 4 7 3 MAIN Board C472 MAIN ceccesesseseseeseseeseseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeaeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 207 4 7 4 DIP Switch and Jumper Setting at Factory before Shipment 209 Chapter 5 Adjustment SV OVEVIEW irern cess TE eE EREE TRE levee eed rested arte
86. adjustment value is selected as following list Adjustment value saved in NVRAM is updated when the value is adjusted again Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 44 4 When the following paper is to be used select 0S or 3S 0S Films and special thin paper Paper thickness setting Less than 0 7mm For PG1 2mm More than 0 7mm PG2 6mm Paper thickness sensor PG setting Saving place Notes 3S Recommended thick RC paper for borderless printing 5 When any paper other than authentic EPSON dedicated paper is to be used set paper thickness in increments of 0 1 mm Note 1 Adjustment values calculated with PG1 2mm for PG 0 7mm 2 2mm 2 6mm are saved except adjustment value saved for PG 1 2mm at that time Less than 0 3mm For film media PG0 7mm 2 In this case adjustment value is saved into PG0 7mm area as a special setting for film media paper thickness 0 15mm This is used when special setting for film Less than 0 3mm For glossy media media 00h is set with PH command PG0 7mm 3 More than 0 3mm In this case adjustment value is saved into PGO 7mm area as a special setting for More than 0 3mm E7 glossy media paper thickness 0 3mm This is used when glossy media is specified For PG0 7mm with paper adjustment value of paper feed adjustment setting command Less than 0 3mm Narrow Seade POR POG 4 Even when paper thickness sensor de
87. and Setting value is displayed on the lower line E Format XX0 lt nn gt Bias value is set for pigment E Operation The value increases decreases with Paper Feed AV buttons The represents the current setup value e Setting value is saved into NVRAM with Enter button 4 Setting value is displayed on the lower line one after another by pressing O System table version Paper Feed AV buttons in the setting value select mode if the setting value can It displays version No of paper feed adjustment conversion table saved in the be changed The represents the current setup value printer 5 When the Enter button is pressed in the setting value select mode the Format displayed setting value is entered as the current setting value If it has a XXSJ lt mmmmm gt lt n gt corresponded operation it is started No operation occurs if is already displayed NOTE 1 lt mmmmm gt is 5 letters indicating version of engine controller 6 It returns to the setting item select menu by pressing the Paper Source button e g 0270C in the setting value select mode It returns to the setting menu select mode by 2 lt n gt is l figure hexadecimal number indicating change history of conversion pressing the Paper Source button in the setting item select menu table e g 0 O Termination O User table version Switch power OFF gt ON When a user change the table the version No is added 1 optionally C Panel display
88. and chassis Less than 0 25mA E Waiting status E Power OFF O Insulation resistance O Dielectric strength O Leakage O International Energy Star Program Compliant Complies with the power supply harmonic control guideline Product Description 1 2 8 Reliability 1 2 8 1 Total Print Volume O Stylus Pro 7600 50 000 pages 6 5million pass approx A1 360x360 M F Bi D O Stylus Pro 9600 20 000 pages 5million pass approx B0 360x360 M F Bi D 1 2 8 2 Print Head Life O Monochrome 28billion shot nozzle O Color 28billion shot nozzle 1 2 8 3 Maintenance Tank Life O Stylus Pro 7600 11 000 pages approx A1 plain paper Speed mode continuous print O Stylus Pro 9600 5 000 pages approx BO plain paper Speed mode continuous print 1 2 8 4 Cutter Life average Table 1 18 Cutter life average Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 Paper Type For 24 inch standard roll paper For 44 inch standard roll paper 3 step cutting 3 step cutting Approx 2000 sheets Approx 1000 sheets Coated paper Approx 2000 sheets Film Approx 1000 sheets 1 2 8 5 Maintenance Parts TBD O RTC backup battery TBD O Cleaning unit life average Cap assembly Pomp assembly Flushing box Wiper Stylus Pro 7600 18 000 pages approx A1 plain paper Speed mode continuous print Stylus Pro 9600 8 000 pages approx BO plain paper Speed mode continuous print O Ink absorbent sponge for right left bo
89. at right represents the ON level y A The standard for accepting each AD value is as follows i Sen i InkLever Down E Rear AD 40 or more in ON OFF difference and 95 or less in ON level i F ea 2 H 7 I Sen E Edge AD 40 or more in ON OFF difference and E0 E8 in ON level 7 Edge AD ae te rN NOTE 1 For adjustment procedure see 5 2 3 2 Edge AD Adjustment p 232 SE and 5 2 3 1 Rear AD Adjustment p 231 i Front AD 041068 Not used 2 With Stylus Pro 7600 the item TAKE UP is not displayed H l Rear AD 041 068 l f i Sen i Head Temp 25 C ra I Sen I Drv Temp PEC t i Sen TAKE UP Off 4 I Sen l MainteTank On 1 r l I Figure 5 6 Menu Transition of Sensor Test Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 2 4 Encoder aie 1 The encoder values for CR shaft carriage and PF form feed are displayed on the Re 1 panel See Figure 5 7 CR 0000 i The value displayed represents the encoder pulse count A i Encoder PF FFFF 4 5 2 2 5 Fan ENSET Check to see if each fan operates See Figure 5 8 Figure 5 7 Menu Transition of Encoder Test NOTE With Stylus Pro 7600 the item Paper 3 paper suction fan is not ps See E E displayed i Fan i Eater Fan 2 Paper 123 Passel Pause End La Fan
90. character O When switch No 6 is OFF dye prohibited Right margin 1st character NOTE When the power is turned off without the cartridges installed NPD 0 will be maintained E When pigment has been installed Character pitch 10 opi e Sets Ink Type for the printer to Pigment Print mode Text mode e Initial charge is started if the initial charge flag has been set non raster graphics mode e Every time the power is turned on after that the printer will start as the Pigment machine E When dye has been installed e Displays INVALID CARTRIDGE The LEDs for all colors flash even when dye for only one color has been installed e Does not set Ink Type for the printer NPD 0 is maintained e NPD 0 even at the next start of the printer O When switch No 6 is ON e Determines the ink type from the ink set that has been installed properly e If the printer is currently used as the dye machine NPD 2 the printer does not make judgment at power on Therefore the printer can be used as the dye machine the same way as before e Even when Ink Type is changed to Dye directly in NPD mode the printer can be used as the dye machine Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 10 3 MW Printing Adjustment Setting Values and Printing Modes Table below indicates the relationship between the setting values by MW printing adjustment setting on panel and the printing mode numbers
91. circuit boards be careful concerning static electricity which can cause damage to the board It is recommended you use an anti static wrist band or similar grounding device to prevent static electricity buildup Stylus Pro 7600 9600 uses many FFCs Flexible Flat Cables Improper connection such as slanting insertion of an FFC can cause a short circuit resulting in broken elements on the circuit board Be sure to connect the FFCs to the connectors properly with great care EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A In reassembly place the wiring of electric parts in specified positions If wiring is located in places other than specified cables can come in contact with a sharp edge or the anti noise margin may lessen E As necessary if you remove each cover and operate the printer care should be taken not to get injured by the operation of the drive system units The cutter blade is extremely sharp so care should be taken not to injure yourself when handling it E An ultra hardened blade is used for the cutter blade and physically it is extremely brittle material so care should be taken not to bump it against any of the metal parts of the printer etc and damage it E When performing service operations on items which are controlled as after service parts but which no procedures have been provided for the state of the parts should be observed closely before beginning the operation to get a thorough idea of how
92. cut eject etc At paper initial transition to Paper size detection sequence left and right edges p 109 takes place Right edge Left edge detection position detection position CR moves to the position printing area MIN position A4 size 20 mm 328 9 mm 350CPS While monitoring the edge sensor output CR moves toward the home to the printing area MIN position 350CPS No Solid Line Paper l Broken Line Printable l Area I 1 Paper absence detected bd Yes From the position where the sensor output has changed CR SS moves by 2 mm outward 240CPS 2 Edge sensor LED is turned off While monitoring the edge sensor output CR moves toward the home at 5 cps The position where paper absence is detected is judged to be the left edge position of the paper I Previously determined paper width X mm The paper width determined by the previously executed left and right edge detection at paper initial or skew check is added to the left edge position The resultant position is regarded as the paper right edge position Paper right edge position deflected by 3 mm from previously determined position Paper left edge position deflected by 3 mm from previously determined position No Edge sensor LED is turned off I Edge sensor LED is turned off Figure 2 9 Simplified Detection Sequence for Left and Right Edges Skew Check Operating Pri j chanism Co
93. defined with paper feeding positive direction 80 61 E F negative direction 410 E Display Life eles en 100 81 xxx F 40 21 Exx F 80 61 Essas F 20 1 B 60 41 Exx x F Less than 1 remaining F F 40 21 E F 20 1 Ee i a Maintenance Req o Maintenance request happens at 2 8 billion shot Nozzle Less than 1 remaining F F E Fatal error Not happen as a head unit E Maintenance Req Bi l _ l E Counter clear Not happen because it is out of service range within product life When CLEAR COUNTERS HEAD in Maintenance mode 2 is executed E Fatal error the counter is cleared Not happen because trouble mode is not Fatal E Countcontinuance Counter clear Same as PF motor When CLEAR COUNTERS PF MOTOR in Maintenance mode 2 is executed the counter is cleared fet e AA Information on these values is needed only when service personnel Count continuance ZONU perform maintenance work Do not inform users of the meaning of Even if remaining is 0 it keeps counting until 32bit register is full and stops these indications counting up at the maximum of positive number It counts not only with panel display but also with trouble analysis from NVRAM detailed data fe ee0n Information on these values is needed only when service personnel ZONU perform maintenance work Do not inform users of the meaning of these indications Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Re
94. down ratio 0 Initial charge executed MB flag 0 Not executed Initial charge executed MB flag 0 use The numeric value in represents the initial value in the area which firmware does not Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A After counter clearing turn off the power once and then turn it on again to start the printer in the normal mode Then the display as shown in Figure 5 59 will appear when the counter clearing has been executed successfully However only when the covers are closed the Paper Set Lever in the down Enter position and the ink lever is in the up position Reset Counter Waittorawhile After printing display changes to Check Skew Figure 5 58 Menu Transition for Counter Clearing SET INK CARTRIDGE Figure 5 59 Display after Counter Clearing Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 4 Cleaning Execute head cleaning I Table 5 25 lists cleaning items and Figure 5 60 shows cleaning menu transition i Sens Enter ene Table 5 25 Cleaning Items Peli cs End Item Display Contents i l L Normal cleaning cycle KKO Cleaning Std KKO Minimum vacuum l Cleaning p Enter Cleaning I ep Normal cleaning cycle KK1
95. gA Be sure to make adjustment for K first and then for other i i Paper Feed V Key POINT colors 3 S ecType or Enter E After adjustment be sure to perform Round Trip Print 5 k Paper Feed A Key nai e 4 a f Paper Feed V Key Position Bi D Adjustment Checking p 252 Y_ SelecType or Enter OVI M Paper Feed A Key E Press the Enter key with K PRN displayed and the K pattern will be 2 Paper Feed V Key H SelecType or Enter panied 240V1 LC E Press the Enter key with COL PRN displayed and the block pattern 7 5 ae aie a al will be printed in colors other than K SelecType or Enter E When V1 K is displayed input the adjustment value for K 96 96 240V1 LM Paper Feed A Key E When each of V1 K2 V1 Y is displayed input the pattern Paper Feed V Key 4 SelecType or Enter number 0 8 for the aligned pattern SUNT up cops q Paper Feed A Key a es the Enter key with BiD End displayed and the mode changes to 7 7 Paper Feed V Key Adj Bi d Chk SelecType or Enter Figure 5 47 Menu Transition for Bi D Adjustment Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A BI D ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 1 Bi D PG 1 2mm 240CPS VS iw 1 Black Adjust Parameter 21 1 Start the Self diagnostic Function Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject
96. gt lt mm gt Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value lt nn gt 00H C9H lt mm gt 00H C9H FFH Paper feeding adjustment conversion table 4 System table dye XX2 lt nn gt lt mm gt lt nn gt 00H C9H lt mm gt 00H C9H FFH System table version XXS lt mmmmm gt lt mmmmm gt F W version Parameter backup BACKUP EXEC Adjustment setup menu SERVICE CONFIG Device ID change D ID For R4C803P StylusPro7600 StylusPro7600D PX 7000 For R4C825P StylusPro9600 StylusPro9600D PX 9000 nk cartridge type setting NPD 0 1 2 CSIC detection level ED MODE O N X Maintenance information menu MAINTINFO Operation time environment MENUE RTC date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt lt HH gt RTC initialized date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt lt HH gt Environment temperature lt nn gt First power ON date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Printer total energization time lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Energy star non sleep mode total time lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Paper sensor total energization time lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Suction fan total energization time lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Front cover open close times lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Temperature at print less than 15 C lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Temperature at print 15 C 20 C lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Temperature at print 20 C 25 C lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Temperature at prin
97. head slide out of step e Defective head slide home position sensor e Defective head slide motor disconnected connector or broken cable e Gears not engaged properly o O Points to be checked E Head Slide Detection Sensor e Check that the sensor functions properly e Check that the sensor and the head platen gap drive gear are free from obstruction by adhesion of foreign matters or soiling E Head Slide Motor Pump Motor e Measure the resistance value 9 2Q If the motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the same time e Check that the motor operates properly Refer to 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self diagnostics menu e Check that the gear train including the head platen gap drive gear is free from any obstruction O Remedy e Replace the HEAD SLIDE Sensor ASSY p 182 e Replace the Pump Motor ASSY p 200 NOTE Refer to Head Slide PG Change Initialization Sequence p 107 Troubleshooting Error Display 4 15 CR motor PWM output faulty 0001000F Explanation There may be a case where a current exceeding the specified value flows during CR Motor operation In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating This error can be displayed in the following case an abnormal load which does not reach the level causing an out of step phenomenon 00010005 in the carriage drive system has occurred and the running speed of the motor has been detected to be too low so that t
98. i 00 00 99 PAPER CONFIG SelecType CUT METHOD CUT METHOD Paper Source Paper Feed t 3 STEP 4 STEP PAPER CONFIG SelecType PPR FEED ADJ 4 PPR FEED ADJ Paper Source Paper Feed t 0 00 1 00 1 00 PAPER CONFIG SelecType DRYING TIME DRYING TIME Paper Source Paper Feed hi 00 0sec 10 0 00 0 PAPER CONFIG SelecType SUCTION SUCTION Paper Source Paper Feed t NORM LOW PAPER CONFIG SelecType PRINT ADJ 4 PRINT ADJ Paper Source 5 1 5 9 It is entered with Enter button in order Enter Enter THICKNESS PAT t PRINTING ALGNMENT PATTERN THICKNESS NUM 1 17 CUT PRESSURE PRINT 00 00 100 CUT METHOD 3 STEP 4 4 STEP PPR FEED ADJ 0 00 J 1 00 1 00 DRYING TIME 00 0sec 4 10 0 00 0 SUCTION NORM 4 LOW PRINT ADJ 5 Enter 1 5 9 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A PRINT PAPER THICKNESS DETECTION PATTERN 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 O Printing Specifications Table 1 41 Head speed 240 cps Pattern height 96 dots Ad width E Color Black Print direction Upper patterns Leftward n Lower patterns Rightward Pattern interval Upper patterns Equal intervals Lower patterns Centered on base position for gap adjustment value and displaced by an equal distance left and right Details are described in next clause 13 5mm 96dot 13 5mm 96dot y
99. in the CR Motor drive circuit on the C472MAIN carriage can not move to the final target position within a specified period of time Board or a current exceeding the specified value is required In such a case this as per pulse detection In such a case this message is displayed and the printer message is displayed and the printer stops operating stops operating O Cause of trouble O Cause of trouble Hardware has detected overcurrent in the CR motor circuit There are pulses smaller than out of step pulse remaining without completing O Points to be checked paper ted 1 Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor 5 8Q O Points to be checked If the CR Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the 1 The CR Encoder and the T Fence must be free from dust and dirt or any other same time foreign matters 2 By visual inspection check the T Fence for any defect such as damage or 2 The CR Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in soiling which can cause faulty reading by the sensor proper tension 3 By visual inspection check the harness of the CR Motor for any problem 3 The carriage must slide smoothly free from undue load causing a short circuit to the frame 4 Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor 5 8Q O Remedy 5 Execute encoder checking by 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 diagnostics menu E Replace the CR Motor ASSY p 180 6 Al
100. item to the Pigment 2 we right Paper Feed A Key 44WM2Q3 Paper Feed V Key The cursor moves to the left end when Cleaning key is pressed at the right end After ink charge the display returns to the adjustment top menu Pigment 3 Paper Feed A Key E Press the Pause key to return to the previous level in the hierarchy QVVWUVR Paper Feed V Key In doing so note that the input code is valid but it has not been registered yet The cursor skips the item displayed with Pigment 4 a E At input for Pigment 1 Pigment 2 or Pigment 3 press the Enter key S01S0 o A a ae ii to enter the input line selection mode which is the immediately upper level in Enter the hierarchy Bao Bray Mi Press Pause key for transition to the adjustment top menu 5 2 3 4 Write D A Value i Enter Stylus Pro 7600 9600 does not incorporate this function Do not try Please Set Ink Displayed when the cartridge has not been installed to execute this operation on the service site i Enter INK CHARGING Figure 5 26 Menu Transition of Code Input Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 5 Check Nozzle Check the print result to see if the head nozzles discharge ink properly and if there is any alignment error If ink discharging from the nozzles is faulty or there is a
101. minimum Bi D value and minimum SN PG More than 0 7mm Big Minimum Middle Small Big Middle Big 3 When Narrow is set N is displayed on the left side of LCD lower line 2 When Wide or Wider is set W is displayed on the left side of LCD lower line Big Big 07H 12H Big Product Description Operating Panel 40 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A The actual platen gap may be set to any of the following Table 1 30 Position Gap width Application Wide 2 6 mm Thick paper Medium 2 2 mm Reduce the smearing on the printed image of thin paper Narrow 1 2 mm Thin paper Default Minimum 0 7 mm Thin film Film glossy media 1 4 3 4 Page Lines Selecting this mode allows the user to set the page line print mode Setup is the same as horizontal lines ON command AC 02H 00H 00H 02H in the automatic cutting setup The solid line type is used 1 4 3 5 Interface Select Selecting this mode allows selection of the parallel USB or optional interface or automatic interface selection 1 4 3 6 Code Page Switching Selecting this mode allows switching between PC437 and PC850 for the code page Product Description 1 4 3 7 Roll Paper Margin Setting this panel allows switching roll paper margin all sides 3 mm all sides 15 mm top and bottom 15 mm right and left 3 mm This setting is only valid for roll paper It
102. oP oe 16 E ee EENAA Ta TETEE E E AAEE ES ET 40 2 5 3 Special Paper esen i e e E A T tiaidoae it 18 1 43 4 Page Lines 41 1 2 6 Mechanism Specifications senraccona d eoin o E at 21 EA A a re a ae i 14 35 Interface Select ienee na o a n Bath ces ee te 41 1 2 6 1 Printable Area osesooseoeeseseseesssessrreeesesseresssressreeeseessressrressreeereesreesseee 21 ee 1 4 3 6 Code Page Switching secsi netii n 41 126 2 Paper Set LEVET aerie enn E A AO ERORE 22 1 4 3 7 Roll Paper Margin seesessessesesssessssesesersessrseressenessesesseeesresesresreresseseso 41 1 2 6 3 Cutting Specification ccccccsseesecsseeseceeceseeeeceseeesceeeeeeeeaeeseeeneeneeenees 22 4 s 1 4 3 8 Detect Paper Width sissioni goni n E E E 42 1 264 Acoustic Noise ra A a a RE ch awe A A o a 23 i 1 4 3 9 Detect Skew EION firain ia ee A RE E EE notstee 42 1 2 7 Electrical Specifications TBD e ssssesessersssersessessesessrsrssreeeseesesresreresseses 23 h age 1 4 3 10 Job Timeout Setting oo eeccccecceescesseececeeseecseessecseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 42 128 Reliability eon E EEE EE E eee 23 S 1 4 3 11 No margin print setting oo eee ceceeeseeenceeeeeeeeeceeeeceaeeeaeeeeeeesaeceeeeees 43 1 2 8 1 Total Print Volume menena eenean e E R a 23 ie i 1 4 3 12 Cutter position adjustment ccecceeeseeseceeceeeceseeseeeeceseeeeeeseeneeenes 44 1 2 8 2 Print Head Bite ssie k cas r BREVIS Bed RP I 23 1 4 3 13 Auto margin refresh essesseese
103. one of followings 0 nn E F E F E F E F E F CR MOTOR XXXXXXX XXXXxX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E FE FE F PF MOTOR XXXXXXX XXXXX is one of followings 0 nn E F E FE FLE PE eP HEAD UNIT XXXXXXX XXXXX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E EES EEB EEE CL UNIT XXXXXXX XXXXX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E F E F Beep EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 28 Panel setting menu item continued Pa ae y Item menu Panel display Setup value Underlined Default Paper select PAPERNUMBER STD 1 10 Print paper thickness detection pattern THICKNESS PAT PRINT 4 Select paper thickness number THICKNESS NUM 1 17 5 Cutting pressure CUTPRESSURE 0 100 Cutting method CUTMETHOD 3STEPS 4STEPS Paper feed adjustment PPRFEEDADJ 1 00 1 00 Ink drying time DRYINGTIME 0 0sec 5 0sec Vacuum SUCTION NORM LOW Print adjustment MW PRINTADJ 0 5 9 Powerful cleaning PWRCLEANING EXEC Replace BK ink BLKINKCHNG EXEC Release ink lever RELEASE INKLEVER Remove all ink cartridges REMOVE ALL INKCARTRIDGES Select 2 types from following depending on the situation 1 PHOTO 2 LGT 1 MAT 2 MAT Select ink set after change SELECTINKSET 1 MAT 2 LGT 1 PHOTO 2LGT 2 cartridges change 1 MAT 2 LGT 1 MAT 2 MAT 2 cartridges change Black ink replacement only fone Ean ie Set draining cartridge INSERTDRAINING CARTRIDGEIN X
104. option unit Stylus Pro 9600 only N White H_FAN Appendix w White RESET Table 7 1 Main Board Connectors List continued CN No Pins Color Connected to USB2 0 Remarks Right side AC side IEEE1394 Not used O Panel Unit HDD PS Not used Table 7 2 Panel Unit Connectors List CN No Pins Color Pent os Menpora CN FCC O C472 CR Board Connected to Remarks Table 7 3 C472 CR Board Connectors List CN No Pins Color Connected to Main Board CN8 Remarks FFC lock type Main Board CN10 FEC lock type Print Head1 FFC lock type Print Head2 FFC lock type P_Edge Sensor CR Encoder Sensor Cutter Solenoid Connectors Main Board CN10 FFC lock type 282 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O C472 SUB B Board Table 7 4 C472 SUB B Board Connectors List CN No Pins Color Connected to Remarks Main Board CN6 N T H Lever Sensor CSIC Relay Board Black CSIC Relay Board Light Black CSIC Relay Board Cyan CSIC Relay Board Light Cyan CSIC Relay Board Magenta CSIC Relay Board Light Magenta CSIC Relay Board Yellow Maintenance Tank Relay Board afjl alilala NINIT NIN O Power Supply Board Table 7 5 Power Supply Board Connector List CN No Pins Color Connecte
105. platen gap adjustment unit are explained below Operating Principles CR Guide Rail i Right Side of Carriage Bearing Carriage Bearing s Sub carriage head mounted PG Head SLID Slide Gear O Pump motor driving HD_SLID force CCW t Sensor HP Detection Fla Right Side of Printer Mechanism P _Gap01 eps Figure 2 4 Carriage Mechanical Unit and PG Adjustment Unit Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O HD_SLID Head Gap Home Position Detection Sensor This sensor detects the mechanical home position when the position of the sub carriage head height from the paper surface on the carriage undergoes change A reflective type photosensor is used and the position of the flag on the gear mounted Sequence for moving to pseudo vacuum position on the camshaft is detected The cam is so shaped as to realize the four head positions relative to the eas mechanical home position E Detecting distance up to the reflector 7 5 0 5 mm NOTE Error number displayed when the total pulse count has exceeded 1000 0001000C Head slide origin detection error Service Call Error Table 2 4 Pulse Positions Slide Sensor OFF 2 Pulse Count from Position Gap Width Application Origin Converted to 2 2 Phase Excitation Pump motor runs forward until head slide origin sensor turns Large Platen gap for thick paper ON Medium Platen gap for paper which can be
106. properly Recovery Replace a maintenance tank Troubleshooting Table 3 23 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE COMMAND ERROR LED STATUS All color LEDs blink This error occurs when ink type dye pigment black ink type designated with IK command is different from ink cartridge Explanation i installed in the printer or when non supported ESC P3 format data is received Recovery Stop data transmitting from the host and reset the panel 3 2 2 20 Fatal Error Table 3 24 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE SERVICE REQ nonnnnnn nnnnnnnn indicates type of error LED STATUS All color LEDs blink Explanation This error occurs in following cases e A serious failure is detected which can not fixed by users e A life end of a unit is detected and the continuous operation may cause a more fatal problems e Printer halted by an un expected operation or command receiving Recovery Once turn off the printer and on if the error is cleared then user can use the printer If the fatal error of the same code occurs again and results in impossible printer operation find the cause of the trouble by consulting 3 2 4 Troubleshooting for Service Call Errors p 134 and replace the relevant defective parts Fatal error type Refer to 3 2 1 3 Service Call Fatal Errors p 125 Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 3 Troubleshooting fo
107. rar var wal wee ern w 1 mm or e COM signal pattern A st and thick wires B SR73H3ATEO 560HMF is mounted for 2060269 00 For the ENA and ENB si l wire 0 5 mm in width EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 7 4 Exploded Diagrams Appendix Exploded Diagrams PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 1 Rev 01 C472 CASE 011 158x 6 ia 159 160x 6 PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 2 Rev 01 C472 CASE 021 o RR Pee Ti SQ NS NANS G me MY s Leh Atte A a an T O 9 i Sg PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 3 Rev 01 C472 ELEC 011 Ss Bev oy Ue aig aon wees x gt bgi BS 2 A Aes vy A AO K KS Ces RE DA lt W A 1D We Ony ES Z NY PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 4 Rev 01 C472 POWE 01 1 Eo Cor p O gt 02 503 N eon a fo IR gt we ao ene PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 5 Rev o1 C472 MECH 011 A m B Ay k We PX 7000 EPSON STYLUS PRO 7600 No 6 Rev 01 472 MECH 021 C472 MECH 031 PX 7000 EPSONSTYLUS PRO 7600 No 7 Rev 01 667 fl
108. signal flow from the printer s point of view Product Description Interfaces EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 6 2 USB interface CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENT AND SIGNALS SPECIFICATION Table 1 57 Connector Pin Assignment and Signals USB FS O Standard Universal Serial Bus Specifications Revision 2 0 Ein Xo planet name Out ee description _ Universal Serial Bus Specifications Revision 1 1 VCC Cable power Maximum power consumption is Universal Serial Bus Devices Class Definition for 100mA Printing Devices Version 1 1 Data bi directional data O Bitrate 480Mbps High Speed Mode Data bi directional data pull up to 3 3V via 1 5K ohm resistor 12Mbp Full Speed Device Ground Cable ground O Data format NRZI O Adaptable connector USB Series B O Acceptable cable length 2m O Device ID Pin 2 Pin 1 E When IEEE1284 4 is valid e lt xx gt lt xx gt Character strings depending on lt Model Name gt e MFG EPSON e CMD ESCPL2 BDC D4 e MDL _ lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt e CLS PRINTER Pin 3 Pin 4 e DES EPSON lt SP gt T lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 PEES SES DYE gt lt SP gt space E When IEEE1 284 4 is not valid e lt XX gt lt XX gt Character strings depending on lt Model Name gt e MFG EPSON e CMD ESCPL2 BDC e MDL _ lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt e CLS PRINTER e DES EPSON lt SP gt T lt
109. symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a procedure or an action Be aware of all symbols when they are used and always read NOTE CAUTION or WARNING messages Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure practice or condition that is necessary to keep the product s quality Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure practice or condition that if not strictly observed could result in damage to or destruction of equipment i D May indicate an operating or maintenance procedure practice or CHECK POINT condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently It may also provide additional information that is related to a specific subject or comment on the results achieved through a previous action WARNING Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure practice or f condition that if not strictly observed could result in injury or loss of life Revision A Date of Issue May 10 2002 First release Revision Status Description EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Contents Chapter 1 Product Description 1 2 11 2 Accessories and Options for Stylus Pro 9600 eessen 29 ae 1 3 External View and Parts Names cccccccccsesssceeesceecssseceeseeceesececsseeceesseeeessess 30 1 1 Product Description cc1icseo eee cate ee ee N A E R 1 1 11 Features ar
110. than the reflection value of the platen E The paper must be free from floating at the detection point If external light such as sunlight can enter the sensor due to the construction mis detection must be prevented by LED ON OFF control Same as with Stylus Pro 7000 In Stylus Pro 7600 9600 the P_EDGE Sensor works also to detect the paper front edge Stylus Pro 7600 9600 does not have the P_FRONT Sensor for exclusive use to detect the paper front edge which is incorporated in the conventional printer models Figure 2 6 Carriage Unit Paper Width Detection Sensor NOTE It is possible to turn this sensor off by SelecType p 35 The following pages show paper size detection sequence left and right edges and front edge Operating Principles Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Paper size detection sequence left and right edges Error display Set the paper correctly Transition to this sequence is allowed only at paper initial At inter page skew checking transition to Simplified detection CHECK POINT Solid Line Paper l Broken Line Printable i Area Right edge l detection position I Left edge detection position sequence for left and right edges skew check p 111 takes place Operating Pri Note 1 Left and right edge detection start While monitoring the edge sensor output CR moves outward toward
111. the printer unit itself or some major unit is at the end of its service life and check the user inherent panel settings etc 3 There should be no market soiling of the outside or the inside of the printer If it is extremely soiled carry out cleaning 4 Each of the units and parts in the printer should not be missing or damaged and should have the normal shape and configuration 5 Each of the harnesses should be undamaged and should be correctly connected to the relevant connector perpendicularly and in the correct direction 6 Each cam and gear in the printer mechanism should have no uneven wear or be overly worn and the combinations should be correct 7 Each type of rubber roller in the printer mechanism should be cleaned and it should be ascertained whether the cause of the trouble is because of dirt or due to some other cause 8 Each type of rubber roller in the printer mechanism should not be unevenly worn or excessively worn and their combinations should be correct 9 As necessary initialize the NVRAM on the C472MAIN Board return the individual customer settings and panel settings to the factory settings Carry out initialization by executing INIT NVRAM from the CLEAR COUNTERS MENU in Maintenance Mode 2 10 Make certain that the DIP Switches and Jumpers have been set correctly Refer to DIP Switch and Jumper Setting at Factory before Shipment p 209 Troubleshooting Outline CHECK POI
112. the self diagnostic mode This section describes the diagnostic items available and transition in the top menu RO aan pee I I Table 5 16 Self diagnostic Function List 1 Paper Feed A L 1 Item Description I Check SelecType r I Test To each menu Test Version Control Panel Sensor Encoder Fan Record CSIC Actuator 1 Actuator 2 1 Paper Feed V Paper Feed A Pause I fee Items Adjustment Head system adjustment sensor position adjustment paper feed Check compensation cutter adjustment on oi Paper Feed V P Feed A Cleaning Cleaning with mode specified i R J i Paper Feed AJ NE 5 z TEE heck Print Test pattern printing adjustment variables printing I Chee ONE I Cleaning Parameter NVRAM initialization updating display 1 Paper Feed V i A Paper Feed A Life Carriage motor paper feed motor CR PF motor cutter head up and down Check j head lock cleaning printing comprehensive endurance CR PF l Print i discharging comprehensive endurance 2 comprehensive endurance 3 i Paper Feed V J A Paper Feed A checking i 1 I Check Note This diagnostic item is not explained since it is used only by testing at the Parameter factory not executed on the service site 1 Paper Feed V 4 A Paper Feed A Check I Life Paper Feed V A I I I Figure 5 2 Top Menu Transition Adjustment Self di
113. through the opening in the Access Cover see Check Point on the next page Figure 4 17 Rear Cover Removal 2 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Removing the Access Cover For disconnecting connectors for various units from the Main Board Assy it is not always necessary to remove the Rear Cover Remove the Access Cover and you will be allowed to do almost all such work Loosen the screw Access Cover Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 2 7 Paper Guide L2 1 From the front remove four screws Truss M4x 6 See Figure 4 18 2 Remove the Paper Guide L2 Install the Paper Guide L2 so that all its projections are fit in the notches of the Paper Guide L properly See Figure 4 19 E Number of notches Stylus Pro 7600 5 Stylus Pro 9600 8 Screws Truss M4x6 x2 Figure 4 18 Paper Guide L2 Removal Paper Guide L lt a 2202020 Paper Guide L2 Cover_PGL10 eps Figure 4 19 Paper Guide L2 Installation Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 2 8 Roll Paper Cover 1 Open the Roll Paper Cover See Figure 4 20 2 Remove two screws CPS M4x8 securing the black spindle support Spindle Support L on the left and th
114. up or cover opening was performed during paper feed operation Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 7 Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment For paper transport correct the distance and adjust the top amp bottom margins and side T amp B Adjust Enter Adjust margin printing start position See page 241 Pause Do not adjust p 4 Enter 4 Pause O Feed Adjustment Paper feed distance compensation Enter Adjust Print Make the printer print a line in the paper feed direction input the distance and determine the PF encoder resolution inside the firmware Enter The reference length for this determination has been set to 1 m Only the input of a compensation value without printing is possible The input value handled as the compensation value is written in the Flash ROM Paper Feed A Key Paper Feed V Key Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm Printing Pattern E Resolution 0 1mm Adjust o Do not adjust Or 2nd or subsequent printing Adj Top amp Bottom PELA r i i A P Feed A Key Conduct printing and paper cutting and input the distances between the Front Top Length aed i 4 ike w Sensor and the Head between the Cutter and the Head and between the Edge ue Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm Sensor and the Head writing start position i Per The input value handled as the c
115. value No 5 is standard and others have adjustment gap as following The relationship between print pattern and adjustment gap is shown below Print pattern number Adjustment gap N 1440 inch VSD1 VSD2 VSD4 y N YT A WED RY NX N UO A GW NH YY oF YT AY BW N Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 35 BK ink cartridge replacement 4 The printer reads CSIC of installed cartridge after the lever is locked r When all ink ini t changing slot i h for initial filling onI gA This menu is only displayed for pigment model It is not displayed a Oe a egg E go to step 4 POINT for dye model ak TE E The printer normasidan during sequence even if Power button b When wrong ink cartridge is installed following message is displayed is pushed every 1 second corresponded slot LED blinks and go back to step 3 2 LCD panel message WRONG CARTRIDGE RELEASE INK LEVER 1 Select BK INK CHANGE in MAINTENANCE of panel setting menu and o start with EXEC c When installed ink cartridge is not enough for initial filling following message is displayed every 1 second corresponded slot LED blinks and 2 Select changing ink and push the Enter button The panel message is depended on go back to step 3 2 installed ink combination at that time LCD i NOT ENOUGH INK
116. weight Same as 220ml exclusive ink cartridge O Effective cleaning solution Same as 220ml exclusive ink cartridge O Environment condition Same as 220ml exclusive ink cartridge O Storage temperature Same as 220ml exclusive ink cartridge O Life Same as 220ml exclusive ink cartridge 1 7 3 Draining cartridge CHECK POINT The draining cartridge is the same as the 110 ml ink cartridge in shape except that it does not have the projection for a color block Product Description O Type Exclusive draining cartridge no ink pack O Dimension Same as 110ml exclusive ink cartridge O Capacity None O Total weight 75g approx O Effective cleaning solution None O Environment condition Same as 110ml exclusive ink cartridge O Storage temperature Same as 110ml exclusive ink cartridge O Life Same as 110ml exclusive ink cartridge 1 7 4 Maintenance Tank The maintenance tank is located in the lower space at the right side of the printer body and constructed in such a way that the user can replace it when maintenance tank full is detected O O 0000 Type Dimension Capacity Total weight Waste ink permitted limit Environment condition Optional Units and Consumables Exclusive maintenance tank for waste ink Width 102 5 mm x Depth 235 mm x Height 79 5 mm 1000ml approx TBD 650ml TBD EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 2 1 Overview This chapter explains the print
117. while that interface is not selected or nibble Mode ECP Mode Product Description Interfaces EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 7 Optional Units and Consumables O Storage temperature Condition temperature Remarks 1 7 1 Ink Cartridge Packed 30 C 40 C Within 1 month when 40 C Selection of ink types detection of cartridges and the amount of remaining ink are Installed 20 C 40 C Within 1 month when 40 C controlled by CSIC Packed 30 C 60 C Within 1 month when 40 C transportation Within 120 hours when 0 C onI gA When installing the pigment ink cartridges shake them gently POINT a couple of times beforehand to ensure the designed print quality The 220 ml ink cartridges are supported only by Stylus Pro 9600 If you remove an ink cartridge before it reaches the ink end state you should store it under the same ambient conditions as for the printer body in such a way that the ink discharge opening is protected from dust intrusion The ink cartridge stored as such and installed again can be used if it is within the term of availability SPECIFICATION j O Ink life 2 years from production date O Type Pigment Dye ink cartridge O Print quality assured pigment O Form Exclusive ink cartridge 6 months after open dye 2 years from production date O Ink capacity E 110ml Model Number ICxx24 INSTALLATION LOCATIONS 220ml Stylus Pro
118. 0 2 2 3 Cleaning Mechanism The cleaning mechanism in this printer is compatible with the cleaning mechanism in the Stylus Pro 5000 9000 The cleaning mechanism is located on the right side of the printer The waste ink from the cleaning mechanism is channeled to the waste ink pad Maintenance Tank in the lower right side through the tube The cleaning mechanism components are installed above the sub frame and some are fixed on the main frame as shown below O Pump assembly head cleaner When the head is in the capped position valve closed the pump motor creates a vacuum that sucks ink from the nozzles This is used for removing ink from the nozzles and nozzle plate initial ink charge as well as cleaning The waste ink flows through one small tube to the waste ink pads O Head cleaner The head cleaner has felt on one side and rubber on the other and is used to wipe or rub off ink and foreign materials from the nozzle surface O Pump motor stepping motor The pump motor runs normally the pump wheel turns clockwise as viewed from the pump wheel side and reverses the pump wheel turns counterclockwise to execute the following functions H Clockwise rotation CW pump assembly drive for cleaning and so on Suction wiper setting E Counter clockwise rotation CCW Pump release wiper reset HD_ SLIDE head gap adjustment cam drive See Platen Gap Adjustment Unit p 106 Table 2 6 Pump Drive Modes Pump Wheel Pump
119. 0 2mm If you are adjusting the assembly position of the paper guide L the installation screws that are loosened should be the absolute minimum number of screws necessary to adjust the position If a large number of screws is loosened the assembly position of the paper guide L will shift a great distance from the original Gap between the cut adjustment position so caution should be exercised paper front edge and the edge of cutter level 0 3mm 0 5mm or 0 5mm 0 1 0 2mm 6 Inthe same way set paper on the left side of the printer cut the paper manually and measure the length from the cutter level difference to the front edge of the paper If the measurement results are not within the standard loosen about 3 of the screws holding the paper guide L and carry out fine adjustment of the paper guide L s assembly position Cut_posi0l eps Figure 5 75 Paper Cutting Position Check Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 3 8 PF Encoder Sensor Installation Position Adjustment A This adjustment is performed to set the distance between the PF roller shaft grid roller P i and PF encoder sensor in the proper position Through this adjustment the position of the PF encoder sensor s emitter and receptor are set properly with respect to the slits in gt the loop scale for the PF motor tanam O Adjusting tools PF ENC Installation Position Adjustment Tool F798 1
120. 00 81 remaining Panel display position 80 61 remaining Black1 8 th on the lower line 60 41 remaining Black2 9 th on the lower line 3 40 21 remaining Cyan 10 tt on the lower line 20 remaining just before near end Ink end Magenta 11 on the lower line Light Cyan 12 on the lower line Light Magent 13 on the lower line Yellow 14 tt on the lower line Note 1 Available quantity is displayed for the maintenance tank Maintenance 16 on the lower line 2 When initial filling is done by user after the package opened ink consumption for initial filling is subtracted and ink remaining of each ink cartridge is displayed as 100 Ink use count is started at that time When ink cartridge is replaced ink use is counted O Printer status at indicator display displayed according to Ink system specifications Note It is counted from the left side 3 When initial filling is done by user after the package opened maintenance tank indicator is displayed with h01 font for 100 76 remaining and h03 font for Ready to print READY 15 61 Processing data PRINTING Ink low INK LOW Ink end INK OUT Pause PAUSE Status LCD panel display After detection of Ink Low the display is changed from a graph to a indication Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Rev
121. 00 9600 Revision A Table 6 1 Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Lives of Periodically Replaced Components and Maintenance Print Volume Product Life Cutter Maintenance Tank Cleaning Unit CR Motor PF Motor Print Head of sheet Specification SPro7600 9600 SPro9600 SPro7600 SPro09600 SPro7600 SPr09600 SPro07600 SPr09600 SPr07600 SPr09600 SPro7600 1000 pages Film mediar 2000 pages 5000 pages sm 10000 pages 11000p 2 18000p 2 20000p 2 5Million passes 50000p 25Million passes 4 5 28 Billion shots nozzle MAINTENANCE TANK ALMOST FULL MAINTENANCE TANK FULL 6 Warning message 0002 00000101 Counter cleared automatically by replacing it with new Counter clear Counter clear Counter clear Counter clear Reset operation one MM2 CLEAR COUNTERS MM2 CLEAR COUNTERS CR MM2 CLEAR COUNTERS PF MM2 CLEAR COUNTERS CLEANER MOTOR MOTOR HEAD Maintenance Tank 1 Pump amp Cap Assy At first SR amp check Ink tubes as required CRU 2 Flushing Box FFC conditions Check the condition of loop scale 3 Wiper 1 CR Motor worn etc 2 Driven Pulley e Check the condition of PF Parts to be replaced At second SR Encoder foreign matters or dust as required CR Motor Driven Pulley Ink tubes FFC CR Belt Tension ADJ 1 PF Belt Tension ADJ 1 Adj Input Rank Adj Bi D 2 Adj Feed Adj T amp B 2 INK C
122. 2 CLEAR COUNTERS CR MOTOR Install the battery and perform Maintenance Mode 2 000 NA 0 RSVD 8 RTC backup battery is empty CLEAR COUNTERS RTC NA 0 RSVD 0020 The number of shots per nozzle perform Maintenance Mode 2 CLEAR COUNTERS HEAD reaches the limit NA 0 RSVD 0040 PUMP motor operation count Perform Maintenance Mode 2 CLEAR COUNTERS CLEANER reaches the limit NA 0 RSVD 0080 Date is not specified Perform Maintenance Mode 2 CLEAR COUNTERS RTC NA 0 RSVD oroo RTC backup battery drops Wait for a while 2 instantaneously RTC backup battery is not Install the battery and perform Maintenance Mode 2 Ne te RSVD 9088 installed CLEAR COUNTERS RTC 5 N g T z S 2 e ke PLS 2 ea e 8 2 8 2 5 5 fa ZA i gt Q 5 Q 4 a a A a 5 gt B 5 i c 5 T a e B Ga B E g Z Oo Big E a lt a z Fa 3 SESE el ei elelS E i d O al gt ae allg E 5 O S 7 g gt 3 5 a Q amp 5 4 amp a Q 1 Not applicable to the Stylus Pro 7600 9600 2 Ifthe same message appears again replace the RTC backup battery and perform Maintenance Mode 2 CLEAR COUNTERS RTC Troubleshooting Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 Troubleshooting for Service Call Errors 3 2 4 1 CR motor life 00000101 If any service call error has occurred Stylus Pro 7600 9600 inhibits interruption O Problem restores the actuators to their respective initial posi
123. 2 For frontward paper eject the paper exit tray is brought down toward the front Stylus Pro 7600 Printer body 1100 x805 x 561 Rearward paper eject 1100 x 754 x 1181 Frontward paper eject 1100 x 1034 x 1181 Stylus Pro 9600 Frontward paper eject 1624 x 691 x 1178 Rearward paper eject 1624 x 697 x 1178 Frontward paper eject 1624 x 1076 x 1178 Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 16241 Figure 1 5 Overall Dimensions of Stylus Pro 9600 O Weight Condition Stylus Pro 7600 Printer body without feet mounted About 43 5 kg Feet About 10 5 kg Stylus Pro 9600 Printer body without feet mounted About 62 0 kg Feet About 22 5 kg Note Excluding the ink cartridges Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 2 11 Accessories O Special Consumables a i This section describes the accessories and options for Stylus Pro 7600 and Stylus Pro i a 9600 Model Number 1 2 11 1 Accessories and Options for Stylus Pro 7600 110 ml Standard Product O Standard Accessories Photo Black Eek E AC Cable Matte Black ICMB24 E Change Plug Adapter 3pin to 2pin Light Black ICGY24 24 2 3 inch roll paper spindle Cyan ICC24 Roll paper sample Magenta ICLC24 Roll paper belt Light Cyan ICM24 E Ink cartridges 110ml PK MK LK C M LC LM Y Lig
124. 2 m H E 2 inch core 103 mm ext diameter maximum for 1 roll setting 3 inch core 150 mm ext diameter maximum for 1 roll setting O Thickness 0 08 0 11 mm O Weight 64 90gf m Note Within roll size O Roll Size 2 inch core 103 mm ext diameter maximum for 1 roll setting 3 inch core 150 mm ext diameter maximum for 1 roll setting EN Type Blam paper Reayele paper O Thickness 0 08 mm 0 50 mm Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A BORDERLESS PRINT ROLL PAPER Borderless print for right and left is enssured for roll paper with any of the paper widths as specified in Figure 1 9 below NOTE 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm and 600 mm are supported for Europe O Paper width Table 1 8 Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 10 12 14 Gi 20 24 36 44 Japan 8 Note 1 Paper should have no wrinkles tears or folds and the surface should be smooth 2 The force to remove the end of the roll paper from the core should be between 300 gf and 2000 gf 3 If core is used a product exclusive option roll paper spindle 3 inch is necessary 4 It is used under normal conditions temperature 15 C 25 C humidity 40 60 RH 5 Roll paper can be printed before paper comes out of the core Reference Remaining paper length is 30cm approx when roll paper come out of the core 6 The mechanism clips print
125. 211 Sle Cautions ENAA EEEE EA E EE E E T A 211 5 1 2 Adjustment Tod ls urene a R EERE 211 5 1 3 Procedure for Adjustment Work ccccesesseceseeseeeeeeteeeeeeseeeeeserenseeetenes 212 521 4 Adjustinent Items secorir e a a e EA E Re A 212 5 1 4 1 Print Head Adjustment 2 0 00 ce eceecceceesceeceeeeeseeseecaeesaecaesnseeneenaees 212 5 1 4 2 Main Board Adjustment ccceeceecceeseesseseececeseeseecseesaecseesseeaeesees 213 5 1 4 3 CR Motor Adjustment 20 0 cccececcecceescesseereeeeeeseeeseeseecaeesaecaeeeseeeeaees 214 5 1 4 4 PF Motor Adjustments 4 i0c0 asked eid Ae Rete Sse 214 5 1 4 5 P_EDGE Sensor ASSY Adjustment 00 cccecceescecseeseesseseeeneeneeeeees 215 5 1 4 6 P_REAR Sensor ASSY Adjustment 0 cccccccseeseeseeeecseeeteeteeneees 215 5 1 4 7 P_THICK P_THICK_0 3 Sensor ASSY Adjustment 0 0 0 0 215 5 1 4 8 CR Encoder Sensor ASSY Adjustment 2 0 0 ccceeseeseeseeteeeeeeneeeees 215 5 1 4 9 Cover Sensor ASSY Adjustment cccccceccecseeseseeeneeeseceeeneeteensees 216 5 1 4 10 PF Encoder Sensor ASSY Adjustment 00 0 0 ccceccsseesecseeeteeteeeeees 216 5 1 4 11 Cutter Solenoid ASSY or Paper Guide L Adjustment 217 5 1 4 12 Damper ASSY Adjustment 2 0 0 ccccccesceesseseceeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenes 217 5 1 4 13 Release Sensor I H Lever Adjustment cceeseeseeseeeteeteeesees 217 De PATA Battery ereen iei od ca tener cesses cos N E E E E L 217 5 1 5 Parameter Backup 0 cccecccee
126. 4 3 34 Gap Adjustment Bi D Adjustment Uni D Adjustment 60 313 1 Carriage CRI Mechans saer r ena nE e 103 1 4 3 35 BK ink cartridge replacement sssssssetttsssrssterttstssssesterrestsseseeee 64 2 2 2 Paper Feed Assembly cirroniicsnsnsrocioseiniieiniiini ta 113 1 44 M intenance Mode T ynno e ne KRR REIR EREE 66 2 2 3 Cleaning Mechanism cscscsesssssssessseesssessseesseesssecssecsseesssessseessecaneesseeeses 115 1 4 5 Maintenance Mode 2 2 iicecascatesnenosecavecivestteecevs nesnbeviotencsbtbeenaspueeestesrat ts 70 2 2 4 Ink Supply Mechanism ccscsssessessssessseesseesseesssesssecsseesseessseessecsseesseeeess 117 1 4 6 Paper feeding adjustment conversion table sc ssessneteieseiteteien 84 DOr ie uate N oe htm tg teen 118 ss rN A er am na aE s 2 3 oR of Control Circuit Hore Be eal tare RG hs Maar E E E E Metals 119 1 4 7 2 Reload with F W DOWNLOAD M6 beeeecoceccccccccccccccccccccccceceecereeeeeee 85 2 4 Outline of Power Supply Circuit Board ieccssses cists no At a a ai 120 1 4 7 3 Installation with service utility F W Update function 06 85 1 4 7 4 Compulsory start F W DOWNLOAD mode cececcessesseseeseeteeeeneens 85 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 1 4 8 Function to prevent irregular printing cc ecceceseeeeceteeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenes 86 1 4 9 nitiali zation cccccccccccccccccecececcccccecececcececececccsececesecseseceeseccsseecececsccacececseevecece 86 3 1 Outline cvaseennvoennscrnnn
127. 600 5 screws for Stylus Pro 9600 WTI QA To loosen the screw at the left end of the Paper Guide L pass the Je N screwdriver through the cut portion of the I H Frame Top Plate See Figure 5 72 Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 Slide the CR Unit onto the cutter positioning jig shift the Paper Guide L up or down to a position where the plate of the Cutter Holder ASSY comes in contact with the projection in the lower part of the jig and tighten the screw E For replacement of Cutter Solenoid ASSY After completion of the Paper Guide L up and down adjustment loosen the four screws securing the Cutter Holder ASSY to the CR Unit press the front end of the Cutter Holder ASSY gently against the tool and tighten the four screws See Figure 5 74 6 Set the jig at the left end of the Paper Guide L and make the same adjustment and checking as step 4 5 above 7 Move the carriage to around the center and make checking again en gA In this adjustment use the cutter positioning jig for exclusive POINT use with Stylus Pro 7600 9600 do not use the cutter positioning jig designed for any other printer models C E The positions where to set the jig for checking and adjustment should be the right and left ends as close to the frame as possible At any position where the Paper Guide L is not supported the adjustment can not be made properly because of a d
128. 90CPS VSD4 i 4 Gap End Adjustment resolution 8 8 um E x 2 Adjustable range 62 step adjustment possible Ss Pattern drawing method 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD1 Large 240V1 selected 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD2 Large 240V2 selected 240V1 LK Value with can be set in pulses 360dpi Uni D 190CPS VSD4 Large 190V4 selected 0 1 pulse is equivalent to 1 2880 Press the Enter key after inputting the adjusted values and pattern number Selo Typa and the pattern will be printed only when updated values have been input TAONE Value with can be set in pulses z i 0 1 pulse is equivalent to 1 2880 When the values have not been updated the display will change to the next SelecType input screen P 240V1 LC Value with can be set in pulses E When the Enter key is pressed with Gap End displayed the display 0 1 pulse is equivalent to 1 2880 changes to Adj Feed Adj T amp B SelecType 240V1 M Value with can be set in pulses z z 0 1 pulse is equivalent to 1 2880 Wte A The adjustment is not required for any of 1 8 and 15 which are SelecType PIRE EE CAPPE te POINT o i 240V1 IM Value with can be set in pulses 2 0 1 pulse is equivalent to 1 2880 v SelecType 240V1 Y Value with can be set in pulses 2 0 1 pulse is equivalent to 1 2880 SelecType Figure 5 54 Menu Transition for Uni D Adjustment Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSO
129. 95 0 T 1897360 240 Color skip supported 6 z MW 20H 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 o5 1 95 0 957360 240 7 3 MW 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 1 96 96 35 61 360 240 8 z FOL 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 360x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 2 96 1 96 2 371360 240 9 z Non FOL 50H 360x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 360x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 1 96 1 96 ZI 757720 240 10 z Non FOL 360x720 MD NDINDZ VSDI VSD2 360x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 1 96 1 96 35 61 720 240 TI 3 Non FOL BOH 360x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 360x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 1 96 1 96 43 53 720 240 12 z FOL gt 360x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 360x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 2 96 1 96 14 41 720 240 T3 Non FOL2 MW2 720x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 720x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 _2 96 1 96 22 377360 240 14 3 FOL2 MW2 720x360 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 720x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 2 96 1 96 14 41 720 240 V resolution conversion 15 z 01H 720x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 720x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 2 96 1 96 0 2 93 720 240 Color skip supported 16 z z 720x720 MD NDINDZ VSDI VSD2 720x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 2 96 1 96 14 41 720 240 17 z 66H 720x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 720x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 2 96 1 96 26 35 720 240 I8 z z 68H 720x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2 720x720 MD ND ND2 VSDI VSD2
130. 9600 only Model Number ICxx25 The locations to install the ink cartridges are assigned from the left side of the ink O Dimension cartridge holder as indicated below E 110ml 25 1 mm W x 165 8 mm D x 105 3 mm H E 220ml 25 1 mm W x 280 8 mm D x 105 3 mm H Table 1 60 Locations to Install Ink Cartridges Dye Pigment 1 Pigment 2 Pigment 3 O Total weight Photo K Matte K Matte K 110ml approx 200g Lk Lk Matte K 220ml approx 385g C C C O Effective ink M M M 110ml more than 97 0 g LC 220ml more than 205 0 g LM LM LM O Color Y Y Y Photo Black magenta light magenta cyan light cyan yellow Light Black pigment only Matte black pigment only Any ink cartridge other than the K and LK ink cartridges is equipped with a wrong insertion preventing mechanism so that it can be installed only at its position and in the correct orientation O Environment condition Temperature 10 C 40 C Relative humidity 5 85 Product Description Optional Units and Consumables Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 1 7 2 Cleaning cartridge fo 107 4 POINT The cleaning cartridge is the same as the 220 ml ink cartridge in shape except that it does not have the projection for a color block O Type Exclusive cleaning cartridge O Dimension Same as 220ml exclusive ink cartridge O Capacity Same as 220ml exclusive ink cartridge O Total
131. A 3 3 2 Uneven Printing Poor Resolution If the print quality is abnormal uneven printing diffused image etc the following items should be checked 1 Troubleshooting Adjust the gap In the SelecType p 35 or the Self diagnostic Function p 220 menu carry out gap adjustment Gap Adjustment Bi D Adjustment Uni D Adjustment p 60 and Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment p 248 If the trouble occurs only when the user is using a specific type of paper thick paper carry out User Paper Setting using the panel setting procedure By setting the information concerning the thickness of the paper the user is using and correcting the print position correction of changes in the position where ink hits the paper surface due to differences in paper thickness avoid influencing the print position If the this problem occurs after replacing the Main Board with a new one e Transfer the backup parameters on the old Main Board to the new board p 219 e Execute Write D A Correction Values in the diagnostic mode p 236 If the printer s condition is not improved by the above items adjustments check the following items using the self diagnostic function E Head Slant Checking p 246 Once you have made the Head Slant Adjustment be sure to make the Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment p 248 and Gap Adjustment Bi D Adjustment Uni D Adju
132. BLE 613 HD SLIDE ASSY 702 TR CONNECTER 614 CR HP CABLE ASSY 703 POROUS PAD Appendix ASP List Parts List EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 7 7 ASP List for Stylus Pro 9600 continued Table 7 7 ASP List for Stylus Pro 9600 continued 704 CLEANER 809 FILME 705 PUMP REDUCTION GEAR 1 810 FLAT CORE SSC 40 12 706 POMP SHAFT STOPPER 811 FILME 707 PUMP REDUCTION GEAR 2 812 CR FFC 1 ASSY 708 PG IDLE GEAR A 813 BOARD ASSY 709 PG IDLE GEAR B 850 FLANGE 710 PUMP CAP ASSY 851 ADAPTER 711 MOTOR 853 RETAINING RING B150300611 712 CAP ASSY 854 STOPPER SHAFT 750 TH INK FFC ASSY 855 FLANGE 751 BOARD ASSY 856 LABEL 752 CSIC FFC 2 900 PACKING BOX ASSY W 759 CLAMP 901 STAND L ASSY 754 COVER SW CABLE ASSY 2 902 CASTER NON STOPPER 155 DETECTOR 903 CASTER STOPPER 756 CONNECTING SCREW 904 TRAY HOOK S ASSY TS O RING 905 TRAY HOOK L ASSY 758 I H LEVER SW CABLE ASSY 1 906 OUTLET TRAY 759 T C LOCK LEVER KNOB 907 STAND STAY 760 HOLDER ASSY 908 STAND R ASSY 761 FRAME ASSY 909 SCREW ASSY 762 FAN GEAR 300 P S BOARD ASSY 763 LEVER 301 DC CABLE ASSY 800 TUBE 801 TUBE 802 TUBE 803 TUBE 804 TUBE 805 TUBE 806 TUBE 807 TUBE FILME 808 SUS SUPPORT Appendix ASP List Parts List
133. Board remove the Cutter Holder ASSY from the carriage See Figure 4 33 E The cutter cap and the CR lock kicker should be engaged If they are not engaged the carriage cannot be moved from the home position to the left when the power switch is turned on See Figure 4 34 Figure 4 34 Cutter Holder ASSY Back Carriage Side Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED Disassembly amp Assembly E Take care not to catch the solenoid cable red in the cutter cap See Figure 4 35 E When installing the Cutter Holder ASSY make sure that the CR Encoder Scale Timing Fence is led through the slit in the CR Encoder Sensor properly CR Encoder Sensor CR Encoder Scale Timing Fence CR Encoder Sensor Me_Cutt09 eps After installing the cutter holder ASSY the following adjustment should be done E 5 1 4 11 Cutter Solenoid ASSY or Paper Guide L Adjustment p 217 Revision A Figure 4 35 Take Care When Installing the Cutter Holder Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A CR Lock Kicker 4 3 4 2 Cutter Solenoid 1 Remove the Cutter Holder ASSY p 175 2 Release the engagement between the Cutter Cap and the CR Lock Kicker then remove the Cutter Cap Cutter Solenoid Iron Core and Cutter Solenoid Spring Take ou
134. CCESSORIES EAE E EEOAE EE SPOE EAE PENE LEE REO PIE 28 1 43 23 Clear use counter 50 1 2 11 1 Accessories and Options for Stylus Pro 7600 sussssessssssensseenssee a 1 4 3 24 Job history display csnscnacrsingen riirii e 50 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 25 Job history cleat nni a sacs bceanee ethan Machine oases 50 17 Vilink Cartrid Bei EE E els ooh thea E oi been Sheed 98 1 4 3 26 Total prints sucrat E o e a E a ia as Soe 50 17 2 Clea ine cattidg e enen e Gai tees ie Sl Aen A 99 1 4 3 27 Consumables life A A EE E E 51 1 7 3 Draining cartridge esssseseseseeseeseeeesseresstsessesreseeseststerestesessestesessesesseseesrene 99 1 4 3 28 Suction adjustment for paper setting and indicator display 53 1 7 4 Maintenance Tank 2s cacgeistiscadatesbateseestcitens dectssccmescesreaeou thane A e 99 1 4 3 29 Ink remaining indicator display 0 cccceceeseceseeseceeceeeceeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 54 1 4 3 30 Job information svi caots E A E deco Weenie abled 55 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 15473 31 User Paper Setn E cocde sages sss ciate sss veccetect cdusedecchcssticxsdaceesa sh AROARO ERARA ROA 56 1 4 3 32 Power cleaning lt cccccccccc ches ijai a i E dete ee ERE RK 60 AA OUE AA LAN E EEEE PE EATE AET A 101 1 4 3 33 Cutter Blade Replacement ssssssssiiissssrsseetttsissssresterrestsresestrtressssete 60 2 2 Print Mechanism Components s ssssieesieeesieeesiessteesrreessreessreestreesrreesereserese 102 1
135. CN24 CN28 palk CN20 eee roi CN27 CN22 CN18 C N8 i ae e D ee cns Feo CN10 wa chte ae CN13 ee Lyons Dons CN17 CN30 CN12 CN11 CN35 CN36 Board_M10 eps Figure 4 85 Connector Locations Disassembly and Assembly of Circuit Boards EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 7 4 DIP Switch and Jumper Setting at Factory before O Jumpers J5 J6 J7 Shipment Table 4 7 Jumper Setting at Factory at Shipment Jumper Setting at Factory Function D Description Do not change the DIP Switches and Jumpers on the Main Board JP5 Open Boot select Open Normal boot from their positions which were set at the factory before shipment Short Flash ROM Changing their setting can result in malfunctions JP6 Short DA1_Select Open Debug mode Short Normal mode JP7 Short DAO _Select Open Debug mode O DIP Switches SWD600 Short Normal mode Table 4 6 DIP Switch Setting at Factory at Shipment Setting at Factory Function Description Frequency Dispersion SW1 2 3 Setting ON ON ON_ 0 5 CPU SDRAM ON OFF ON 1 0 characteristics ON ON OFF 2 5 O S N OFF OFF 3 75 W4 5 CPU SDRAM USB Clock Frequency Setting O 133 3MHz 48MHz O 100MHz 48MHz O 66 6MHz 48MHz OFF OFF 50MHz 48MHz Main board Revision Setting MAINREV0 Main board Revision Setting MAINREV1 Main board Revision Setting MAINREV2
136. Cleaning Std KK1 Maximum vacuum i 2 4 Std KK1 End Normal cleaning cycle KK2 Cleaning Std KK2 Maximum vacuum 1 I With rubbing 1 i Enter i Initial charge Cleaning Init Fill Initial filling Cleaning Cleaning Std KK2 ag I After replacing the Damper ASSY and or ink tube if ink charging 1 A A ta i is to be perturmed without replacing the print head execute Initial Gigs Enter IS GERNTSITE charge in this menu I 7 hit m i l l Figure 5 60 Cleaning Menu Transition 5 2 5 Print 8 g ae ic fs z SelecT z 5 Execute test pattern printing and or adjustment variables printing Print Saet n Enter Adjust Print Check Ptn Printing end Table 5 26 lists printing items and Figure 5 61 shows printing menu transition Enter Paper Feed vil Paper Feed A Table 5 26 Printing Items Print l _ SelecTypel a Enter Adjust Print W hnonne ond Item Display Contents Paper Feed viJ Tre a Al iion Enter Test Pattern Print Check Ptn Test pattern printing Print n SelecType e Adjustment Variable Print Adj Variable Adjustment variables printing Check Pin 3 Printing end Test Pattern 2 Print Check Ptn 2 Test pattern printing Paper Feed vil Paper Feed A Enter Test Pattern 3 Print Check Ptn 3 Test pattern printing Print i Leak Check Print Leak Check Ptn Air leak check pattern printing 2 Adj
137. DGE Maintenance tank almost full warning MAINTENANCE TANK ALMOST FULL Maintenance tank full MAINTENANCE TANK FULL No maintenance tank NO MAINTENANCE TANK Unable to print error UNABLE TO PRINT Paper is too thick for cleaning REMOVE PAPER Ink is not enough for cleaning NOT ENOUGH INK Ink cartridge replacing SET INK CARTRIDGE Ink drying INK DRY nn MIN Restart request TURN PRINTER PWR OFF AND THEN ON Restarting request TURN PWR OFF AND ON Note 1 When PG setting WIDE or WIDER W is displayed at the left of lower line When PG setting NARROW N is displayed at the left of lower line 2 Ink remaining available rate of maintenance tank are displayed with indicator 3 Suction is displayed with indicator Ink low INK LOW 4 Character strings on the second line resulting from line feed above are displayed on NO INK CARTRIDGE the second line of LCD panel SET INK CARTRIDGE WRONG CARTRIDGE No ink cartridge Defective ink cartridge 5 Itis displayed only for page delay Wrong cartridge NOTE For details of error display refer to 3 2 1 Errors p 123 Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 SelecType 1 4 3 1 Outline O Startup The SelecType mode is selected by pressing the SelecType button during print ready warning or maintenance call status
138. DRAINING XXX 0 100 4 Following messages are displayed every 1 second and XX slot LED blinks after corresponded ink tube ejection is completed LCD panel message REMOVE DRAINING CARTRIDGE RELEASE INK LEVER 9 Repeat step 8 when 2 cartridges are replaced Slot XX changes to K2 and LED shifts to 2 Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 4 Maintenance Mode 1 OUTLINE O Startup The maintenance mode 1 is selected by switching power ON while pushing the Pause button O Operation L 2 The setting menu select mode is selected after power ON Each setting menu is displayed one after another by pressing Paper Feed AV buttons in the setting menu select mode It is shifted to setting item select menu by pressing the SelecType button Setting menu is displayed on the upper line and Setting item is displayed on the lower line The setting menu is displayed one after another by pressing Paper Feed AV buttons in the setting item select mode It is shifted to setting value select mode of the setting item by pressing the SelecType button Setting item is displayed on the upper line and Setting value is displayed on the lower line The represents the current setup value Setting value is displayed on the lower line one after another by pressing Paper Feed AV buttons in the setting value select mode if the setting value can be changed The represe
139. E 127 LOGO PLATE 13X54 511 PARTITION PLATE Appendix ASP List Parts List EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 7 6 ASP List for Stylus Pro 7600 continued Table 7 6 ASP List for Stylus Pro 7600 continued 550 CUTTER CAP 611 TENSION SPRING 551 CUTTER SOLENOID SPRING 612 PRESS LEVER SPRING 552 CUTTER SOLENOID ASSY 613 HD SLIDE ASSY 553 CUTTER SPRING 614 CR HP CABLE ASSY 554 P EDGE SENSOR ASSY 615 CABLE CLAMP 555 EDGE SENSOR BASE ASSY 616 EDGE CLAMP 556 FG CABLE 617 PRESS IDLE GEAR 557 CR ENC ASSY 618 PRESS SHAFT TRAY 558 CR LOCK KICKER 619 PRESS TRANSMISSION GEAR 559 TILAP 620 PRESS LEVER 560 H ADJUST LEVER B 650 OUTLET ROLLER ASSY 561 H ADJUST LEVER 651 PAPER GUIDE L2 562 DAMPER STOPPER 652 SUB PRATEN B 563 DAMPER POSITION BOAD 653 SUB PRATEN A 564 PRINT HEAD 654 PARTITION PLATE P GUIDE L 565 HEAD TAPE CABLE 1 655 PAETITION PLATE L 566 HEAD TAPE CABLE 2 656 POROUS PAD CAP B 567 SLIDE GEAR 657 PROUSPAD C 568 CONNECTING SCREW 658 PAETITION PLATER ASSY 569 O RING 659 TAPE 570 DAMPER ASSY 660 POROUS PAD 600 CR MOTOR 661 PAPER GUIDE WIRE 601 CR MOTOR CABLE ASSY 1 662 POROUS PAD 602 T FENCE SPRING 663 TAPE 603 PRSSURE SPRING 664 PCB ASSY I C 604 T FENCE 665 MT FFC1 605 P THICK SENSOR CABLE ASSY 666 POROUS PAD ASSY 606 PHOTO SENSO
140. EPSON GrayBalancer amp EPSON Printer Service Utility Yellow ICY24 ICY25 H Utility Software l E Guarantee Card Note The 220 ml ink cartridges are supported only by Stylus Pro 9600 E Card holder E Special paper Refer to 1 2 5 Paper Specifications p 15 for paper type and size E Carton Box E Maintenance tank O Special Options E Manual cutter unit 44 PX90MCU E Normal tension spindle 44 lt 2 3 gt PX90RPSD E High tension spindle 44 lt 2 3 gt PX90HSD E Black ink replacement kit Draining cartridge Cleaning cartridge O Options common to other printers E Auto cutter blade PM90SPB E Take up roller PMARFU1 E Leo 2 13 PRIFNW3S E Fairbanks PRIF14 Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 3 External View and Parts Names EXTERNAL VIEW Spindle Support Paper Cover Control Panel Connector Cover Connector for Take up Drive Unit Stylus Pro 9600 only USB Interface Connector Control Panel AC Inlet Paper Set Lever Parallel Interface Connector Paper Feed Slot Maintenance Tank Paper Receive Basket Stylus Pro 7600 Option Ink Cartridge Box Stylus Pro 9600 Standard Dedicated Stand Stylus Pro 7600 Option Stylus Pro 9600 Standard Note Shown above is Stylus Pro 7600 Figure 1 6 External View and Parts Names Product Description External View and Parts Names Revisi
141. EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A GAP ADJUSTMENT PRINT PATTERN TBD Table 1 45 Adjustment Item List continued Parameter A p Adjusting item O Print specifications Dot size Head speed CPS Nozzle No Print specifications of gap adjustment print pattern Adjusting items 3 items Refer to next clause for details Adjustment pattern height Bi D Black 1 2 3 90mm Bi D All 1 2 3 220mm Uni D All 1 2 3 145mm Adjustment pattern width Bi D Black 65mm 24 3set 44 5set Bi D All 190mm 24 3set 44 5set Uni D All 185mm 24 3set 44 5set Uni D All When it prints from paper edge it feeds 100mm for roll paper 50mm for sheet and starts printing Each adjustment item Table 1 45 Adjustment Item List LEET Dot size Head speed CPS Nozzle No Adjusting item Bi D Black Nn oN Uf A WN N N a A a N N N YF A a jal Note 1 For Uni D All between row compensation make each adjustment with the K1 row as the reference E The adjustment pattern printing method for each adjustment item is as follows Print direction Bar Going back and forth every 4dot Block Upper patterns Leftward Lower patterns Rightward Bi D All Pattern interval Upper patterns equal interval Lower patterns Print No 5 to be always current setup
142. Eject Enter Eject paper feed mode 2 E Cleaning Eject Paper Self diagnosis feedD Paper feed mode Cleaning Paper F W download Source Eject Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 21 LEDs continued LED color Display Printer Status Note 1 It interrupts ink drying and runs the specified operation 2 1 27cm second 5 0 cps paper feeding for 2 seconds after the button is pressed 13 2cm second 52 cps paper feed if pressed for another 2 seconds Maximum Ink Out Y Red Yellow ink end or wrong yellow ink reverse feeding is 20 cm by one press of the button Yellow ink low 3 1 27 em second 5 0 cps paper feed for 2 seconds after the button is pressed Maintenance tank Maintenance tank full error or No maintenance tank error 13 2 cm second 52 cps paper feed if pressed for another 2 seconds Red Maintenance tank almost full 1 4 1 2 LEDs Roll Auto cut Green Roll Auto cut is selected The printer is equipped with the following LEDs Confusion of roll paper and sheet roll paper is not set Roll Cutter off Roll Cutter off is selected Green The LEDs indicate printer status as follows Confusion of roll paper and sheet roll paper is not set Sheet Green Sheet is selected Table 1 21 LEDs LED color Display Printer Status Confusion of roll paper and sheet sheet is not set Oper
143. Enter Fan Paper 1 Do Pause End a l Fan i Eater Fan P Paper 2 as Pause End Lo Fan Enter Fan 7 Paper 123 as _ Pause End i 3 Stylus Pro 9600 only L Enter Fan Fan X Head Drv Pause Pause End A I ee _ _ _ d Figure 5 8 Menu Transition of Fan Test Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 2 6 Record Check the record of maintenance of major faults j i l The figure at right shows the menu of record See Figure 5 9 7 Y i 1 I Record I P Error MAINTENANCE RECORD A i Record Maintenance displays the record of maintenance See Figure 5 10 Table 5 18 r ee a i Wastelnk WasteInk Waste ink 7 a 0000000 Pe SSS a Wiper Wiping count 4 4 l Rubing Rubbing count Wiper Fire B y 00000000 00000000Mdot Lever Lever up count 4 Cover Cover opening count Rubing Fire LK Ink L Tnk 7 00000000 2 00000000Mdot nk Lever nk lever up count 7 _ Notused J F CR Motor CR motor round trip count Lever Fire C PF Motor PE morta z zs 00000000 l e l Ink Tube Ink tube round trip count CERES l
144. F Encoder Sensor Installation Position Adjustment p 272 e Replace the PF Motor p 185 Refer to PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 264 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 3 PF Motor out of step 00010001 O Error Display Explanation During PF Motor operation there may be a case where the encoder pulse signal within the specified range is not input within a specified period of time or the pulse width is extremely long In such a case the PF Motor is judged to be out of step so that this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Cause of trouble e During paper feed operation the error counter has reached the out of step pulse count e Defective motor Points to be checked 1 The PF Encoder and the PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters 2 The PF Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension 3 The grid roller must rotate smoothly free from undue load 4 Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor 5 8Q If the PF Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the same time 5 Execute encoder checking by 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self diagnostics menu 6 All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire Remedy e PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 264 e Replace the PF Motor p 185 e Replace the PF motor extension cable e Replace the MA
145. Format Character strings on the second line in Panel message translation are displayed XXU nn lt nn gt is 2 figure hexadecimal number ke ae line of LCD panel Setup values are displayed on the second line of panel O User table initializing Users can initialize user table to system table with this mode Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A MAINTENANCE MODE 2 SETUP ITEMS Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Cutter life counter value CUTTER Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value 0 4294967295 Decimal Cutter life total counter value CUTTER TOTAL 0 4294967295 Decimal Total prints counter value TOTAL PAGES 0 4294967295 Decimal Waste ink counter value MAINTE TANK 0 4294967295 Decima CR motor life counter value CR MOTOR 0 4294967295 Decima CR motor life total counter value CR TOTAL 0 4294967295 Decima PF motor life counter value PF MOTOR 0 4294967295 Decimal Head unit K1 life counter value HEAD K1 0 4294967295 Decima Counter view menu VIEW COUNTERS Head unit K2 life counter value HEAD K2 0 4294967295 Decima Head unit C life counter value HEAD C 0 4294967295 Decima Head unit M life counter value HEAD M 0 4294967295 Decima Head unit LC life counter value HEAD LC Head unit
146. GE Sensor Base ASSY and remove the EDGE Sensor Base ASSY See Figure 4 40 After installing the P_EDGE Sensor ASSY on the Cutter Holder ASSY fasten the harness to the harness holding path of the Cutter Holder ASSY See Figure 4 40 AMesi m After replacing the P_ EDGE Sensor the following adjustment Sek S operation should be performed E P_EDGE Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 215 a Figure 4 40 Removing the P_EDGE Sensor ASSY 2 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 3 7 CR Motor ASSY This section describes the replacement procedure for the following parts of the CR Motor ASSY E CR Timing Belt E Driven Pulley Stylus Pro 7600 white Stylus Pro 9600 black Before installing the covers adjust the indicator position the right end of the projection on the CR tension spring support of the CR tension bracket to the center by turning the CR Tension Mounting Shaft However if the indicator was at a off center position before assembly adjust the indicator to the same off center position See Figure 4 42 Projection CR tension E spring support i Adjust the right end to the center 1 Figure 4 41 Indicator Position Driven Pulley 4 CR Tension Spring Support 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the J H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover
147. HARGING Adj Uni D 3 Adj Head Slant Adj Sponge Pos 4 Adj Feed Adj T amp B 5 Adj Sponge Pos 6 Adj Bi D 7 Adj Uni D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Required adjustments Not required Not required Not required Maintenance Overview EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Note In the table above the values by white characters with black background represent the specified lives and the values by italic characters with bold frame represent standard lives can vary with the conditions under which the printer is actually used Note 1 Continuous printing with Plain paper Speed mode on BO size paper 2 Continuous printing with Plain paper Speed mode on A1 size paper 3 Print in 360x360 MF Bi D mode on BO paper 4 Print in 360x360 MF Bi D mode on A1 paper 5 The life of PF motor is counted based on the paper feeding distance at printing operation 23000 m 6 Error condition and the printer is not ready to print until the error is cleared by replacing the maintenance tank to new one 7 EPSON standard media and the cutting operation is made in 3 steps cutting mode Maintenance Overview 278 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 6 1 2 Important Maintenance Items During Service Operations Check the following items during printer maintenance service and perform any necessary operations Table 6 2 Items to be Checked During Maintenance Service
148. Housing 0 ceceececeseeseesceeeeceeeeseeeeeeseensenseens 158 3 2 4 18 CR servo parameter error OOOLOOID eee eeceeeeeereeeeeeneeeseenees 142 ADV Panel O aT EE E E E A T 159 3 2 4 19 PF servo parameter error 00001001E sssseesesrseesssrsseserreerseeee 142 4 2 2 R Side Cover 160 3 2 4 20 CSIC reed right error 00010020 scecccccscceeveseveeeeeeeenee 143 2 1de COVET seseseseseretsestsnsensnnnnsnsnnnnnnnsnneneeeceeeeececcececesceceessceseusnnansesee ADS SIMS COVE ioei ta EE AEE ioe Seeds EATE AE a 163 3 2 4 21 Ink type error setting on printer body side 00010022 143 AZA VH COVED inio tei in E ial ee Niel ahead ah ea ees 164 3 2 4 22 RTC analysis error 00010023 oo eeceeeeeecsecseeeeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeees 143 4 2 5 H Top Cover 165 3 2423 CSIC ROM communication error 00010025 sccccscseecene 144 2 AES EE I A IE PETA E EA EAT E A AAE Gige 4 2 6 Rear COVE roniroosi deorece ien e Eii E EE E tee ae EE aur EEE 166 3 2 4 24 RTC communication error 00010026 sssssssssssesssssessseesrsesseesee 144 42 7 Paper Guide OE E A E E 168 3 2 4 25 Head error 00010028 o seanci annie ek 144 4 2 8 Roll Paper Cover 169 3 2 4 26 Unidentified NMI 00010029 oo ec ecceesescssescesceeseneeseneeeeneeeenees 144 42 9 Froni ee Pe E gtk oe Ar OG dat Seat Nie 170 3 2 4 7 CR ASIC ECU error O001002A svsvcssvsevesreeereee 144 DOF YOMt COVER why EAT IEAA A PAITAA E E EE EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 3 Disassemb
149. IN Board C472 MAIN p 207 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 4 PF motor overcurrent 00010002 3 2 4 5 PF motor in position time out 00010003 O Explanation O Explanation During PF Motor operation there may be a case where an abnormal current out of At PF stop processing in PF Motor control there may be a case where the paper the specified limits is detected in the PF Motor drive circuit on the C472MAIN can not move to the final target position within a specified period of time In such Board or a current exceeding the specified value is required In such a case this a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating message is displayed and the printer stops operating O Cause of trouble O Cause of trouble There are pulses smaller than out of step pulse remaining without completing Hardware has detected overcurrent in the PF motor circuit paper feed O Points to be checked O Points to be checked 1 Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor 5 8 Q 1 The PF Encoder and the PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any If the PF Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the other foreign matters same time 2 The PF Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in 2 By visual inspection check the PF Loop Scale for any defect such as damage proper tension or soiling which can cause faulty reading by the sensor 3 The grid roller must rotate smoothly free from undu
150. Ink Low Light Cyan Ink Low Light Magenta Ink Low Light Black Ink Low Matte Black Ink Low K1 Matte Black Ink Low K2 Refer to MAINTENANCE TANK ALMOST FULL Maintenance tank full warning MAINTENANCE REQ nnnn Troubleshooting Maintenance request CR motor life Maintenance request Set RTC date Maintenance request Head life Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 1 3 Service Call Fatal Errors Table 3 3 Service Call Fatal Errors continued Table 3 3 Service Call Fatal Errors Error nae Description Refer t 00020002 SDRAM error 00020003 BOOT program SUM error 00020009 Flash memory SUM error 0002000A Program load error Error Code Description Refer to 00000101 CR motor life 00010000 PF motor encoder check error 00010001 PF motor out of step 00010002 PF motor overcurrent 0002000B Internal memory shortage error 0002000C Review error 100000E0 CPU address error load misalignment 00010003 PF motor in position time out 00010004 CR motor encoder check error 00010005 CR motor out of step 00010006 CR motor overcurrent 10000100 CPU address error storage misalignment 10000180 CPU reserve command code exception error 100001A0 CPU slot illegal command exception error 100005C0 CPU DMA address error 10000xxx CPU error 00010007 CR motor in position time out 00010008 S
151. It is cleared with replacing maintenance tank 1 4 3 22 Use counter O Ink used Ink used with following operations is counted e Print operation irrespective of completion discontinuation of printing e All flushing operation e All cleaning operation NOTE 1 Ink used within IR command range is accumulated and displayed 2 When there is no value to be displayed the panel displays O Paper used Paper used paper fed with print operation is displayed in centimeter Manual paper feeding is not counted NOTE 1 Paper used within JS JE command range is accumulated and displayed 2 When there is no value to be displayed the panel displays 1 4 3 23 Clear use counter O Clear ink used counter Reset Ink used to 0 O Clear paper used counter Reset Paper used to 0 Product Description 1 4 3 24 Job history display O Job NO It is a Job number saved in the printer The latest job is NO 0 O Paper use Paper use of each job is displayed Area in m2 NOTE Paper use is counted from JS command to JE command O Ink use Ink use of each job is displayed NOTE 1 Ink use is counted within IR command or it is counted from JS command to JE command 2 When IR command is not set ink use is not counted and display value is not changed 3 When there is no value to display is displayed 1 4 3 25 Job history clear With this menu job history saved in the printer is cleared
152. K Sensor P_THICK Sensor_0 3 ASSY p 190 1 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 2 Start the Self diagnostic Function Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON N 3 Display Test Sensor SelecType gt Paper Feed V x2 4 Display Sen Paper SelecType gt Paper Feed V x2 5 Push down the Paper Set Lever rearward to release position and make certain that the value on the LCD changes to 10 6 Set the 0 4 mm thickness gauge between the PF Grid Roller and the Driven Roller near the detection arm on the paper transport path and bring down the Paper Set Lever toward you to the paper holding position See Figure 5 66 At this point if the value on the LCD is not 01 loosen the screw securing the mounting plate for the P_THICK_0 3 Sensor left Then slide the mounting plate to a position where the LCD shows 01 tighten the screw and remove the 0 4 mm thickness gauge 7 Set the 0 3 mm thickness gauge the same way as above and make certain that the value on the LCD is 00 At this point if the value on the LCD is not 00 loosen the screw securing the mounting plate for the P_THICK_0 3 Sensor left Then slide the mounting plate to a position where the LCD shows 00 tighten the screw and check the previous step again P_THICK_0 3 Sensor Mounting Plate Figure 5 67 P_THICK Sensor P_THICK_0 3 Sensor Position Adju
153. Loosen the one screw securing the PF Encoder Sensor then put the round hole of the PF Encoder mounting jig on the PF Roller Shaft and fit the notched end against contour of the PF Encoder Sensor s emitter outside 2 Move the PF Encoder Sensor up and down so that it is in a position where the clearance between the contour of the PF Encoder Sensor and the notch in the PF Encoder mounting jig becomes uniform then tighten the one screw securing the PF Encoder Sensor In this adjustment use the PF Encoder mounting jig for exclusive 3 y use with Stylus Pro 7600 9600 do not use the PF Encoder R S mounting jig designed for any other printer models Figure 5 76 PF Encoder Sensor Installation Position Adjustment Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 3 9 USB ID Writing Even when you have replaced the Main Board there is no need of new setting of the USB ID since the USB ID is backed up if parameter backup can be executed When new setting is to be performed use the dedicated service utility Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 6 1 Overview This section explains necessary maintenance items and their details for this product Basically for this product service technicians are required to visit the user s location where the EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 is used and perform necessary maintenance serv
154. MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 30 SDRAM error 00020002 O Explanation In memory check of SDRAM executed at power on there may be a case where a bit error is detected In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating O Cause of trouble SDRAM check error at power on O Remedy e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 31 BOOT program SUM error 00020003 O Explanation There may be a case where the boot program of firmware is broken In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Only at power on O Cause of trouble SUM check error for BOOT program area O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 Troubleshooting 3 2 4 32 Flash memory SUM error 00020009 O Explanation This error is displayed when the firmware has not been installed in flash memory or when the firmware has not been installed successfully O Cause of trouble SUM check error for program area O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 33 Program load error 0002000A O Cause of trouble SUM check error for program area on RAM O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 34 Internal memory shortage error 0002000B O Explanation This error appears when
155. Message Reject OFh Send ASCII Message Accept None 10h 13h Unknown None 14h Inquire Emergency Message Accept Execute OK 15h Send Emergency Reply Accept 16h 1Fh Unknown None Interfaces 20h FFh Reserved None EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A SUPPORTED MAIN COMMAND AND SENDING TIMING 1 6 4 Supplements Table 1 59 Commands and Sending Timing PREVENTION HOSTS FROM DATA TRANSFER TIME OUT Main command number Command name Sending timing When data is received from the parallel interface or the type B interface while no error has occurred including the pause condition the printer receives data a rate of 2 byte second while buffer free space is less than 16 kbytes in order to prevent host timeout When buffer free space is more than 32kbytes the 2 byte second receive rate is cleared Panel Reset and receive is halted when free space reaches 16 bytes and returns to the 2 byte second Cold start rate when free space reaches 512 kbyte or more Send Name Data Type B I F Option command 05h Inquire Software Emulation Changing Software Emulation type INTERFACE SELECTION Type Inquire ASCII Message Writing to DBIN register Start Software Reset Init signal on the std parallel Type B I F Option command 01h The printer has the parallel interface the USB interface the optional interface These interfaces are selected manually b
156. N Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A PROCEDURE FOR HEAD GAP ADJUSTMENT UNI D ADJUSTMENT 1 Start the Self diagnostic Function o Woo fh teeter Power OFF Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON aap tt I 4 M SeSe ToS a2 Sa ETFe OF aS AS GT g 2 Display Adj Uni D we Sd z Paper Feed V SelecType gt gt Paper Feed V x11 SEPP CFTE TE 3 Print the pattern SelecType gt gt Enter when Enter Adjust Print is displayed 2 See Figure 5 55 4 Check the pattern me Make certain that the black lines and color lines are not out of alignment Lc Lm When they are not out of alignment leave the head gap adjustment mode by pressing a ee a SelecType gt two times If they are out of alignment follow the instructions given Eea a a ee ke e Oe o a i a aoe 8 r below bes O If out of alignment H 1 Select the gap item in question Select Gap 240 V1 Gap 240 V2 or Gap 190 V4 by means of io E A Paper Feed V and enter the adjustment menu for the selected item by pressing SelecType gt 2 Adjust the color position in question Select the relevant color by means of SelecType gt and in consideration of the printed pattern input the compensation value on the panel NG NG OK NG NG a cap fat side side Shift direction black line as reference Compensation setting in increments of 1 2880 inch i
157. N Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value Each color ink replacement date Black1 this time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Black1 this time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Black1 last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Black1 last time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Black1 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Black1 2 times before lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Black2 this time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Black2 this time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Black2 last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Black2 last time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Black2 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Black2 2 times before lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Cyan this time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Cyan this time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Cyan last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Cyan last time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement
158. NT When disassembling the printer turn the printer s power switch Off then after making sure that the panel display is off pull out the power cable from the outlet and disconnect the interface cable Only the specified printer tools should be used so as to maintain the printer s quality Only the specified lubricants and adhesives should be used The specified adjustments should definitely be carried out 122 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 Error Display Table 3 1 Error Indications on LCD continued The printer displays the relevant error message on the LCD and the error status by LEDs At the same time it stops not only printing operation but also receiving data from the host PC Among the interface signals the ERROR signal is turned low and the BUSY signal is turned high to inhibit data input 3 2 1 Errors Errors Warnings and service call errors fatal errors are described below 3 2 1 1 Error Indications on LCD Table 3 1 Error Indications on LCD LCD Panel Message SERVICE REQ nnnnnnnn Printer Status Fatal error LCD Panel Message Printer Status LOWER PAPER SET LVR Refer to Paper set lever is released REMOVE PAPER Paper is too thick for cleaning RELOAD PAPER Paper check error PAPER NOT STRAIGHT Paper not straight INVALID CARTRIDGE Non genuine cartridge SET INK LEVER Ink lever released NO MAINTENANCE
159. ON Make certain that the panel display of the printer body shows READY Transmit the firmware file in the IPL format from the host PC to the printer Firmware installation is completed SD Mr Turn off the power to the printer once and then turn it on again Adjustment Overview 219 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 Self diagnostic Function 5 2 1 2 Functions of Keys during Self diagnosis Described below are the functions of panel keys in the self diagnostic mode H With this function all the processing except for some items are Table 5 15 Key Functions in Self diagnostic Mode executed on the assumption that roll paper is used Take care Self diagnostic since even sheets if loaded are handled as roll paper Normal Mode Mode Fumetons E During execution of this function detection of remaining volume in ink cartridges and Maintenance Tank is not performed Therefore when you execute this function for print Pause Previous Level Returns the setting item to the previous level of the menu hierarchy SelecType Setting Item Next Lowers the level in the menu hierarchy by one head replacement or any other work which requires P mei Esh Eea EES consumption or discharge of a large volume of ink check the aper Source Setting wemi Bees AA EVEN ee ETATY DONE bas og P Items Previous remaining volume in ink cartridges and Maintenance Tank Paper Feed A Setting Value Changes the
160. PROD DATE LC lt YY gt lt MM gt Expire date EXPIR DATE LC lt YY gt lt MM gt Ink life after open INK LIFE LC lt MM gt Month Passed time after open AGE LC lt MM gt Month 67 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 46 Maintenance mode 1 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Ink information menu CRTG INFO MENU Item menu 1 Panel display Ink information Lm Lm CARTRIDGE Item menu 2 Panel display Manufacture logo MANUFACT Lm Setup value EPSON Ink color CARTRIDGE Lm LGT MAGENTA Ink type INK TYPE LM PIGMENT DYE Ink capacity INK CAP LM 110m1 220ml1 Ink remaining INK LEFT LM peep pr F LOK F ESB ESE BIE Product date PROD DATE LM lt YY gt lt MM gt Expire date EXPIR DATE LM lt YY gt lt MM gt Ink life after open INK LIFE LM lt MM gt Month Passed time after open AGE LM lt MM gt Month Ink information Y Y CARTRIDGE Product Description Manufacture logo MANUFACT Y EPSON Ink color CARTRIDGE Y YELLOW Ink type INK TYPE Y PIGMENT DYE Ink capacity INK CAP Y 110m1 220ml1 Ink remaining INK LEFT Y EAE BRR F LOK F E F E F EF Product date PROD DATE Y lt YY gt lt MM gt Expire date EXPIR DATE Y lt YY gt lt MM gt Ink life after open INK LIFE Y
161. Paper Feed A l Test CSIC Paper Feed V 4 A Paper Feed A L Test Actuator Paper Feed V Paper Feed A L Test Actuator 2 Paper Feed V 4 I I Figure 5 3 Inspection Menu Transition Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 2 1 Version is 1 Check the firmware version and the DIP switch ON 0 OFF 1 Was 1 When this item is selected the contents is shown on the panel one by one FW RRF i See Figure 5 4 i a 1 I Firmware version display is as follows Ver l Param 1 01 i BWddym i rN i BNddym Ver E Description Param 2 rs 01 i e BW Stylus Pro 9600 1 e BN Stylus Pro 7600 NEE i e dd 2 digit decimal number representing the day of release apie 0 ey Decimal number representing the units digit of the year of release A i em 1 digit hexadecimal number representing the month of release Ver E Example Panel Rev 01 I The firmware version released on July 5 2000 is ENNE TERS e BW0507 Stylus Pro 9600 Figure 5 4 Menu Transition of Version Display e BN0507 Stylus Pro 7600 5 2 2 2 Control Panel Check the keys LCD and LEDs on the control panel See Figure 5 5 Panel Key 2222 SelecType Key a SelecType D000 LCD Pause 000000000 A SelecType LED Pause rN Items E In the panel key check the panel display
162. Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Testing will be executed by Sensor Test menu gt Paper 5 1 4 8 CR Encoder Sensor ASSY Adjustment Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 has been replaced O Adjusting tools E CRENC sensor positioning jig F799 O Adjustment items steps Table 5 10 Required Adjustment Items Step Adjustment Item lt Mechanism Adjustment gt 1 CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position Adjustment Overview 215 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 1 4 9 Cover Sensor ASSY Adjustment 5 1 4 10 PF Encoder Sensor ASSY Adjustment Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the Cover Sensor ASSY Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the PF Encoder Sensor p 197 has been replaced ASSY p 186 has been replaced O Adjustment items steps O Adjusting tools E PF ENC sensor positioning tool F764 Table 5 11 Required Adjustment Items Cutter Positioning Jig F800 Adjustment Item E Scale 1000mm F713 lt Mechanism Adjustment gt E Scale Stopper F714 Sensor position adjustment o Adjustment items steps lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject 4 Powter ON Table 5 12 Required Adjustment Items Adjustment Item Testing will be executed by Sensor Test menu Cover
163. Power OFF gt Paper Source Cut Eject Paper Feed V Power ON 2 Input a date and hour in Initialize RTC in the counter initialize menu and turn off the power CLEAR COUNTERS RTC E Remove the lithium battery once and install it again Replace the lithium battery with a new one E Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 23 CSIC ROM communication error 00010025 m Explanation Only when the starter cartridge is used there may be a case where an error occurs in communication with the CSIC and Main Board In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Cause of trouble Faulty contact of ink cartridge Only with the starter cartridge or with individual cartridges for which writing has been performed by the factory setting command Remedy Make sure that the ink cartridge is connected properly 3 2 4 24 RTC communication error 00010026 O Explanation There may be a case where the RTC circuit on the Main Board operates incorrectly In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Cause of trouble The RTC on the circuit board is operating abnormally operating in test mode Remedy 1 Remove the battery once with the power turned off and after waiting for a while install the battery again and turn the power on 2 Repeat step 1 above until this error does no
164. Power Supply Circuit Board is equipped with a fuse for overcurrent protection becomes aclive Table 2 9 below indicates the rating of the fuse H signal is sent to the C472MAIN Board Table 2 9 Fuse Rating POW_ON OFF Operating Connected to the power switch on the Panel Unit These terminals are shorted when the switch is ON Input Voltage Range V AC Fuse Rating Panel The Power Supply Circuit Board becomes active 100 10 125 V AC 6 3A MAIN gt Power Off e These terminals are open when the switch is Supply OFF The Power Supply Unit keeps operating for about ten and several seconds to a few minutes and then turns off Operating Principles Outline of Power Supply Circuit Board Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 3 1 Outline This section explains procedures for rapid and efficient troubleshooting if trouble occurs in the printer 3 1 1 Introduction First of all when performing troubleshooting the following basic parts should be checked 1 Look in the printer for any foreign matter and make sure there is nothing there to hinder normal operation 2 Carry out printing by setting the printer in the Pause state then press the SelecType button 2 times Next using the Paper Feed switch in the TEST PRINT MENU select STATUS CHECK then press the Enter switch and print From the status sheet you can Check to see if the cause of the trouble is that the printer either
165. R 667 SCREW MANUAL CUTTER 607 P THICK2 SENNSOR CABLE ASSY 668 LABEL 608 CR BELT 669 LABEL 609 MINI CLAMP 670 LABEL 610 CR DRIVE PULLEY ASSY 671 LABEL Appendix ASP List Parts List EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 7 6 ASP List for Stylus Pro 7600 continued Table 7 6 ASP List for Stylus Pro 7600 continued 672 LABEL 804 TUBE 700 FLUSHING BOX ASSY 805 TUBE 701 PUMP MOTER JANCTION CABLE 806 TUBE 702 TR CONNECTER 807 TUBE FILME 703 POROUS PAD 808 SUS SUPPORT 704 CLEANER 809 FILME 705 PUMP REDUCTION GEAR 1 810 FLAT CORE SSC 40 12 706 POMP SHAFT STOPPER 811 FILME 707 PUMP REDUCTION GEAR 2 812 CR FFC 1 ASSY 708 PG IDLE GEAR A 813 BOARD ASSY 709 PG IDLE GEAR B 850 FLANGE 710 PUMP CAP ASSY 851 ADAPTER 711 MOTOR 852 ROLL SHAFT 712 CAP ASSY 853 RETAINING RING B150300611 750 TH INK FFC ASSY 854 STOPPER SHAFT 751 BOARD ASSY 855 FLANGE 752 CSIC FFC 1 856 LABEL 753 CLAMP 300 P S BOARD ASSY 754 COVER SW CABLE ASSY 1 301 DC CABLE ASSY IDS DETECTOR 756 CONNECTING SCREW WT O RING 758 I H LEVER SW CABLE ASSY 1 759 T C LOCK LEVER KNOB 760 HOLDER ASSY 761 FRAME ASSY 762 FAN GEAR 763 LEVER 800 TUBE 801 TUBE 802 TUBE 803 TUBE Appendix ASP List Parts List EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A
166. RAINING CARTRIDGE IN X installed and CSIC is connected 8 The printer starts ejecting ink from corresponded ink tube LCD panel message SET INK LEVER 1 Following message is displayed and XX slot LED blinks after draining 12 Ink filling starts automatically after all ink installation cartridge is installed and CSIC is connected LCD panel message INK CHARGING XXX LCD panel message SET INK LEVER 13 Ink filling completed 2 The printer checks CSIC after ink lever is set When the cartridge is correct The manufacture logo ink remaining and printable pages which are recorded in go to step 8 3 When the cartridge is wrong go to step 8 2 1 When the slot is replaced ink cartridge CSIC are displayed wrong go to step 8 2 2 1 When a cartridge except draining cartridge is installed following messages are displayed every 1 second and XX slot LED blinks until the cartridge is removed Go back to step 8 1 LCD panel message WRONG CARTRIDGE RELEASE INK LEVER 14 Paper is fed and cleaning CL2 is done only for the first printing after ink replacement 2 When the cartridge is installed in a slot except XX following messages are displayed every 1 second and XX slot LED blinks until the cartridge is removed Go back to step 8 1 LCD panel message INSERT CARTRIDGE IN CORRECT SLOT RELEASE INK LEVER 3 Ink ejection starts and following message is displayed LCD panel message
167. Reload from ROM DIMM F W DOWNLOAD mode is automatically selected See above for more information Reload method from ROM DIMM is following about F W DOWNLOAD mode Write RCC format F W file into ROM DIMM C309type NOTE This mode is released when F W installation is completed properly Switch power OFF and unplug the cable Remove the rear cover and insert 1 ROM DIMM into the exclusive slot Switch power ON Installation starts and finishes automatically Switch power OFF and unplug the cable Remove ROM DIMM from exclusive slot OO I ON S 2 O Switch power ON 1 4 7 2 Reload with F W DOWNLOAD mode Reload method via parallel interface is following Connect the printer to the host with a parallel cable Switch power ON pushing Enter Paper Source Cleaning buttons Check the printer panel displays F W DOWNLOAD Send UPG format F W file from the host Installation is completed OY Oe aR et Se Restart the printer Power Off Power On 1 4 7 3 Installation with service utility F W Update function Installation via parallel interface is following Connect the printer to the host with a parallel cable Switch power ON Check that the printer panel displays READY Send UPG format F W file from the host service utility Installation is completed Dye eS in OO eh at The printer restarts automatically Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 8 Funct
168. SERVICE MANUAL Color Large Format Inkjet Printer IMAGING EPSON o Notice All rights reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However should any errors be detected SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them E The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION General Notice Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks Copyright 2002 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION Imaging amp Information Product Division TPCS Quality Assurance Department PRECAUTIONS Precautionary notations throughout the text are categorized relative to 1 Personal injury and 2 damage to equipment DANGER Signals a precaution which if ignored could result in serious or fatal personal injury Great caution should be exercised in performing procedures preceded by DANGER Headings
169. SON e CMD ESCPL2 BDC D4 12 28 nAckReverse Out A printer does drive to Low and approve nReverseRequest 13 28 Xflag Out X flag signal and reverse channel transfer data bit 1 or 5 A host uses this signal for a flow control of reverse direction Also this signal offers the data bit 9 that use it to e MDL lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt 14 30 HostAck In judge whether or not it is information command e CLS PRINTER information or data to be output on the data signal of e DES EPSON lt SP gt T lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt lt SP gt forward direction space 31 30 AReverseRedissi In uS is made a low to change a channel toward E When IEEE1284 4 is not valid 32 29 nPeriphReques Out This signal uses to produce a host interrupt Re p 36 30 1284 Active In 1284 active signal HIGH in ECP mode Character strings depending on lt Model Name gt 18 PeriphLogic Out Always HIGH Pulled up to 5 V via 3 9 K ohm resistor e MFG EPSON 35 5V Out Always HIGH Pulled up to 5 V via 1 0 K ohm resistor e CMD ESCPL2 BDC 17 Chassis GND Chassis GND e MDL lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt 16 33 7 i GND Signal GND e CLS PRINTER 19 30 e DES EPSON lt SP gt T lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt 15 34 NC Not connected lt SP gt space Note In Out refers to the direction of
170. Stylus Pro 9600 14mm LM Roll paper Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 0 mm 3 mm 15 mm Left margin Sheet Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 0 mm 3 mm RM Roll paper Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 0 mm 3 mm 15 mm Right margin Sheet Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 0 mm 3 mm 3 mm 15 mm 3 mm 15 mm Paper Feed Direction Printable Area O The printer detects paper width when paper is set If paper width detection setting is OFF it does not detect paper width O It does not print the image beyond the detected paper width or the printable area specified by paper size setting It may print on the platen if paper width detection setting is OFF O Margins of roll paper can be changed on the panel as follows Top bottom 15 mm left right 3 mm Top bottom left right 3 mm Top bottom left right 15 mm NOTE Under special conditions it is possible to set right and left margin LM RM to 0 Printable area eps Figure 1 1 Printable Area Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 1 2 6 2 Paper Set Lever Table 1 16 Paper Set Lever Lever Position Description In the rear Position for paper setting You can set paper In the front Ready to print position Paper is held with the paper holder 1 2 6 3 Cutting Specification There are two methods to cut roll paper automatic and manual cutting Do not use the auto cutting function w
171. Stylus Pro 9600 is embedded i gos E A So 7 Enter Paper Feed A Key nput a negative value for a deviation toward the home or a positive value for Platen E Paper Feed V Key lt a deviation toward the side opposite to the home 7 dmm Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm E Pattern drawing method 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD2 Large Enter Paper Feed A Key Adj Paper Feed V Key PLATEN POSITION SPONGE POSITION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE p Platen Pos Chk Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm 1 Start the Self diagnostic Function Figure 5 38 Menu Transition for Platen Position Adjustment Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON 2 Display Adj Sponge Pos Paper Feed V SelecType gt Paper Feed A x4 3 Print the pattern Enter x2 4 Measure the platen position R Platen Position L Platen Position R Using a measuring rule measure the distance from the left end of the frame in which the sponge nearest to the Ist home is embedded to the longitudinal line of the printed pattern Input the measured value on the panel See Figure 5 39 5 Measure the platen position L Using a measuring rule measure the distance from the left end of the frame in which the 7th sponge counted from the home for Stylus Pro 7600 or the 9th sponge for Stylus Pro 9600 is embedded to the longitudinal line of the printed pattern Input the measured value on the panel See Figur
172. T In place of the carriage holding system in which 2 CR guide shafts extending in the column direction were used as in the conventional models a structure with the 7 Projection on Carriage carriage mounted via multiple rollers bearings on a CR guide rail made of a square extruded aluminum pipe is used Steel rails are incorporated in the roller contact and I running surface and the result is a reduction in friction in the direction of movement i reduced vibration and improved durability Outside HP range Inside HP Range The screws used to fasten the CR guide rail should not be taken out e P Step Ruler Slit Plate and the carriage should not be removed These are adjusted and assembled to the nearest 1 100 mm at the factory O CR motor A DC motor is used for the CR motor and the slit in the timing fence affixed on the bottom of and parallel with the CR guide rail is read by the encoder sensor mounted on the carriage linear encoder system and this signal is compared to Pe ao toto sk tS a tt on ut Su lt OO LO Lf Encoder Sensor logical control values in the control circuit on the MAIN board which carries out A ETR Carriage feedback speed control Through this control high print precision is maintained ee aR ag Drive transmissions from the CR motor to the carriage use the easy to maintain durable timing belt O z R_HP The sensors used in the carriage mov
173. TANK No maintenance tank COMMAND ERROR OPTION I F ERROR Command error Type B I F error Refer to Note The status can t be replied during service call COVER OPEN Cover open error LOAD PAPER Paper set lever is released during operation PAPER JAM Paper jam INK OUT Ink out error NO INK CARTRIDGE No ink cartridge INVALID CARTRIDGE Wrong ink cartridge SET INK CARTRIDGE Defective ink cartridge PAPER OUT Paper out error COMMAND ERROR Ink sequence currently executed Paper currently initialized Timer IC reset NVRAM clear LOAD XXX PAPER Wrong setting with roll paper and sheet Roll paper Wrong setting with roll paper and sheet Sheet RELOAD PAPER Problem with paper output sheet MAINTENANCE TANK FULL Maintenance tank full PAPER NOT CUT Troubleshooting Paper cutting error Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 1 2 Warning Indications on LCD Warning warns the user of the occurrence of a corresponding event by replacing the READY or PRINTING message on the LCD with the warning message But it has no effect on any other operations of the printer The warning message will not be cleared until the cause is resolved Table 3 2 Warning Indications on LCD LCD Panel Message INK LOW Printer Status Photo Black Ink Low Cyan Ink Low Magenta Ink Low Yellow
174. Table 1 27 Indications in Normal Mode Functions Ready to print LCD panel display READY Processing data PRINTING In power OFF sequence POWER OFF Tn ink sequence WAIT Initial filling INK CHARGING nnn Pause PAUSE Reset RESET Initializing WAIT Waiting for paper initialize start trigger PRESS PAUSE BUTTON Initializing paper WAIT Out of paper PAPER OUT Difference with roll paper and sheet LOAD XXX PAPER Paper set lever is released LOAD PAPER Paper jam PAPER JAM Cover open COVER OPEN Paper set lever is released during operation SECURE PAPER LEVER Paper cutting error PAPER NOT CUT Paper not straight PAPER NOT STRAIGHT Paper check error RELOAD PAPER End of roll PAPER OUT Problem with paper output sheet RELOAD PAPER Ink out INK OUT Table 1 27 Indications in Normal Mode continued Functions Command error LCD panel display COMMAND ERROR Indicator EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A PG setting Type B interface error OPTION I F ERROR Fatal error SERVICE REQ nn Maintenance request MAINTENANCE REQ nn Timer IC reset NVRAM clear WAIT After replacing ink cartridge Ink cover open CLOSE INK CART COVER Wrong ink cartridge dye pigment WRONG CARTRIDGE Non genuine cartridge INVALID CARTRI
175. The printer is then automatically incapable of printing O Termination e The printer enters the menu shift available status when the Pause button is pressed in the SelecType mode e The printer enters the menu shift available status when the Paper source button is pushed once in setting menu select mode e The printer enters the menu shift available status when setting initialization is executed e The printer enters the print ready status after the nozzle check pattern or the status sheet is printed e The printer enters the menu shift available status after black ink is replaced O Operation 1 The Printer setting menu can be entered by pushing the SelecType button during menu shift available state Print ready no paper It is shifted to setting menu select mode and the setting menu is displayed on the left side of the LCD upper line e The printer enters the menu shift available status after the cutter is replaced e The printer returns to the menu shift available status when Pause button is pressed in any modes 2 Each setting menu is displayed one after another by pressing Paper Feed AV buttons in the setting menu select mode It is shifted to setting item select menu by pressing the SelecType button Setting menu is displayed on the upper line and Setting item is displayed on the lower line 3 The setting menu is displayed one after another by pressing Paper Feed AV buttons in the setting item select mode It is shifte
176. a Using Nibble Mode Rev Channel PHBusy Printer bus aienal andaeverse channel Transfer DataBit 3 7 transfer data bit 3 or 7 O Device ID AckDataReq Acknowledge data request signal and reverse DataBit 2 6 channel transfer data bit 2 or 6 E When IEEE1284 4 is valid Xflag X flag signal and reverse channel transfer lt XxX gt lt xx gt DataBit 1 5 data bit 1 or 5 Character strings depending on lt Model Name gt HostBusy Host busy signal e MFG EPSON INIT Not used e CMD ESCPL2 BDC D4 DataAvail Data available signal and reverse channel e MDL lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt DataBit 0 4 transfer data bit 0 or 4 e CLS PRINTER 1284 Active 1284 active signal e DES EPSON lt SP gt lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 a oek Always HIGH Pulled up to 5 V via 3 9 K DYE gt lt SP gt space ohm resistor m When IEEE1284 4 is not valid esv e eae erg eee SXX gt lt KX gt Chassis GND Chassis GND Character strings depending on lt Model Name gt aay a Signal GND e MFG EPSON i e CMD ESCPL2 BDC NC Not used e MDL lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt e CLS PRINTER e DES EPSON lt SP gt T lt Stylus Pro 7600 DYE Stylus Pro 9600 DYE gt lt SP gt space Note In Out refers to the direction of signal flow from the printer s point of view Product Description Interfaces EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A
177. a paper recognition error before or after paper feed occurs or if the Rear Sensor Normal completion of paper edge detection after paper detects No Paper during paper feed the display shows paper error Then press the transport by the preset distance appropriate key to leave this item SkewResult for Home side for opposite side 0 010mm NOTE The printer will leave this item once the Pause key is pressed on the control panel while the printer is not processing Figure 5 31 Menu Transition for Skew Checking At the first detection of the paper left edge the reference position for paper skew judgment is determined in the firmware E The Paper Out LED blinks or lights up if the paper detection error has occurred In such cases raise the lever once and then execute the same operation again Press the Pause key for transition to Adj Check Skew E No panel key works during execution of skew checking When the skew check result is 99 999mm the paper is in the following conditions Clear the cause and execute the check again 1 The paper width detection indicates that one of the right and left edge positions of the paper is different from that by the previous detection by 3 mm or more 2 When the head is at the home position the distance from the row of K nozzles to the paper detected position on the home side is 142 0 mm or less The paper is too close to the home position Lever
178. agnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 2 Test Test is intended to check the circuit boards Paper Feed A A Test SelecType Table 5 17 Circuit Board Check Items RA i Tocame Item Description See Paper Feed V 4 A Paper Feed A Pause l Version Program Backup parameters DIP switch Panel review p 223 Test tems Control Panel Keys LCD LEDs P223 Panel Sensors CR origin Covers Paper thickness Levers Cartridge p 224 Paper Feed V J A Paper Feed A presence Ink lever Edge AD Rear AD Test Head thermistor Driver thermistor Take up Reel Unit Sensor Maintenance tank Paper Feed V A Paper Feed A Encoder CR_ENC carriage PF_ENC paper feed P223 Test Fan Paper suction fan all operation Paper suction fan paza Encoder individual operations Head driver heat sink cooling Paper Feed V 4 A Paper Feed A fan Test Record Maintenance Major faults p 226 Fan CSIC CSIC information display p 227 Paper Feed V 4 Paper Feed A Actuator Cutter p 229 Tes 5 Actuator 2 Cutter solenoid Pump motor p22 asa Paper Feed V 4 Paper Feed A Test Note This diagnostic item is not explained since it is used only by testing at the factory not executed on the service site D A Revision Not used PaperFeed V 4 Paper Feed A Test Head Signal Not used Paper Feed V 4
179. all is reset when RTC is initialized INITIALIZE CR MOTOR LIFE Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the CR motor life counter INITIALIZE CR MOTOR LIFE TOTAL Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the CR motor life total counter INITIALIZE PF MOTOR LIFE Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the PF motor life counter INITIALIZE HEAD UNIT LIFE Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the head unit life counter Product Description INITIALIZE CLEANING UNIT LIFE Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the cleaning unit life counter INITIALIZE TOTAL PRINTS Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the total printed page counter INITIALIZE INK CAPACITY Selecting this mode allows the user to initialize the ink capacity counter NVRAM COUNTER VALUE INDICATION Selecting this mode allows the user to indicate each life counter in decimal PARAMETER BACKUP Selecting this mode allows the user to move to parameter backup mode In parameter backup mode NVRAM responses and changes to manufacture setting commands are possible with minimal chance of error When an error occurs NVRAM contents are acquired and can be analyzed MAINTENANCE INFORMATION MENU Read information for printer maintenance MAINTENANCE INFORMATION INITIALIZING MENU Initialize information for printer maintenance Count
180. ally x Not supported 2H 3H High tension spindle Note 1 Assured with Uni D print 2 Paper is fed short edge first 3 Paper should have no wrinkles tears or folds and the surface should be smooth 4 It is used under normal conditions temperature 15 C 25 C humidity 40 60 RH 5 Paper feeding and print quality with borderless print is not assured on paper which is not assured for borderless print 6 Borderless print is not assured with sheet Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Sheet pigment Table 1 13 Availability with Sheets Pigment Characteristic Media size Sheet Pigment Super Black INK A3 A2 Cc B2 Al 24 x30 30 x40 36 x44 Paper A3 B thickness Japan Europe MK MK EK mm 210x297 216x279 297x420 279x432 329x483 420x594 432x559 728x1030 559x864 610x762 7621016 914x1118 Glossy Paper Photo Weight Watercolor Paper Radiant White Smooth Fine Art Paper Textured Fine Art Paper Enhanced Matte Poster Board Note Symbol Assured O Supported Supported conditionally x Not supported 2H 3H High tension spindle O Sheet dye Table 1 14 Availability with Sheets Dye Characteri stic Mediasize Sheet Dye Paper USA Europe thickness PENSE Glossy Photo paper Photo Quality Inkjet Paper Glossy Film
181. aning Mechanism Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 6 4 Pump ASSY Foear pars 1 Remove the Maintenance ASSY See p 199 Ea Screw M3x4 2 Remove the one central screw M3x4 of the Pump ASSY and remove the three parts including the gear See Figure 4 76 3 Remove the two screws M3x 6 on the gear side 4 Disconnect the tube from the Cap ASSY remove the one screw M 3x6 and remove the Pump ASSY See Figure 4 77 NES m Once you have replaced the Pump ASSY execute CLEAR o COUNTERS See p 71 Pump ASSY Screw M3x6 Figure 4 77 Removing the Pump ASSY 2 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A E When installing the Pump ASSY make sure that the spring is set in the spring catch Spring catch E When installing the pump reduction gear make sure that the gears are engaged properly Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 6 5 Cleaner Head Wiper 1 Remove the Maintenance ASSY See p 199 2 Using tweezers disengage the dent of the Cleaner Head from the projection on the Cleaner Head Holder and pull off the Cleaner Head E If you touch the Cleaner Head with a bare hand the head nozzle can be stopped up with ink repelled by fat from your hand For handling
182. ap adjustment Paper setting and corresponding operation are as follows Note 1 See MW Printing Adjustment Setting Values and Printing Modes p 88 for selectable MW mode at MW print adjustment Table 1 39 Paper setup Operation 2 It prints with PG small or PG big depending on detection result of paper thickness sensor Standard When settings of cutting pressure print quality are set with commands it follows the settings 1 10 User definition paper Even when cutting pressure print quality are set with commands user setting value is used Product Description Operating Panel Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 READY ooOooOo0000 O Paper Source SelecType lt gt PAPER CONFIG Paper Source gt PAPER CONFIG It is displayed only when paper number 1 10 is selected Product De Displays the paper number currently selected STD A1 10 SelecType Figure 1 15 Level Structure of User Setting Menu Operating Panel PAPER NUMBER STD PAPER NUMBER STD Paper Feed Paper Feed ae a ey a ee eee ae 4 I I No l Ww PAPER CONFIG datae ol THICK PAT Paper Feed Paper S Vv Paper Feed aper Source a I 1 PAPER CONFIG SelecType CUT PRESSURE CUT PRESSURE Paper Source Paper Feed
183. aper thickness setting value 0 1 0 2 mm in User Paper Setting Menu of the panel setting menu Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 1 Summary This Chapter describes the disassembly and reassembly procedure chiefly for Stylus Pro 7600 with descriptions added to particulars specific to Stylus Pro 9600 Unless otherwise specified disassembled units or components can be reassembled by reversing the disassembly procedure Things if not strictly observed that could result in injury or loss of life are described under the heading Warning Precautions for any disassembly or assembly procedures are described under the heading CAUTION Chips for disassembling procedures are described under the heading CHECK POINT If the assembling procedure is different from the reversed procedure of the disassembling the procedure is described under the heading REASSEMBLY Any adjustments required after disassembling the units are described under the heading ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED Be sure to make the specified adjustments by referring to Chapter 5 ADJUSTMENT When you have to remove any units or parts that are not described in this chapter refer to the exploded diagrams in the appendix 4 1 1 Precautions Before proceeding with any disassembly or assembly work make absolutely sure of the following Disassembly amp Assembly
184. argez pas les piles au lithium r Risque d explosion si la pile est remplac e incorrectment Ne remplacer que par une pile du m me type ou d un type quivalent recommand par le fabricant Eliminer les piles d charg es selon les lois et les r gles de s curit en vigueur Disassembly amp Assembly Summary Revision A Before servicing or performing maintenance on the printer make sure you have enough space If you need to move the printer make sure the space you move to is safe Because the printer is much heavier than most printers you need to take extra care If you need to take apart the printer and the stand from each other or put then together two people are necessary If you remove and replace any parts of the ink path system be sure to discharge the ink beforehand by executing Ink Blowing in Clean Head process Refer to 5 2 3 20 Clean Head p 256 After removing any of the ink related parts double check to make sure all parts are secured otherwise you re going to be in big trouble Use only recommended tools for disassembling assembling or adjusting the printer Apply lubricants and adhesives as specified Ink may leak onto other printer parts or the printer basket when removing printer parts so it is recommended to put a sheet or cloth under the printer especially when working on or near ink related parts When working on the electrical
185. ate Green Printer power ON Printer processing data or in power OFF sequence Paper Out Red Paper out end of roll confusion of roll paper and sheet paper set lever is released or paper is thick for cleaning Paper jam error paper cutting error paper not straight paper recognition error or paper sheet eject failure Pause Green Pause Cleaning print head or ink drying Ink Out K1 Red Black ink1 end or wrong black ink Black ink1 low Ink Out K2 Red Black ink2 end or wrong black ink Black ink2 low Ink Out C Red Cyan ink end or wrong cyan ink Cyan ink low Ink Out M Red Magenta ink end or wrong magenta ink Magenta ink low Ink Out LC Red Light cyan ink end or light cyan ink Light cyan ink low Ink Out LM Red Light magenta ink end or wrong light magenta ink Magenta ink low Product Description Operating Panel 32 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 2 Indications on the Panel 1 4 2 1 IED Indications in Normal Mode O Operate Table 1 22 Displayed functions While processing data during power OFF sequence Indicator status Fatal error Reset timer IC reset NVRAM clear With power ON and in status other than those above F W updating completed O Paper Out Table 1 23 Displayed functions Out of paper end of roll Indicator status Confusion of roll paper and sh
186. ated and corresponded slot LED blinks until lever is released and new ink cartridge is installed LCD panel message REPLACE WITH NEW CARTRIDGE 1 The printer checks CSIC of maintenance tank When available quantity is enough go to step 7 When available quantity is NOT enough following messages are displayed every 1 second and maintenance tank LED blinks 3 Following message is displayed when new ink cartridge is installed and until maintenance tank is replaced with new one CSIC is contacted LCD panel message NOT ENOUGH SPACE IN MAINTE TANK LCD panel message SET INK LEVER REPLACE WITH NEW MAINTENANCE TANK Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 2 The printer checks CSIC after maintenance tank is replaced When CSIC 10 Following message is displayed and all slots LEDs blink after the draining detects that the maintenance tank have enough available quantity got to step cartridge is removed Fi available quantity is NOT enough repeat Procedure step 6 1 and step LCD panel message INSERT ALL INK CARTRIDGES 7 Following messages are displayed every 1 second and 1 slot LED blinks after NOTE Ink remaining for initial filling and wrong cartridge are checked as same available quantity of maintenance tank is checked as procedure step3 LCD panel message READY FOR DRAINING 11 Following message is displayed and all slot LEDs blink after all cartridges are INSERT D
187. cked 1 The CR Encoder and the T Fence must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters 2 The CR Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension 3 The carriage must slide smoothly free from undue load 4 Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor 5 8Q 5 Execute encoder checking by 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self diagnostics menu 6 All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire Remedy e Replace the CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 Refer to CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position Adjustment p 268 e Replace the CR Motor ASSY p 80 Refer to CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 263 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 e Check to see if the timing fence for detection of the encoder pulse is removed e Check for dirt paper dust or damage to the timing fence 3 2 4 7 CR motor out of step 00010005 m Error Display Explanation During CR Motor operation there may be a case where the encoder pulse signal within the specified range is not input within a specified period of time or the pulse width is extremely long In such a case the CR Motor is judged to be out of step so that this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Cause of trouble e The error counter has reached the out of step pulse count because of impossible movement of the carriage bumping of the carriage or dirty timin
188. d has been capped properly with the power to the printer turned off Then remove all the ink cartridges and install all the packing materials as referred to in the Start Up Guide or Assembly and Setup Guide supplied with the printer 275 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 6 1 1 Periodic Maintenance Items and Product Life Information O Periodic Maintenance Items The printer uses sensors and counters to determine when consumable items need to be replaced When a consumable part has reached its predetermined end of life according to the corresponding counter a message appears See Table 6 1 for parts which require periodic replacement O Product Life Information Table 6 1 shows the product life about the printer body each mechanism and various parts Information regarding to the product life can be checked by the following way O Panel Setting Printer Status Menu The amount of ink remaining is indicated on the LCD F E F full E empty and each asterisk represents a percentage of the total ink Also the counters which record these values can be initialized by Maintenance Mode 2 Do not perform the counter initialization without replacing the corresponding parts and checking their operation Since the counters for Waste Ink Life and Ink Remaining Quantity influence printer operations do not clear them unnecessarily Maintenance Overview 276 EPSON Stylus Pro 76
189. d to Remarks CNO01 12 White Main Board CN1 Lock type CN301 2 White AC Inlet Lock type Appendix Connectors 283 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Black C472 SUB B ena tisnt Board ens CR_ENC P_EDGE SOLENOID o 5pin 4pin 2pin z Panel Unit WHITE BLACK WHITE I H_LEVER 3pin BLACK ao Bi Print Head O CN19 enzo cn21 f CN26 R CN24 enz ey CN27 18 aon FAN1 FAN2 FAN3 P_THICK CR_ORG COVER_L P_REAR P_THICKO 3 P S_FAN CR_FFC3 vi CSIC CN9 _ 20pin 2pin 2pin 2pin 3pin 3pin 3pin E BLACK pin BLUE 2pin BLUE BLACK YELLOW RED RED WHITE YELLOW CN16 CN29 PIS upin RED ene H UD136 N 12pin PF_ENC HD_SLID WHITE A CN13 Spin WHITE 4pin RED TYPE_B in WHITE CN31 36pin 2pin WHITE pavog Ajddng 19M0g D A_OUT 5pin YELLOW CR_MOT Heed CN14 HDD_PS 5 PF_MOT CN37 ligt C472 Main Board pin ENTS CN5 ROM_DIMM 90pin CN30 ROLL_UNIT 15pin CN17 39 4 OV LOOND CN11 IEEE1284 36pin 8pin CNO1 eps Figure 7 1 Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Connectors Appendix Connectors 284 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 7 2 Component Layout Will be established by the next revision Appendix Component Layout 285 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 7 3 Circuit Diagrams The circuit diagrams of the following circui
190. d to setting value select mode of the setting item by pressing the SelecType button Setting item is displayed on the upper line and Setting value is displayed on the lower line The represents the current setup value 4 Setting value is displayed on the lower line one after another by pressing Paper Feed AV buttons in the setting value select mode if the setting value can be changed The represents the current setup value 5 When the Enter button is pressed in the setting value select mode the displayed setting value is entered as the current setting value If it has a corresponded operation it is started No operation occurs if is already displayed 6 It returns to the setting item select menu by pressing the Paper Source button in the setting value select mode It returns to the setting menu select mode by pressing the Paper Source button in the setting item select menu NOTE Under the special condition it sometimes can not return to the status O Panel display Character strings on the second line in the following list are displayed on the second line of LCD panel Setup values are displayed on the second line of LCD panel Product Description Operating Panel 1 4 3 2 Panel Setting Menu Item Top menu Panel display Printer setting menu PRINTER SETTING MENU Item menu PG setting Table 1 28 Panel setting menu item Panel display PLATEN GAP EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revisio
191. data out of over printable area for borderless printing Product Description 1 2 5 2 Sheet ACCEPTABLE PAPER The printer accepts following plain paper and special paper With any other paper proper paper feeding and satisfactory print quality are not ensured O Paper Size The sizes indicated in bold italic are only for Stylus Pro 9600 Table 1 9 Acceptable Sheet Sizes Acceptable Paper Paper Size 1118 mm x 1580 mm A4 Paper Size 210 mm x 297 mm 1030 mm x 1456 mm US E 34 x 44 in 728 mm x 1030 mm USD 22 x 34 in 515 mm x 728 mm USC 17 x 22 in 364 mm x 515 mm USB 11 x 17 in 257 mm x 364 mm 44 x 36 in 44 x 36 in 914 mm x 1292 mm 30 x 24 in 30 x 24 in 841 mm x 1189 mm Letter 8 5 x 11 in 24 x 36 in B1 wide 1030 x 728 mm 594m x 841 mm 8 x 10in 8 x 10 in 420 mm x 594 mm 30 cm x 45 cm 30 cm x 45 cm 329 mm x 483 mm 60 cm x 90 cm 60 cm x 90 cm 297 mm x 420 mm Note Only for Stylus Pro 9600 O Thickness E 0 08 1 5 mm paper length 279 mm 728 mm E 0 08 0 5 mm paper length 728 mm 1580 mm NOTE 1 Paper should have no wrinkles tears or folds and the surface should be smooth 2 0 08 1 50 mm paper thickness is supported for long edge insertion 3 The sizes indicated in bold italic are only for Stylus Pro 9600 Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A PLAIN PAPER Proper
192. date Cyan 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Maintenancenntormation Each color ink vendor Cyan 2 times before lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt menu Ink 2 MENUB Each color ink replacement date Magenta this time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt MAINTINFO Each color ink vendor Magenta this time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Magenta last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Magenta last time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Magenta 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Magenta 2 times before lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date LgtCyan this time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor LgtCyan this time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date LgtCyan last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor LgtCyan last time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date LgtCyan 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor LgtCyan 2 times before lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date LgtMagenta this time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor LgtMagenta this time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date LgtMagenta last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor LgtMagenta
193. der of the life is judged to be 0 by taking into account E Counter clear damage to the tube service call occurs The counter is cleared at replacing the cutter with a new one E Counter clear arm The indication as described above may not be accurate depending When CLEAR COUNTERS CR MOTOR or CLEAR COUNTERS CR POINT on the conditions of use thus it is given only as a yardstick TOTAL in Maintenance mode 2 is executed the counter is cleared e 0 40n Information on these values is needed only when service personnel ZONI perform maintenance work Do not inform users of the meaning of these indications Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O PF motor life monitor O Head unit life monitor E How to calculate E How to calculate It is calculated for trouble examination in case that it is used beyond The numbers of dot injection for each color are added up the number of production life because parts of PF motor and paper feeding drive mechanism injecting assured dots per nozzle x 96 nozzles is calculated as the life and it is are not supported to exchange within production life It is displayed with ratio calculated with the most number of total dots in each of PF roller life and driven roller life because their lives are shorter than PF E Display Life motor PF roller life and driven roller life are calculated with total paper 100 81 Beene feeding because their lives are
194. detected by the thermistor the CPU on the Main Board controls the ink discharge E speed and the amount of ink to be discharged O Printing method On demand ink jet O Nozzle configuration 96 nozzles x 7 rows 672 nozzles See Figure 2 3 for nozzle arrangement ce O E Black 192 nozzles 96 nozzles for each of Black1 and Black2 ES 5 os ce E Color 480 nozzles 96 nozzles for each of cyan magenta x8 sz light cyan light magenta and yellow oh i E Nozzle pitch 0 141mm 1 180 inch for each color i Table 2 2 Relationship between Nozzle Rows and Colors E 30 48mm a Ink Type Nozzle Row Color 38 44mm Pigment A Photo Black or Matte Black B Gray or Matte Black e S C Head01 eps Figure 2 3 Nozzle Arrangement p le O Drive waveform E M There are three printing modes drive waveforms for each of use of pigment ink F Lm and use of dye ink G Y Table 2 3 Printing Modes Drive Waveforms Dye A Bk 3 7 Waveform Ink Discharged 7 B Bk Name ng Drive Frequency Print Resolution CR Speed C C H360 x V360 13 8 27 6 41 5 8 64 KHz H720 x V360 240 CPS 2 Le Pi ink H720 x V720 igment 1n x E M 4 5 9 5 23 0 8 64 KHz H1440 x V720 240 CPS F Lm 4 5 2 shots at 6 84 KHz H2880 x V1440 190 CPS G Y Operating Principles Print Mechanism Components Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Table 2 3 Printing Modes Drive Waveforms Waveform Ink Discharged Name ng Ink Type Drive Frequency Print Resolution CR Spe
195. e 4 Push the hooks one top and two bottom hooks and remove the AC Inlet from the holder See Figure 4 82 Install the AC Inlet in such an orientation that the ground cable side is positioned up AC Inlet Holder Up Ground cable Figure 4 81 Removing the AC Inlet Holder AC Inlet Holder AC Inlet U pere Figure 4 82 Removing the AC Inlet Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Circuit Boards EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 7 3 MAIN Board C472 MAIN ee E When disconnecting or connecting the connector for an FFC cable on the Main Board never pull or push the connector aslant Disconnecting or connecting the connector can cause damage to short circuit or breakage of the terminals inside the connector thus resulting in damage to elements on the circuit board Remove the Rear Cover p 166 Disconnect all the harness connectors from the Main Board Remove the two screws CP W M3x6 securing the both ends of the parallel interface connector to the Main Board and seven other screws CP W M3x6 and remove Main Board ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED Disassembly amp Assembly Refer to the table on the next page for connections of connectors The following connectors are not used CN4 CN7 CN12 CN18 CN25 CN28 CN33 CN36 CN37 Before and after replacing the Main Board with a new one make the following adjustment Refer to 5 1 4 2 Main Board
196. e Eject Paper Feed Power ON HEAD lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Head Rank Input including initial filling Head Nozzle Checking Cleaning Head Slant Checking Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment Round Trip Print Position Bi D Adjustment Checking Head Gap Adjustment Uni D Adjustment Test Pattern Printing SO o aI BY WwW bY Leak check pattern printing Overview 212 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 5 1 4 2 Main Board Adjustment Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 has been replaced Revision A Table 5 4 Required Adjustment Items Main Circuit continued Procedure B 2 Procedure Awl Adjustment Item See Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment Round Trip Print Position Bi D Adjustment Checking Head Gap Adjustment Uni D Adjustment USB ID Input RTC writing initialization Power Cleaning Head Nozzle Checking Cleaning Test Pattern Printing Note 1 Adjustment procedure when parameter backup has been executed O Adjusting tools E A3Tracing Paper F751 Microtrace 300 LMB E A3 Copy Paper PPC E Scale 1000mm F713 E Scale Stopper F714 O Work operations before adjustment E Parameter Backup p 218 E Firmware Reinstal
197. e 5 39 Measure this deviation Measure this deviation tside side side side Platen position counted from home side Stylus Pro 7600 7th Stylus Pro 9600 9th Be101 eps Figure 5 39 Print Pattern for Platen Position Adjustment Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 11 Platen Position Checking Check the adjusted position of each sponge on the platen Enter Adjust Print Make certain that the printed pattern agrees with the right and left positions of l enter sys Printing Pattern each sponge position E Pattern drawing method 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD2 Large 4 Printing end Platen Pos R 0 0mm 4 Enter Adj Paper Feed A Key Cut Adj Paper Feed V Key Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm Figure 5 40 Menu Transition for Platen Position Checking Figure 5 41 Print Pattern for Platen Position Checking Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 12 Head Slant Checking Check the print result to see if the head is slanting If there is a slant make the Head Slant Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment p 247 O Slant Check Pattern E Check Item Head slant E Pattern drawing method 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD2 small O Adjustment Resolution 12um or less O Adjustment Range 38 steps Enter Adjust Print Enter Printi
198. e load 3 By visual inspection check the harness of the PF Motor for any problem 4 Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor 5 8Q causing a short circuit to the frame If the PF Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the O Remedy same time 5 Execute encoder checking by 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self e Replace the PF Motor p 185 diagnostics meni e Replace the PF motor extension cable DRES Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 6 All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire O Remedy e Replace the PF Encoder Sensor ASSY p 186 Refer to PF Encoder Sensor Installation Position Adjustment p 272 e Replace the PF Motor p 85 Refer to PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 264 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 e Replace the PF motor extension cable Troubleshooting Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 6 CR motor encoder check error 00010004 O Troubleshooting Explanation During initial operation at power on or during CR Motor operation there may be a case where the encoder pulse signal is not input at specified intervals In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Cause of trouble Broken wire for the CR motor encoder inverted wiring for A and B pulses disconnected connector for the encoder or motor or inverted wiring for the motor Points to be che
199. e print head E Secure the coupling screw and the ink tube by tightening at the specified torque 2 2 5 kg f Revision A Hooks G p gt Figure 4 28 Damper Holder Removal NN r YT JAA gt Damper ASSY Damper Holder Figure 4 29 Damper ASSY Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 3 3 CR Board ASSY 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the J H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 Remove one screw CPP M3x6 two screws CP W M3x6 and one screw M3x16 securing the CR Board Guide and also the ground line and the toothed washer M3 and remove the CR Board Guide See Figure 4 30 6 Disconnect the following eight connectors with lock connected to the CR Board See Figure 4 31 Sy ee ee a Table 4 3 Connectors on CR Board Connector Type Connected to 5 Pin white CR Encoder Sensor 4 Pin black P_EDGE Sensor 2 Pin white Cutter Solenoid FFC lock type x2 Print Head FFC lock type x3 Main Board 7 Remove the two screws CPP M3 x8 securing the CR Board ASSY and remove the CR Board ASSY See Figure 4 32 The screw on the far left side used to fasten the CR board guide plate should be tightened together with the ground wire toothed washer CR board guide and CR board ASSY in that order
200. ears to prevent the PF Motor from being overheated Cause of trouble e A small PWM output is kept on for a certain period of time load is kept applied e Paper feed related mechanism out of step Remedy Points to be checked 1 Check the load on the PF Motor e Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor 5 8 Q If the PF Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the same time e Running load of PF Motor check by manual operation e Rotation load of PF Roller 2 Replace the PF Motor p 185 3 Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 17 Head driver TG temperature error 0001001B O Error Display Explanation During printing operation there may be a case where the temperature inside the print head has risen above the specified value and the thermistor in the print head detects it as abnormal temperature In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Cause of trouble e Head broken down e Faulty contact of tape electric wire broken wire or wire out of position Remedy 1 Turn off the power to the printer once and turn it on again and check for recovery 2 Ifthe same error occurs immediately or in a short time replace the print head with a new one EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 18 CR servo parameter error 0001001D 3 2 4 19 PF servo parameter error 0001001E O Explanation O Explanation There may be a case where a voltage exceeding
201. ecType 4 ii Paper Source CUTTER ADJ EXEC PRINTING ALGNMNT Enter PATTERN CUTTER ADJ 8 Product Description O Cutter position adjustment pattern E Output paper size A4 E Font Built in font E Print sample See following picture 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 o 1 2 3 4 5 6 Figure 1 10 Cutter position adjustment pattern E Number in print pattern and cutter position Number in print pattern 3 Adjustment value 1 4 3 13 Auto margin refresh When this setting is ON paper edge is automatically cut to prevent print dirt after 4 sides no margin print The cutting length is depends on the minimum cut length at this time Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 14 Panel Setup Value Initialization Selecting this mode allows the user to return all the values set on the panel to the default values Initializing items are following Setting item PG setting Table 1 33 After initialization STANDARD Page line ON I F switching AUTO Code page switching PC437 Roll paper margin setting T B 15mm Paper width detection ON Paper skew detection ON Job timeout setting 30 sec No margin print 1 cut Cutter position adjustment Manufacture setting Ink end warning message ON 1 4 3 15 Nozzle Check Pattern Printing Selecting this mode allows the user to
202. ecking by 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self 5 Execute encoder checking by 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self diagnostics menu diagnostics menu 6 All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or 6 All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire broken wire O Remedy O Remedy e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 e Replace the CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 e Replace the PF Encoder Sensor ASSY p 186 Refer to CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position Adjustment p 268 Refer to PF Encoder Sensor Installation Position Adjustment p 272 e Replace the CR Motor ASSY p 180 e Replace the PF Motor p 85 Refer to CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 263 Refer to PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 264 e Make the mechanism adjustment for the carriage related mechanism e Clear the cause of paper feed related mechanism out of step e Remove the foreign matters Troubleshooting Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 20 CSIC reed right error 00010020 O Explanation At turning on or off the power at opening or closing the I C Cover or at completion of one page printing there may be a case where it is impossible to read the data from the CSIC of the ink cartridge or write the latest ink information in the CSIC In such a case this message is displayed and the printer sto
203. ed 13 8 27 6 41 5 8 64 KHz ee Voon 240 CPS VSD1 Dye H720 x V360 H720 x V720 VSD2 Dye 5 4 9 5 23 0 8 64 KHz H1440 x V720 240 CPS VSD4 Dye 25 2 shots at 6 84 KHz H2880 x V1440 190 CPS PLATEN GAP ADJUSTMENT UNIT In order to maintain the print precision it is necessary to maintain the carriage head mounting position so that it is always a constant distance from the surface of the paper In this printer the print head nozzle surfaces and platen surface are variable mechanisms so that the gap between the paper printing surface and the head nozzle surface can be kept constant The carriage has a 2 body construction with a sub carriage on which the print heads are mounted attached to the carriage which forms the base The sub carriage moves in the vertical direction with respect to the paper surface This movable system uses a cam The sub carriage to paper surface distance changes linearly from the cam PG home position When the carriage is in the HP position right end the pump motor and the gear mounted on the cam shaft engage the motor s rotation reverse drives the cam and the sub carriage is positioned at the proper gap position In order to maintain the distance between the print head nozzle surface and the paper properly the thicknesses of the paper used are classified into 3 levels for PG setting namely PG small 1 3 mm PG medium 2 2 mm and PG large 2 7 mm The sensors used in the
204. ed about 15 minutes Enter No2 Paper Feed A Key Adj Variable Si PECOT E0000 Paper Feed V Key r Outputs the list of the setting compensation values variables determined by various Enter Seting POSSE IS i iricrements OF 2 iat adjustments Neon Paper Feed A Key wey Paper Feed V Key i PEGO123 00 2Setting is possible in increments of 2 digits Enter Paper Feed AJK i A j A per Fe ey E Press the Cleaning key on a serial number input screen and the display will No 4 Paper Feed V Key change to the next screen 8 PEGO12345 Setting is possible in increments of 2 digits For example from No 1 PEG 000000 the display changes to No 1 Enter Adjustment Prints all the adjustment patterns including the adjustment variables list Time required about 20 minutes Check Ptn 2 Of the patterns to be output by Check Ptn the first pattern to the head gap adjustment Uni D pattern will be output PEG 000000 Press the Cleaning key on the Print Adj Pattern screen and the display will change to the serial number input screen No 1 PEG 000000 1 Paper Feed A H Paper Feed V Print 7 Check Ptn 3 Printing end gt l Paper Feed A t Paper Feed V Enter Adjust Print Enter Print Adj Pattern Enter Printing Pattern
205. ed at the position where a digit is currently input g 266432F Paper Feed V Key See Figure 5 25 Dye 2 _ 44WM2Q3 E Press Cleaning key to shift the cursor pointing out the input item to the right i i Dye 3 E The cursor moves to the left end when Cleaning key is pressed at the right 5 NUNN end Enter After ink charge the display returns to the adjustment top menu E Press the Pause key to return to the previous level in the hierarchy Exc EnterKey Fill Press Pause key for transition to the adjustment top menu In doing so note that the input code is valid but it has not been registered yet The cursor skips the item displayed with Enter E At input for Dye 1 or Dye 2 press the Enter key to enter the input line Slee Genie Displayed when the cartridge has not been installed selection mode which is the immediately upper level in the hierarchy Enter INK CHARGING Figure 5 25 Menu Transition of Code Input Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Pigment Code Input O After ink filling the display returns to the adjustment top menu Pigment Code Input Manen Paper Feed A Key In this mode input a pigment code by operating on the panel 266432F Paper Feed V Key The cursor is displayed at the position where a digit is currently input E Press Cleaning key to shift the cursor pointing out the input
206. edy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 38 CPU reserve command code exception error 10000180 O Cause of trouble Defective circuit board or faulty CPU soldering Program trouble or generation error Troubleshooting O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 39 CPU slot illegal command exception error 100001A0 O Cause of trouble Faulty CPU soldering Program trouble or generation error O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 40 CPU DMA address error 100005C0 O Cause of trouble Defective circuit board or faulty CPU soldering Program trouble or generation error O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 41 CPU error 10000xxx O Cause of trouble Defective circuit board or faulty CPU soldering Program trouble or generation error O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 3 Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout This section describes conceivable print quality problems that may occur with this printer and the troubleshooting points for those errors Table 3 29 Diagnosing trouble based on printout Description Refer to Dot missing Uneven printing poor resolution
207. ee 9 0 mm 64dot feeding O Relationship between numbers in print pattern and paper thickness Table 1 42 patternll eps Numbers in print pattern os 15 16 J17 Figure 1 16 Paper Thickness Detection Pattern Paper thickness mm ee ss WAS Iss Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Displacement of bottom pattern If the displacement in the gap adjustment value with a change of 0 1 mm in paper thickness is assumed to be X microns the following applies E AB Gap adjustment value with paper thickness 0 1 mm E AC Current gap adjustment value Paper thickness 0 1mm at gap E AD Gap adjustment value with paper thickness 0 1 mm I adjustment A fixed displacement is assumed with changes in paper thickness X AC AB AD AC Paper thickness at gap adjustment Paper thickness 0 1 mm at gap This adjustment value is saved into NVRAM and can be changed adjustment Example With 0 2 mm gap adjustment paper thickness B D Table 1 43 pattern12 eps Displacement of Figure 1 17 Displacement of Paper Thickness Detection Pattern bottom pattern relative to Displacement of Pattern bottom pattern relative to number Pattern number top pattern top pattern Y oj a Alua AJo KR Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 32 Power cleaning 1 4 3 34 Gap Adjustmen
208. ee Board C472 MAIN p 207 O Points to be checked 1 Check that the sensor functions properly Refer to 5 2 2 3 Sensors p224 in the self diagnostics menu 3 2 4 11 System interrupt watchdog time out 00010009 2 Check that the sensor is free from adhesion of any foreign matters O Explanation o In the data processing stage on the C472MAIN Board there may be a case where runaway or defective cash occurs on CPU or ASIC In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Remedy e Replace the CR_HP Sensor ASSY p 183 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 O Cause of trouble System trouble 3 2 4 13 PF home position sensor error 0001000B O Remedy Does not occur there is no function to detect PF home position Since the CPU or ASIC is deemed defective take the following action If this error is not cleared even when the power is turned off once and on again replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 Troubleshooting Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 14 Head slide PG home position sensor error 0001000C 3 2 O Explanation O During initial operation at power on or during head platen gap fluctuation change operation after paper setting there may be a case where the head slide home position can not be detected In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating O Cause of trouble e Home position detection error due to
209. eet Paper set lever is released Paper is thick for cleaning Paper jam Blink Paper cutting error Blink Paper not straight Blink Paper check error Blink Paper sheet eject failure Blink Fatal error Blink Reset timer IC reset NVRAM clear On Maintenance call On for 100ms at intervals of 5 seconds F W updating completed O Pause Table 1 24 Displayed functions Print ready Product Description On Indicator status Operating Panel Displayed functions In SelecType mode Table 1 24 Indicator status During pause During ink drying time During ink sequence Other errors Fatal error Reset timer IC reset NVRAM clear Ink end warning F W updating completed O Ink Out Displayed functions Out of corresponded ink No cartridge for corresponded ink Wrong cartridge for corresponded ink Illegal cartridge for corresponded ink Table 1 25 Indicator status Corresponded ink level low Fatal error Reset timer IC reset NVRAM clear F W updating completed O Maintenance tank Displayed functions Maintenance tank full No maintenance tank Table 1 26 Indicator status Maintenance tank almost full warning Fatal error Reset timer IC reset NVRAM clear F W updating completed 33 1 4 2 2 LCD Indications in Normal Mode
210. eflection of the Paper Guide L E After successful completion of the adjustment above proceed to the next item Paper Cutting Position Check p 271 Figure 5 74 Cutter Holder ASSY height adjustment Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 3 7 1 Paper Cutting Position Check Check the paper cutting position which has been adjusted as instructed in the previous section by cutting paper actually O Cutter Positioning Adjustment 1 Set paper minimum size about 10 cm wide x 20 cm in the paper path along the paper setting position on the right side of the printer then move the paper set lever to the front to hold the paper 2 Move the CR manually to the right edge of the paper then lower the cutter manually 3 While holding the bottom edge of the paper with one hand cut the paper with the cutter 4 seta gauge with minimum measuring units of 0 5 mm at the edge of the cutter level difference on the sub platen and check if the distance from the edge of the cutter level difference to the actual paper cutting position is within 0 5 mm 0 1 0 2mm 5 Ifthe measuring results are outside the standard loosen the 3 screws holding the paper guide L then carry out fine adjustment of the paper guide L s assembly position The length from the edge of the cutter level difference to the front edge of the paper where it was actually cut should be within 0 5 mm 0 1
211. emove two screws CUPS M4x8 BET EE ack screw H x 5 Remove the L side cover Figure 4 11 L Side Cover Removal 1 2 Screws CUPS M4x10 x2 Figure 4 12 L Side Cover Removal 2 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 2 4 I H Cover 1 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Open the I H Cover Lid Remove one black screw M3x6 then remove the lever cap See Figure 4 13 Be ee oh Remove two screws CBS M3x10 then remove the I H Cover and I H Cover Lid See Figure 4 13 For easy removal and installation of the I H Cover set the I H Lever in the raised Release position Screws CBS M3x10 x2 T H Cover Lid Figure 4 13 I H Cover Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 2 5 H Top Cover 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 us Remove the J H Cover p 164 Open the Front Cover ae a ee te From the left side remove one screw CUPS M4x8 See Figure 4 14 6 Remove the screw CUPS M4x8 at the front left of the printer 7 Remove the screw CUPS M4x8 at the front right of the printer 8 From the right side remove one screw CUPS M4x8 See Figure 4 15 9 To avoid damaging the P_THICK Sensor or P_THICK_0 3 Sensor bring down the Paper Set Lever toward you to the paper holding position
212. en remove the spindle support 3 Remove the two screws CPS M4x8 and one screw M4x12 securing the gray spindle support Spindle Support R on the right and then remove the spindle support See Figure 4 20 When installing the white spindle support Spindle Support R install the transparent washer wave washer and printer body frame on the outside of the Roll Paper Cover in the named order Spindle Support L Roll Paper Cover Figure 4 20 Roll Paper Cover removal Spindle Support R p Screw M4x12 Figure 4 21 Roll Paper Cover removal Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 2 9 Front Cover 1 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Open the Front Cover Push in the two hooks to the left of the cover and remove the Front Cover Support See Figure 4 22 Release the Front Cover Spring L from the Front Cover Spring Catch Shaft on the left side of the Front Cover See Figure 4 23 Remove the Plastic Stop Wheel E5 on the left side of the Front Cover and move the Front Cover Fulcrum Pin outward for its removal Release the Front Cover Spring R from the Front Cover Spring Catch Shaft on the right side of the Front Cover Remove the Front Cover from the Front Cover Fulcrum Pin R Install the Plastic Stop Wheels in the correct orientations respectively Plastic Stop Wheel E5 The cover switch holder installation position
213. er I C 3 atei Opener I C in the menu display must be understood as Draining Cartridge Install draining cartridges Enter Pause Dischrg washfluid Ink Dischg Skip 3 6 Y Completion of cleaning liquid filling Enter Set Cleaning I C O Procedure e In the flow as shown at right upon completion of the first step for ink discharge i oe au cartridges Enter Pause A ea leaning Head Wash Skip 3 enter the branch for Head Wash Skip and Enter End to skip the other ead Wash Skip 3 0 erations Yy Completion of cleaning liquid filling Enter P Set Opener I C 4 men Vv Install draining cartridges Enter Pause Dischrg washfluid Ink Dischg Skip 4 4 Vv Completion of cleaning liquid fi Please Remove I C 5 W Remove cartridges and press Enter Pause Execute Suction Enter End 5 Vv Completion of cleaning liquid filling Enter Adj Counter Clear ao o ng Enter Figure 5 57 Menu Transition for Head Cleaning justment Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 5 2 3 21 Counter Clear This function is to be used to initialize each counter value at the factory before shipment Never use this function on the service site If you operate all the counter values concerning ink system control will be lost and no ope
214. er Source bottom HEAD ALIGNMENT It always returns to Ready status with the Pause Saee ji Paper Source HEAD ALIGNMENT PAPER THKNS Same sequence Serete Paper Source Paper thickness sensor affects it PAPER THKNS STD ON k gt 3N lq gt 0 0mm k gt 1 6mm Enter Paper Sourc Paper Feed ALIGNMENT _ _ _ _ gt ALIGNMENT gt ALIGNMENT Bi D BLACK Bi DALI Uni D Paper Source Paper Source Paper Source Head gap PRINTING ALGNMNT eE adjustmen PATTERN Enter Enter Paper Source Paper Source 1 K1 le gt 1 K1 1 K2 gt 1 K2 5 gt personne Paper Feed SelecType i Enter Paper Feed 3 SelecType 4 Enter 1 K1 gt 1 K1 1Y 1 Y 1 Y gt 1 Y _ 5 5 Paper Feed SelecType Paper Feed J Enter Paper Feed gt J Enter 2 K1 gt 2 K1 2 K1 4 2 K1 2 K2 kp 2 K2 eee 5 5 Paper Feed Paper Feed z H Enter Paper Feed a 4 Enter eo 3 KI ene Hyo eY 5 5 Paper Feed 3 Ni Enter Paper Feed gt J Enter 8 K1 ep 3 KI 3 K2 ep 3 K2 5 5 Paper Feed Enter Paper Feed i 4 Enter BY eY BY eY __ 5 e 5 Paper Feed Enter Paper Feed Enter Figure 1 18 Level Structure of Gap Adjustment Menu Product Descripti Operating Panel
215. er clear PARAMETER BACKUP MODE MENU When this mode is selected you can execute NVRAM backup or writing This mode does not support any printing data In case printing data is sent normal operation is not guaranteed Only turning off the power works to terminate this mode Transition to any other menu is not allowed Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O How to change correction values 1 4 6 Paper feeding adjustment conversion table The adjustment conversion table has four 256byte screens in NVRAM The details are as follows 1 Pigment user table Table name Table 1 49 Description For pigment ink media can be changed by user 256byte 2 Dye user table For dye inku media can be changed by user 256byte 3 Pigment system table For pigment ink media cannot be changed by user 256byte 4 Dye system table For dye ink media user cannot be changed by user 256byte O Use during printing User table When the conversion mode is ON in the paper feeding adjustment conversion mode SN 0A the paper feeding adjustment setting SN 04 m2 parameter will be media ID and indicate user table address The value stored in this address is used as the paper feeding adjustment value However if the stored value is FFh the table is divided into three parts as shown below The m2 parameter of the paper feeding adjustment setting SN 04 to be used as the paper feeding adjus
216. er sieniniai e e E E Eei NEN E ER SE 90 3 2 2 2 Wrong paper SOUTO IS selected on panel CRE AE TERE ERSUN 126 3 2 2 3 Paper set lever is released during operation c cccceeseseeeteeteeeees 126 WG Interfaces oenn casee eae Reser Pb Ree a i 91 3 22A Paper set lever is teleased cas mAs eE EE EA EN 127 1 6 1 Parallel Intertace erna E te A eae E E 91 SOO Dieser ain oender ees Me crac n a aAA i D 127 LOIA Compatibility Mode sssssssssssesessosesensssesnnsnseeneseevnsonsennsensvensseennsentn 91 3 220 Front Cover Qpel eisenii niai e A T ER EEEE 127 126212 Nibble Mod6 2 E EE E EEE E E 93 O A vas cae Atsacheashts stamsttes aout pes tection 128 1 6 1 3 ECP Me sree vet andecunvenuvevucecvessyastroscssttvareteetaes 94 BD 8 Paper cilities Oar E e inasudeee uae diene wei 128 1 6 2 USB Interfaces E hee ek ese evens aa ee eae 95 SD 2G Paper OL SURI EN A O Covenss eee cette 128 1 6 3 Optional Intertace c3 aicuceses tie ei kee Mh hia ates Revd non a ia 96 3 2 2 10 Paper check error Paper eject error Sheet ccscccsssssecssssseessessesee 129 1L 6 4 Supplements si02 ch isha lee E ES E EE 97 3 2 2 11 Paper is too thick for cleaning cccccsssssscsssssssssssssssecsssssecsenseseee 129 1 7 Optional Units and Consumables cccccceesececceseesecesceeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseesseeaeeeaes 98 3 2 2 12 Not enough ink for cleaning c c ccecessesscessessessseseesssssesessesseesesseees 129 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 2 13 Ink tela
217. ervo interrupt watchdog time out 00010009 System interrupt watchdog time out 0001000A CR home position sensor error 0001000B PF home position sensor error 0001000C Head slide PG home position sensor error 0001000F CR motor PWM output faulty 00010010 PF motor PWM output faulty 0001001B Head driver TG temperature error 0001001D CR servo parameter error 0001001E PF servo parameter error 00010020 CSIC reed right error 00010022 Ink type error setting on printer body side 00010023 RTC analysis error 00010025 CSIC ROM communication error 00010026 RTC communication error 00010028 Head error 00010029 Unidentified NMI 0001002A CR ASIC ECU error 0001002B PF ASIC ECU error 00020000 NVRAM error Troubleshooting Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 3 2 2 Errors 3 2 2 1 Paper End End of roll Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE Table 3 4 PAPER OUT LED STATUS PAPER OUT LED lights up Explanation The error occurs in following cases O A Paper is not set O B The printer detects end of the roll In this time the paper feed roller holds and keeps the end of the roll O C The printer completed a printing on a sheet or detects end of the sheet In this time the paper feed roller holds and keeps the end of the sheet Recovery Troubleshooting O Set paper In the case of B and C above rem
218. et tail end and the drawn line and input the measured value Rear Sensor position correction Press the Enter key on the Rear Sensor Pos input screen and the display will change to Test Print REAR SENSOR POSITION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 1 Start the Self diagnostic Function Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Paper Feed Direction 2 Display Adj Rear Sensor Pos Paper Feed V SelecType gt Paper Feed A x5 3 Print the pattern Set a sheet of A3 size plain paper portrait and press Enter See Figure 5 36 4 Measure the distance Using a measuring rule measure the distance Input the measured value on the panel See Figure 5 37 Figure 5 37 Rear Sensor Position Adjustment Pattern Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 10 Platen Position Sponge Position Adjustment Enter Adjust Print Detect the position of each sponge on the platen See Figure 5 38 v Enter Printing Pattern E For Platen R input the deviation of the printed pattern from the left end of the frame in which the sponge nearest to the 1st home is embedded E For Platen L input the deviation of the printed pattern from the left end of the Printing end frame in which the 7th sponge counted from the home for Stylus Pro 7600 or Platen R the 9th sponge for
219. ether the front cover on the lower front of this printer is open or closed a cover sensor is mounted on the printer on the left side where the front cover opens and closes This sensor carries out control of operating and stopping of the CR motor and PF motor drive circuits via the MAIN board s logic circuit after detecting the cover s status This control is the same when the paper support level is in the release state CIRCUIT BOARD PLACEMENT The panel unit is located i the right front of the printer and the AC inlet power supply circuit board and the MAIN circuit board are mounted in the compartment on the printer s rear side AC Inlet Power Supply Circuit Board MAIN Circuit Board Board0l eps Figure 2 19 Circuit Board Layout Operating Principles Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 2 3 Outline of Control Circuit Board This section describes the operation of C472MAIN Board which controls and drives the printer mechanism of Stylus Pro 7600 9600 NOTE For details of each circuit refer to Chapter 7 Appendix p 281 O Explanation of major elements on C472MAIN Board Table 2 8 Major Elements Name Code Location Function SH 3 IC10 32 bit RISC CPU HD6417709A e Drive clock frequency 100 MHz System clock controller e CPU clock CY24242PVC IC602 SDRAM clock e Clock for I O control Custom ASIC 1 Print data processing e Rasterizer
220. etting is not available in the hex dump mode Using this function users can check that data has been sent correctly from the computer to the printer To terminate this mode stop printing with Pause button and shut off the power PANEL DISPLAY LANGUAGE SELECTION Users can select English French Italian German Spanish and Portuguese for display on the LCD with this mode Operating Panel 68 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A UNIT CHANGE Users can change length unit of LCD panel pattern print with this mode E METER meter m E FEET INCH Feet ft Inch in Unit of following messages can be changed Table 1 47 Message Feet Inch Panel LCD display xxxxft xxin Paper counter XXXXX XCM Job information display Paper used xxxxxxxcm2 xxxxxx xsqft Nozzle check pattern Current Paper Count XXXXX Xcm xxxxft xxin Previous Paper Count XXXXX XCM Xxxxft xxin Status sheet Use Paper XXXXXX xcm Xxxxft xxin XXXXXX xcm_ xxxxft xxin Job information print Paper used vertical XXXXXX xcmM__ Xxxxft xxin Paper used horizontal Note This function is available only for English PARALLEL I F MODE Users can switch parallel I F receiving speed with this mode ECP compatibility 1284 4 SETTING D4 Users can set 1284 4mode with this mode ON Product Description INK INFORMATION MENU It displays ink information recorded in CSIC e Manufact
221. feeding is ensured only in the following specifications Descuiption meine OL messes i cpi characters per inch O Paper Size Same as above list dpi dots per inch O Thickness 0 08 0 11 mm cps characters printed per second at 10 cpi 1 cps 2 54 mm s Oo 2 Weight Gee E ips travel in inches per second O Type Plain paper Recycle paper 1 ips 25 4 mm s of G Gravity NOTE 1 Paper is fed short edge first Generalambient conditions 2 Paper should have no wrinkles tears or folds and the surface should be Temperature 15 C 25 C smooth Humidity 40 60 3 Itis used under normal conditions temperature 15 25 C humidity 40 60 RH 4 300mm 400mm 500mm 600mm are supported for Europe 5 Mechanism clips print data out of over printable area for borderless print BORDERLESS PRINT WIDTH Borderless print for right and left is assured with following paper width 4 O Paper width Table 1 10 Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 10 12 14 16 20 24 36 44 mm mm mm mm mm Product Description Basic Specifications Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 1 2 5 3 Special Paper O Roll pigment Roll Pigment Doubleweight Matte Paper O Table 1 11 Availability with Special Paper Pigment Characteristic Media Size Paper Black INK thickness Auto Borde 210 10 30 12 14 16 50 20 22 60 24 36 44 mm cut
222. fications E Print paper size A4 E Font Built in font O Output procedure 1 Press the SelecType button on the control panel to enter the panel setting Ink Cartridge 3 menu 2 Press the Paper Feed A or Paper Feed V to display TEST PRINT MENU Note 1 3 Press the SelecType button to enter the item menu select status and then press the Paper Feed A or Paper Feed V again to display STATUS CHECK 4 Select the item by pressing the SelecType button again 5 Press the Enter button to execute status sheet printing O Explanation of contents 1 XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Color Adjust ID information ID1 4 2 XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Color Adjust ID information ID2M Type B Whether optional Type B I F is mounted or not Current Setting Setting contents of PRINTER SETTING MENU in SelecType mode 2 Version Installed firmware version Total Print Total number of printed sheets Use Ink Ink consumption counter value total cumulative consumption by printing flushing and cleaning oe Printer Status Mainte Tank Remaining ink volume in Maintenance Tank 1 Cutter Life Remainder of cutter life 2 CR Motor Remainder of CR motor life 2 PF Motor Remainder of PF motor life 2 Head Remainder of Print Head life 2 33 Cleaner Remainder of Cleaning Unit life 2 4 Product Description Operating Panel Manufature Display of manufacturer Ink Type Display of in
223. g fence e Defective motor Points to be checked 1 The CR Encoder and the T Fence must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters 2 The CR Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension 3 The carriage must slide smoothly free from undue load 4 Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor 5 8Q 5 Execute encoder checking by 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self diagnostics menu 6 All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire 7 Check the carriage home position sensor Remedy e Replace the CR Motor ASSY p 180 Refer to CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 263 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 e Replace the CR_HP Sensor ASSY p 183 e Replace the CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 Refer to CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position Adjustment p 268 e Replace the CR Encoder Scale Timing Fence p 184 e Check to see if the timing fence for detection of the encoder pulse is not installed correctly e Check for dirt paper dust or damage to the timing fence EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 8 CR motor overcurrent 00010006 3 2 4 9 CR motor in position time out 00010007 O Explanation O Explanation During CR Motor operation there may be a case where an abnormal current out of At carriage stop processing in CR Motor control there may be a case where the the specified limits is detected
224. g recognition as paper presence when there is no paper as a result of wrong detection of the rib of the platen by the edge sensor a paper width detected to be not greater than A4 size 20 mm is judged to be paper absence Edge sensor LED is turned off Figure 2 7 Paper Size Detection Sequence Left and Right Edges rint Mechanism Comp EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Paper size detection sequence front edge Conditions For execution of this processing the paper level threshold value must be known Execute this processing after detection of the right and left edges Error display Set the paper correctly When the paper width detection function is turned off use the paper size front position as the user paper setting position On the assumption that detection is not made by the edge sensors Operating Pri Front edge detection start Note 1 CR moves onto Fl_Box G50CPS ns CR moves to the paper left upper detection position While monitoring the edge sensor output PF moves in the negative direction picks up paper 40CPS PF stops if paper absence is detected negn Paper absence detected 9 sg While monitoring the edge sensor output PF moves in the positive direction gets paper off 5CPS The position where nagn paper presence is detected is judged to be the left front edge position of the paper 3 CR moves to the paper right upper detection position
225. g the Maintenance ASSY and remove the Maintenance ASSY from the printer body After installing the Maintenance ASSY insert the waste ink tube thin of the Pump Motor ASSY into the waste ink tube thick of the Flushing Box ASSY to the depth using tweezers gt aE a Pump ASSY Waste ink tube gt Waste ink tube thin pa Flushing Box ASSY q Disassembly amp Assembly Revision A Figure 4 72 Removing the Maintenance ASSY A gt Wastemaktube Yo Figure 4 73 Maintenance ASSY Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 6 2 Pump Motor ASSY 1 Remove the Maintenance ASSY See p 199 2 Remove the two M3x8 screws securing the Pump Motor ASSY to the Maintenance ASSY and remove the Pump Motor ASSY 4 6 3 Cap ASSY 1 Remove the Maintenance ASSY See p 199 2 Disconnect the tube which connect the Valve ASSY to the Cap ASSY 3 Remove the two screws securing the Cap ASSY and remove the Cap ASSY from the Maintenance ASSY Check for the points below when removing mounting the Cap ASSY Push the cap part down to the valve part and check that the cap part rebounds with spring force Check that the valve part is not dislocated Screws M3x8 x2 Pump Motor ASSY Figure 4 74 Removing the Pump Motor ASSY Figure 4 75 Removing the Cap ASSY Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Cle
226. ged Base f C oo f D e P ay Sasi a x SS a a Exclusive F730 tool Figure 4 54 PF Loop Scale Set Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 4 3 2 PF Loop Scale ASSY Affixing Procedure When assembling the PF loop scale unit the following exclusive tool should be used E Exclusive tool No F731 PF Loop Scale Affixing tool Code 1051767 The assembly procedure is given below 1 Set the PF loop scale ASSY s double sided tape side on the grid roller side align the internal diameter of the PF loop scale with the left end of the grid roller PF roller and set it lightly At this point the PF loop scale ASSY should not be fitted on the grid roller as far as it can go If the PF loop scale ASSY is placed on the grid roller by hand it could damage the PF loop scale ASSY s internal diameter and the distance from the center of the grid roller to the scale reading part would not be the same all around any more resulting in a drop in the encoder sensor s reading accuracy 2 Press the exclusive tool F731 against the PF loop scale ASSY from the outside then insert the grid roller in as far as the base plate carefully and affix it V a e PF Loop Scale ASSY lt a Revision A Exclusive F731 tool N Figure 4 56 Affixing the PF Loop Scale ASSY Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assemb
227. gin default Only right left margin can be set to 0 Top bottom margin is set with roll paper margin setting 4 sides no margin 1 cut Left right and top bottom margin can be set to 0 Cutting methods are following e After JOB is started it cuts off the paper edge with the minimum margin during printing There is no margin between pages during JOB It cuts off paper on the border of image After JOB is completed it cuts off paper at the end of image 4 sides no margin 2 cuts Left right and top bottom margin can be set to 0 Cutting methods are following e After JOB is started it cuts off the paper edge with the minimum margin during printing It cuts off paper at the end of image each page It cuts off paper after paper feeding with the minimum margin 3 1 When 4 sides no margin 2 cuts is selected vertical length will be 2mm shorter than actual print size after cutting 2 When roll paper cutter OFF and page line print ON page line is printed for each cutting position including page top cutting 3 We recommend 6cm for glossy paper and 10cm for other papers Product Description O No margin setting No margin mode Printer operation Table 1 32 Right left no margin No margin mode 4 sides no margin 1 cut Revision A 4 sides no margin 2 cuts L Driver setting No margin print No margin print Auto cut No margin print Auto cut Panel setting
228. go MANUFACT C RTG INFO MEN EPSON RIG S W Ink color CARTRIDGE C CYAN Ink type INK TYPE C PIGMENT DYE Ink capacity INK CAP C 110m1 220ml Ink remaining INK LEFT C EAE BRR F LOK F E F E F EF Product date PROD DATE C lt YY gt lt MM gt Expire date EXPIR DATE C lt YY gt lt MM gt Ink life after open INK LIFE C lt MM gt Month Passed time after open AGE C lt MM gt Month Operating Panel Item menu 1 Panel display Ink information M M CARTRIDGE Item menu 2 Panel display Manufacture logo MANUFACT M Table 1 46 Maintenance mode 1 setup items continued Setup value EPSON Ink color CARTRIDGE M MAGENTA Ink type INK TYPE M PIGMENT DYE Ink capacity INK CAP M 110m1 220m1 Ink remaining INK LEFT M Pep LHRH F LHRH F EF E E EF Product date PROD DATE M lt YY gt lt MM gt Expire date EXPIR DATE M lt YY gt lt MM gt Ink life after open INK LIFE M lt MM gt Month Passed time after open AGE M lt MM gt Month Ink information Lc Le CARTRIDGE Manufacture logo MANUFACT Lc EPSON Ink color CARTRIDGE Lc LGT CYAN Ink type INK TYPE LC PIGMENT DYE Ink capacity INK CAP LC 110m1 220ml1 Ink remaining INK LEFT LC EHRE ERE F EA F E F E F EF Product date
229. gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Cleaning times TCL1 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cleaning times TCL2 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cleaning times TCL3 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cleaning times TCL4 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Ink type replacement times lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink replacement date last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink replacement date 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink type replacement times lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink replacement date last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink replacement date 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink type replacement times lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink replacement date last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink replacement date 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink type replacement times lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink replacement date last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink replacement date 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink type replacement times lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink replacement date last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink treplacement date 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Ink type replacement times lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink type replacement last time lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink type replacement 2 times before lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Maintenance tank replacement times lt nnnnnnnnn gt
230. he cartridge has not been installed Enter INK CHARGING Figure 5 21 Menu Transition for QR Code Input Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 3 2 Input on Panel Rank Input In this mode select an input type to input a code by operating on the panel 2 Dyestuff ee el To the mode for selecting an input line for dye See Figure 5 22 A L INPUT LINE SELECTION Rank Input SelecType r 7 Pigment a To the mode for selecting an input line for In this mode select an input line on which you input the code by panel operation pigment See Figure 5 23 Figure 5 22 Menu Transition of Panel Input NOTE For pigment code input Pigment 1 Pigment 3 are displayed eS SSS Se ee eS ee 1 I Input Line Code input mode is entered by pressing SelecType key Y Dye 1 Paper Feed g Paper Feed A Input Line i Code input mode is entered by pressing SelecType key 2 Dye 2 Paper Feed vit Paper Feed A Input Line i Code input mode is entered by pressing SelecType key 2 Dye 3 rx Day Pigment Figure 5 24 Head Code Label Position Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Dye code input In this mode input a dye code by operating on the panel Dye 1 Paper Feed A Key The cursor is display
231. he current is increased to raise the running speed of the motor Thus this message appears to prevent the CR Motor from being overheated Cause of trouble e A small PWM output is kept on for a certain period of time load is kept applied e Carriage related mechanism out of step or carriage bumped Remedy Points to be checked 1 Check the load on the CR Motor e Running load of CR Motor check by manual operation e Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor 5 8Q e Damage to or wear in the CR Driven Pulley e Damaged or worn bearing of the CR Unit e Flaws in the CR Rail caused by roller running e Tension of the steel belt 2 Replace the CR Motor ASSY p 180 If the CR Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the same time 3 Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 16 PF motor PWM output faulty 00010010 O Troubleshooting Explanation There may be a case where a current exceeding the specified value flows during PF Motor operation In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating This error can be displayed in the following case an abnormal load which does not reach the level causing an out of step phenomenon 00010001 in the paper feed drive system has occurred and the running speed of the motor has been detected to be too low so that the current is increased to raise the running speed of the motor Thus this message app
232. he order of K LK C LC M LM Y from left to right Z n Ss E T n j alignment check i i Uni oe eng method 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD1 Large Figure 5 29 Pattern Horizontal Nozzle Alignment Check 360dpi Uni D 240CPS V SD2 Large 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD2 Small 360dpi Uni D 190CPS VSD4 Large Vertical nozzle The pattern is printed in the order of K LK C LC M LMY from left to right Figure 5 30 Pattern Vertical Nozzle Alignment Check alignment check Pattern drawing method 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD1 Small Middle Large S22 Figure I0 360dpi Uni D 240CPS VSD2 Small Middle Large 360dpi Uni D 190CPS VSD4 Small Middle Large Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 6 Check Skew Feed paper by a specified distance specify the distance on the panel read the paper edge position before and after paper feed with the edge sensor and check the difference ue ae iog Paper Feed A Key i ioure 5 2 Paper Feed V Key between the two readings See Figur e 5 31 Enter Setting possible in increments of 0 1 m 10 0m 0 1m After completion of initial operation input the value for paper feed distance Then the Edge Sensor will detect the paper left edge capping side and the printer will display Exc Skew the difference between the positions before and after paper feed If
233. he print heads and cap assemblies sealed during ink filling e If the cap assembly pump tubes have come off e If the life of the cleaning unit has expired e If the gear train between the pump motor and pump unit has been assembled improperly e If the cap assembly has failed The tension spring has come off the cap rubber is damaged etc e If the pump unit has failed The tubes are crushed etc Ifthe trouble occurs with a specific ink color e Abnormal connections between the ink cartridge ink holder tube damper print head Fastening nuts loose or the O ring deformed or damaged causing ink to leak etc could occur e Print head failure Ifthe trouble still has not been recovered from with the items up to this point replace the following electric system related parts and check again e Check the connections to the CR cable FFC long and if there is any damage to it or not e Check the connections to the head cables FFC short x 2 and if there is any damage to them or not e MAIN Board E If you replace the MAIN board or the print heads the connection state of the connection cables FFC should be checked Particularly in cases where the connector is inserted at a slant etc when the power is turned on it could cause destruction of the circuit and the insides of the heads so sufficient caution should be exercised Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision
234. ht Speed Bi D M W POL 240 cps 5 min Matte Paper Quality 720 x 360 Bi DFOL POL 9 min Glossy Photo Speed 720 x 360 Bi D 22POL 240 cps 8 min Paper Quality 720 x 720 Gl p Bi D 14POL 240 cps 13 min ossy Paper Heavy Weight Adv Photo 1440 x 720 Bi D 4 pass 240 cps 25 min Photo 2880 2880 x 1440 Bi D 4 pass 190 cps 55 min Note 1 Color high speed 360x180dpi mode for POP for all ink combinations of pigment dye 2 Black double speed mode for CAD supported with FW It is switched automatically with 2 BK ink cartridge installation dye PPI M W OFF Product Descri Stylus Pro 9600 Table 1 2 Throughput Stylus Pro 9600 Resolution Throughput EPSON meds Quality dpi A1 printing time Draft 360 x 180 Speed 360 x 360 Pseudo 4 color 3 5 min Bi D MF 240 cps 6 3 5 BKx2 min Bi D M W POL 240 cps 9 min Bi DFOL POL 17 min Bi D 22POL 240 cps 14 min Bi D 14POL 240 cps 24 min Adv Photo 1440 x 720 Bi D 4 pass 240 cps 46 min Photo 2880 2880 x 1440 Bi D 4 pass 190 cps 102 min Doubleweight Speed 360 x 360 Matte Paper Quality 720 x 360 720 x 360 Glossy Photo Speed Paper Quality 720 x 720 Glossy Paper Heavy Weight Note 1 Color high speed 360x180dpi mode for POP for all ink combinations of pigment dye 2 Black double speed mode for CAD supported with FW It is switched automatically with 2 BK ink car
235. ht Magenta ICLM24 E Maintenance Tank Yellow ICY24 E User s Manual E Driver amp User s Manual Note The 220 ml ink cartridges are supported only by Stylus Pro 9600 E EPSON GrayBalancer amp EPSON Printer Service Utility E Special paper Refer to 1 2 5 Paper Specifications p 15 for paper type and E Utility Software m oe i E Guarantee Card Maintenance tan E Card holder O Options Common to Other Printers E Carton Box Auto cutter blade PM90SPB E Leo 2 13 PRIFNW3S O Special Options E Fairbanks PRIF14 E Special stand PX70MCU E Manual cutter unit 24 PX70MCU E Normal tension spindle 24 lt 2 3 gt PX70RPSD E Black ink replacement kit Draining cartridge Cleaning cartridge Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 2 11 2 Accessories and Options for Stylus Pro 9600 O Special Consumables O Standard accessories E Ink cartridge 110 ml 220 ml only for pigment m AC Cable f Model Number ae Plug Adapter 3pin to 2pin 110 ml Standard Product 220ml Option apso sind F Photo Black ICBK24 ICBK25 44 2 3 inch roll paper spindle Matte Black ICMB24 ICMB25 HM Roll paper sample E Roll paper belt Light Black ICGY24 ICGY25 E Ink cartridges 110ml PK MK LK C M LC LM Y Cyan Oea Cers E Maintenance Tank Magenta ICLC24 ICLC25 E User s Manual Light Cyan ICM24 ICM25 E Driver amp User s Manual Light Magenta ICLM24 ICLM25 E
236. i 5 2 2 7 CSIC He No Error l I Information on each CSIC is displayed See Figure 5 12 EnA E i Menu transition for cartridge selection is shown at right No Ertek Error 5 j i No Error I 4 Error 6 i l No Error Figure 5 11 Menu Transition of Record of Errors CSIC 2 K Cart i y 4 CSIC I a LK Cart l ry 1 CSIC 2 C Cart 1 i CSIC I M Cart l l 4 4 i CSIC i LC Cart if l CSIC l LM Cart l i CSIC i Y Cart l l CSIC 7 MainteTank I ry I Figure 5 12 Menu Transition for Cartridge Selection Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A INTERNAL INFORMATION DISPLAY OF CSIC ee ee eee I Internal information on CSIC is displayed o tte Figure 5 13 shows menu transition for internal information display of CSIC 7 i K 0l 1B l a NOTE The indications on the LCD mean as follows p F I 00 27 Memory addresses 00H 27H in EEPROM of CSIC K 02 IC i i K Ink cartridge of which information is available y 4 24 j I KOs ID I 2 24 i K 04 TE i 7 FO
237. ice on site while following the precautions below Service technicians have to be extra careful not to cause any accident to the product or the user s environment Written E Since the power switch is mounted on the secondary circuit of the power supply circuit unless otherwise specified always turn off the printer using the power switch After all moving parts have stopped wait several seconds and then disconnect the power cable from the AC plug socket to prevent electric shock or circuit damage during service operations E The cover open sensor for detecting the open close condition of the front cover has an interlock switch that functions as a safety device Therefore it is prohibited to turn off this switch E A lithium battery is installed on the MAIN Board of this printer Be sure to observe the following instructions when servicing the battery E Keep the battery away from any metal Do not install the battery in the wrong direction This may cause burning or explosion E Do not heat the battery or put it near fire E Do not set the C472 MAIN board directly on top of any object which is conductive Be careful not to let ink get into your eyes or your skin If ink gets in your eye rinse them immediately with water Maintenance Overview When performing service and maintenance operations sufficient space should be assured surrounding the place where the work is performed The printer sh
238. ight Adjustment eee E Appropriate values Detection end lEnter ON OFF difference 040 or more ON level within OE0 0E8 EdgeAD NOTE The appropriate values are represented in hexadecimal notation 0A1 Paper to be used A3 plain paper 040 or more Within 0E0 0E8 ADJUSTMENT AND CHECKING PROCEDURE Figure 5 19 Menu Transition for Edge AD Adjustment 1 Start the Self diagnostic Function Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON 2 Set paper Set A3 size plain paper on the HP side 3 Display Adj Edge AD Paper Feed V SelecType gt Paper Feed V 4 Move the CR Unit By manual operation move the Carriage so that the Edge Sensor is positioned at the right edge of the A3 plain paper 5 Detect the adjusted values SelecType Enter 6 Check the values for properness Check that the values are within the respective ranges specified above If they are not within the ranges clean the sensor surface or replace it with a new one Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 3 Input Rank When the print head has been replaced input as the head rank the information specific to the head for setting the optimum drive voltage I I I See Figure 5 20 1 Rank Input Press SelecType key to enter the
239. ignal pattern bet IC34 and CN18 CN19 shortest thick wiring Width 5 mm or more i the with girdling 18 1 mt K o te C368 and C370 near F6 1 3 z For the signal lines between IC24 and IC34 use shortest 5 v gt 7 wiring and provide them with girdling l J oh 3 PIENE 2 F 7 Nr A E re the CS1 HWR and LWR signal lines of IC607 3 lt p thick wires and provide them with girdlin aaa m 29 Hy f ER 201013 READY Pra ot mounted 3 K 3 a A E teeventL he Not mounted LL provide girdling 4 4 e a on 3 Note e CLK48M line use connected to IC35 and CN11 use shortest wiring rovide it with ACK signal lines with girdling E iE and the 105th pin and the 111th pin and C3 the 1llth pin and the 121th pin Noe mounted 1 and the 121th pin and the 152th pin and near between the 25th pin and the 33th pin i 6 3 and near between the 73th pin and the 77th pin A and near d between the 144th pin and the 154th p 3 i and near pin of 1035 7 and near the 100th pin of IC35 i Yellow Black j Not mounted t mounted Not mounted Mounted
240. ine ink Y lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Total ink use Others Y lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times P K K in slot 1 for dye model 110ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times P K K in slot 1 for dye model 220ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times L K K in slot 2 for dye model 110ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge replacement times L K K in slot 2 for dye model 220ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times M K 110ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times M K 220ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times C 110ml lt nnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times C 220ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times M 110ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times M 220ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times LC 110ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times LC 220ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times LM 110ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times LM 220ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times Y 110ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Ink cartridge rep acement times Y Operating Panel 220ml lt nnnnnnnnnn gt 74 EPSO
241. ing speed e e e d f table dot 1 2 1 Print Specifications CR Sere ve a a 360 1112 mm 43 78 inches 15762 240 cps O Printing On demand ink jet 720 1112 mm 43 78 inches 31524 240 cps O Nozzle configuration 1440 1112 mm 43 78 inches 63048 240 cps E Black 192 nozzles Black1 Black2 96 nozzles each 2880 1112 mm 43 78 inches 126087 190 eps E Color 480 nozzles cyan magenta light cyan light magenta yellow 96 nozzles each H Nozzle pitch 0 141mm 1 180 inch for each color 1 2 2 Character Specification O Printing direction O Character tables 2 international character sets Bi direction with logic seeking high speed return high speed skip only PC 437 US Standard Europe O Printing speed and printable area PC 850 Multilingual E Character mode NOTE This specification is not described in the user s manual e Character quality high quality O Typeface e Character pitch 10 cpi Bit map LQ font EPSON Courier 10 cpi e Printable area NOTE This specifications is not described in the user s manual Stylus Pro 7600 237 characters at 10 cpi 8 561 dots 360dpi Stylus Pro 9600 437 characters at 10 cpi 15 840 dots 360dp1 1 2 3 Control Code e Printing speed 240 cps max nae E Graphic Mode O Control code ESC P Raster Table 1 4 Graphics Modes Stylus Pro 7600 ESC P3 Horizontal resolution Printable area Maximum number prin ting speed NOTE This specifications is not described in the user s manual dpi
242. ing storage 0 50G 10 55Hz X Y and Z directions Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 2 9 4 Surrounding Space y Stylus Pro 7600 Provide the printer with an enough surrounding space to ensure proper installation of without stand accessories and replacement of consumables and easy work for daily maintenance O From the front of the printer 60 cm or more 15 cm or more O From the rear and both sides of the printer 15 cm or more 15 cm or more 60 80 cm or more E When Stylus Pro 7600 is not equipped with the dedicated stand Stylus Pro 7600 ejects paper downward To prevent the ejected paper from being obstructed install the printer on a table or desk 60 to 80 cm high above the floor and provide the printer with a 60 cm or more space in front In doing so locate the front rubber feet of the printer close to the front end of the table or the desk ee 15 cm or more Stylus Pro 7600 with stand Stylus Pro 9600 15 cm or more 15 cm or more 60 cm or more Shown above is Stylus Pro 7600 Figure 1 3 Surrounding Space Product Description Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 2 10 Overall Dimensions 604 94 Figure 1 4 Overall Dimensions of Stylus Pro 7600 O Dimensions of Unit Note 1 For rearward paper eject the paper exit tray is brought down toward the rear Model Condition Width W x Depth D x Height H mm
243. ing to the paper Check to see if dust containing ink foreign matters or paper is adhering to the side surface of the head Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 3 4 Smudged or Marred Printout Reverse side 3 3 5 White or Black Banding in the carriage running If smudging or marring of the paper back surface with ink occurs the following items direction should be checked If white or black banding uneven density in parallel with the carriage running 1 Check to see if there isn t ink adhering to the paper feed path If there is ink direction appears on your printout check the following points adhering it should be wiped off 1 Nozzle Check Pattern Printing p 45 E Sub platen A B Surface Select Adj Check Nozzle in the Adjustment p 230 menu by the self diagnostic function Check the following points E Grid roller surface Paper guide L surface E Dot missing E Head ID setting value Paper guide L2 surface 2 One likely cause of ink adhering to the above parts is the following cause If dot missing is found execute head cleaning If deemed necessary select and execute Power cleaning p 60 in the SelecType mode or Cleaning p 259 by self diagnostic function If the Head ID value is wrong set the correct value E Paper feeding at a slant during printing at the point when 1 page is finished E The ink absorbing sponge for borderless printing i
244. ing unit are described below CR Motor CR BE Sensor i ih i 2 2 Carriage Mechanism Unit Carriage Moving Unit O CR_HP Sensor Carriage Home Position Figure Carriage Mec uae ge Moving U This is a transmissive photosensor which is mounted on the right end of the printer mechanism and detects the entry position of the flag projection provided on the carriage as the carriage moving home position Outputs from this sensor are OFF in the HP range and ON outside the HP range O CR encoder sensor Linear Encoder This encoder is mounted on the back of the carriage and outputs pulses 2 channels corresponding to the position of the slit on the timing fence that is incorporated into the CR guide rail which are used for CR motor servo control and PTS Print Timing Signal generation The resolution is 1 180 inch Operating Principles Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A PRINT HEAD 2 258mm 2 258mm MEA i ETE R 32 360inch 32 360inch t t t t t Stylus Pro 7 9600 employs a single print head which incorporates both functions JIsimm PN ERG An E for black and color The preceding model has two print heads namely head B and 32 360inch 112 360inch 112 360inch 112 360inch head C 7 TOT TOT g 2 The print head incorporates a thermistor According to the temperature around the head 5
245. ion position Paper right edge pos 27 5mm In the figure below the left upper leading edge is handled as the paper size front position On the assumption that the paper front edge is not correctly perpendicular to the paper feed direction Solid Line Paper l Broken Line Printable i Area l Detection position for left upper leading edge position position Edge sensor LED is turned off CH Figure 2 8 Paper Size Detection Sequence Front Edge rint Mechanism Comp EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A E Simplified detection sequence for left and right edges skew check Note 1 Paper presence position 215 4 mm fi 7 r Paper absence position 132 9 mm When the paper width detection function is turned off left and right edge LED turns off upon completion of skew check detection skew check is not carried out vdi Printing area MIN position r 142 9 mm 4 0 mm Reserved width Error display Left and right edge A4 size 210 0 mm 20 0 mm 190 0 1 Set the paper correctly detection start mm 2 PAPER NOT STRAIGHT CR moves to the paper presence position 100CPS Flashing during acceleration on Fl_Box Moving to paper absence position Threshold value is calculated during moving to paper presence position After determination of threshold value edge sensor LED is kept on x1 Transition to this sequence is allowed only at inter page skew checking at
246. ion to prevent irregular printing O Strong cancel data When 16KB DC1 is sent to the head of each job the printer performs a special initialization operation Refer to 1 4 9 Initialization p 86 for this initialization operation O Skip reading of irregular data E Unprintable characters It doesn t print characters including ASCII code with text print mode Table 1 50 Unprintable hexadecimal code Control character code Code Character Code Character Code Character BS HT NL LF VT NP FF CR SO SI NOTE OAh 0Ch ODh 11h and 1Bh are ESCP command supported by the printer The printer judges the command and decides to print it E Job timeout Refer to 1 4 3 10 Job Timeout Setting p 42 Product Description 1 4 9 Initialization There are three kinds of initialization method 1 4 9 1 Hardware initialization This printer is initialized when power to the printer is turned on O For initialization printer operates as follows E Initializes printer mechanism Clears input data buffer Clears print buffer E Sets default values 1 4 9 2 Software initialization O The printer is initialized also by the ESC command E For initialization printer operates as follows e Clears print buffer e Sets default values O Cancel enhancement data DC1x16kbyte initializes the printer For initialization printer operates as fo
247. isconnect the power cable from the printer body is turned on the ink initial refilling operation starts If initial 4 Remove the cover at the rear of the printer body and insert the ROM DIMM prepared refilling is not necessary be sure to start the printer by the at step 1 into the dedicated socket following procedure Start the Self diagnostic function when the power is turned On Select Parameter Update under Check Parameter Select Update I nkParameter Select Reset in Init Fill Turn the printer s power switch Off then turn it On again The correct firmware data file should be used to match the download method Turn on the power to the printer body The firmware will be installed automatically and installation will be completed Turn off the power switch and disconnect the power cable from the printer body Pull the ROM DIMM out of the dedicated socket gv FR eN ES O o Noy Turn on the power to the printer body and check the firmware version 5 1 6 2 Firmware Installation through Interface This section describes the procedure for firmware installation through the parallel interface as an example ETI AA Set the parallel interface in the compatibility mode POINT 1 Connect the host PC to the printer with the parallel cable 2 Turn on the power to the printer body U Check the firmware version SelecType key gt PRINTER STATUS MENU gt VIRSI
248. ision A 1 4 3 30 Job information O Job information pena can O Definition of Job This printer saves following job information 68byte x 10job in NVRAM The minimum unit of printer operation is defined as Job with this printer The Table 1 37 Job information job print information with character image can be saved as a record a Information Explanation Basic print job functions are followings p The quantity of saved The quantity of saved job Note Cleaning is not defined as a Job because it can be executed during printing job information information in NVRAM Information No Saving order 0 9 ID No Job ID No 0 255 255 0 1 e Using I F Using I F type 00 Unknown 01 Parallel 02 USB 03 Option I F Count Start p 1s FFF is not used Job status Current job status 00 Unknown 01 Printing 02 Complete 03 Abort Information saving Information saving Printable Count End Count End Character strings code Character code recognizing code JE Complete JE Cancel Job ID Job name consisting of host User name 1 6byte Figure 1 14 Printing Job Transition name and document name Document name 32Byte Ink used Ink used quantity for intended 0 65 535 ml job ml Paper used Paper used Vertical mm 0 65535 quantity for Horizontal mm 0 65535 intended job Print start time Print start time 2255 12 31 24 59 MAX Y ear month date hour minute Time used for print
249. it in the Carriage Unit and take out the CR Board Unit toward the front See Figure 4 37 oe Remove one screw CPP M3x8 securing the CR_ENC ASSY ground line and washer M3 Then remove the CR_ENC ASSY See Figure 4 38 AM m After assembling the CR ENC the following adjustments should be i REQUIRED made d M 5 1 4 8 CR Encoder Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 215 a a A a D W Figure 4 38 CR Encoder Sensor Removal 2 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 3 6 P_EGDE Sensor ASSY 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the J H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 Sy ee ee a Remove one screw CPP M3x6 two screws CP W M3x6 and one screw M3x16 securing the CR Board Guide and also the ground line and the toothed washer M3 and remove the CR Board Guide See Figure 4 30 6 Disconnect the connector 4 pin black for the P_ EDGE Sensor from the CR Board If you can not disconnect easily the connector for the P_EDGE Sensor do not disconnect it by undue force Disconnect the two FFCs for the print head first and then the connector for the P_EDGE Sensor 7 Remove the two screws securing the CR Board Unit in the Carriage Unit and take out the CR Board Unit toward the front See Figure 4 39 8 Remove the one screw M3x6 securing the ED
250. ith any paper for which auto cutting is prohibited otherwise the head would be damaged AUTOMATIC CUTTING OF ROLL MEDIA Automatic cutting under the following conditions can only be performed on the approved media O Mechanical conditions E Distance between cut position and paper setting position LO 167mm E Distance between cut position and cutter mark L1 44mm E Minimum cut length same as paper edge waiting position L2 030mm Revision A Table 1 17 Cutting Conditions and Cutting Methods Cut condition Cut method Initial cut Cut with pushing Cut Eject button after paper is set and set lever is pushed down Paper is fed for L1 length and cut in 4 steps 50cps Cut after print completed by driver 4 step cut 200cps When paper is shorter than L2 it is cut after feeding L2 Initial cut during printing Cut during printing is not allowed with this printer Product specification Initial cut during normal waiting status Paper is fed for L1 length and cut in 4 steps 50cps Initial cut with Auto cut ON after print with Auto cut OFF 4 step cut 200cps when paper is longer than L2 4 step cut 50cps after feeding L2 when paper is shorter than L2 Cut with Paper width detection OFF 3 step cut always 100cps fixed Note Cutting pressure at high speed can be changed Cutting pressure at low speed is Duty 45 fixed Paper edge waiting position is fed
251. j stment iener a R E E TE wea ces 230 5 2 3 1 Rear AD Adjustment sssssssssseeesessessesrseesteeesersessrsresessesessrsresesreseese 231 5 2 3 2 Edge AD Adj stment csere e i e NER 232 Ae R Aa SJEA ETa E E T E 233 5 22 34 Write D A Vale iesenii ii oa e RA E a ea 236 52 CHECKIN OFZ Satan ties tne R E A EEA 237 5 12 36 Check Skew codina e ae a Tere a e 238 5 2 3 7 Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment s sessessessessesessessstseesrereserses 239 5 2 3 8 Top amp Bottom Adjustment s sssseseeseseesseseestserstereseesessesssesresessesses 242 5 2 3 9 Rear Sensor Position aimsin ai ae e E AETIA 243 5 2 3 10 Platen Position Sponge Position Adjustment s sssssseseseeeeseesee 244 5 2 3 11 Platen Position Checking ccecceceseeseceseeeeceseeeteeeeeseenseeseeeseenees 245 5 2 3 12 Head Slant Checking sissen ien 246 5 2 3 13 Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment 248 5 2 3 14 Parameter Copying ccesecscesessecescesseeececesecesceseeneceseeeeeeseeeaeenees 251 5 2 3 15 Bi D2 Adjustment PG 0 7mM ceecceeeseeeeceseeeeeeeceseeeneeneeenes 251 5 2 3 16 Bi D3 Adjustment PG 2 1MmM ce ceeeceeeseeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeneeseeenes 251 5 2 3 17 Round Trip Print Position Bi D Adjustment Checking 252 5 2 3 18 Head Gap Adjustment Uni D Adjustment 0 ee eceeeserteeees 253 5 2 3 19 Test Pattern Printing eccecceeccesseeecseceseceeceseeecesceeensceeeeeneeneeenes 255
252. k kind Ink Color Display of ink color Ink Capacity Display of capacity to contain ink Ink Left Display of volume of remaining ink 1 Production Date Year and month of manufacture Expire Date Expiration of guaranteed period for use Ink Life Guaranteed period for use after unpacking Passed Time having elapsed after unpacking Printable Sheet Number of sheets which can be printed with the remaining ink calculated value Details of display of remaining ink volume in Maintenance Tank 100 81 80 61 60 41 40 21 20 10 Less than 10 0 End Exe F Exxx F Exxx F Ex x F Ex F nn 0 Details of display of remainder of cutter life CR motor life PF motor life Print Head life or Cleaning Unit life 100 81 80 61 60 41 40 21 20 1 Less than 1 Exe Ex F Exx F E F E F F F The ink cartridge information is displayed based on the information inside the CSIC on the ink cartridge This Color Adjust ID information ID1 is the same as can be checked through the printer driver 46 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 XX XX XX XX XX XX XX 2 XX XX XX XX XX XX XX Type B Uninstalled Current Setting Printer Status t Platen Gap Standard Version BWxxxx P Page Line On Total Prints TXXXXXX Interface Parallel Use Ink XXXXXX Code Page PC437 Use Paper 1 XXXXXX
253. k record initialization Waste ink counter CR motor record initialization CR motor round trip count PF motor record initialization PF motor travel Lever record initialization Paper presser lever up and down count Cover record initialization Cover Open Close count Ink lever record initialization Ink lever up and down count EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Ini Enter Initialize OK All Pause ee J Ini Init Parameter R Capping Position p m Ini PF Resolution arses d ry a Initialize Tni i Serial No 4 ini q Head Record 4 Ini Wiping Record 4 ry Ini 2 Rubbing Record 4 Tni WasteInk Record 4 EJ Ini z CR Motor Record 4 rN Ini 2 PF Motor Record 4 Tni Lever Record px Ini Cover Record 3 4 Tni P Ink Lever Rec Figure 5 63 Menu Transition for Parameter Initialization Adjustment Self diagnostic Function Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 5 3 2 CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment This adjustment is necessary for service operations that require you to remove loosen the CR Motor or CR Steel Belt When replacing or re installing the CR Steel Belt you need to confirm the tension of the CR Steel Belt Tighten or loosen the screws on the Driven Pul
254. l Measure the side margin Using a measuring rule measure the side margin Input the measured value on the panel Measure the feed correction value Using a measuring rule 1000 mm and the scale stopper measure the longitudinal line length Input the measured value on the panel Revision A Bottom margin 14 0mm e A The central print pattern among the patterns as shown above is POINT intended for use as a datum line on which the measuring rule is to be placed E Even if you have left the Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment mode by mistake you can restore the relevant adjustment display without reprinting the pattern by pressing Paper Source lt when Enter Adjust Print is displayed Longitudinal line length 1000 0mm Ya Side margin Top margin 3 0mm 3 0mm Figure 5 33 Print Pattern for Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment Self diagnostic Function Paper Feed Direction T_BOl eps EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 8 Top amp Bottom Adjustment Conduct printing and paper cutting and input the distances between the Front Sensor and the Head between the Cutter and the Head and between the Edge Sensor 0 and the Printing Pattern Head printing start position to adjust the top bottom and side margins Paper Feed A Key Paper Feed V Key Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm Top Length 3
255. l of the page printer changes as ROM A Erasing ROM A Format error send the parameter backup utility file PBU16 RCC from the PC Transfer of the utility file is completed when the LCD on the control panel of the page 3 printer changes as ROM A Writing gt ROM A Format error Then the ROM i DIMM can be used for parameter backup work 4 5 6 Overview EXECUTION OF PARAMETER BACKUP 1 Remove the Access Cover at the rear of Stylus Pro 7600 9600 and set the prepared ROM DIMM in the ROM DIMM slot on the Main Board Turn on the power to the Stylus Pro 7600 9600 and the LCD on the control panel will display Write F gt M Push M gt F Upon passage of 5 seconds without pressing any button on the control panel parameter backup will automatically be executed The contents of NVRAM F on the Main Board will be copied onto ROM DIMM M Backup is completed when the LCD on the control panel changes as Flash gt ROM DIMM gt End Success Turn off the power to Stylus Pro 7600 9600 and take the ROM DIMM out of the slot on the Main Board 5 1 5 3 Others If you would like to prepare two or more ROM DIMMs of the same contents as those of the ROM DIMM prepared at PREPARATION above follow the following procedure for efficient work 1 Prepare the EPSON page printer AcuLaser C8600 Install the flash ROM DIMMs in the optional ROM DIMM slots on the Main Board of
256. l the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or Refer to CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 263 broken wire e Correct the carriage home position O Remedy e Remove the foreign matters Clean the timing fence e Replace the CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 Refer to CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position Adjustment p 268 e Replace the CR Motor ASSY p 80 Refer to CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment p 263 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 e Replace the CR_HP Sensor ASSY p 183 Troubleshooting Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 10 Servo interrupt watchdog time out 00010008 3 2 4 12 CR home position sensor error 0001000A O Explanation O Explanation During the CR Motor or PF Motor operation there may be a case where watch dog During initial operation at power on or during printing operation there may be a time out is detected in the DC motor control circuit or on the ASIC In such a case case where the home position can not be detected at the home position detection this message is displayed and the printer stops operating timing or within a specified period of time In such a case this message is C Case ottrouble displayed and the printer stops operating System trouble O Cause of trouble O Remedy o plate deeenon error due to no change in the signal from the CR home Since the cause is deemed to be a defective CPU or ASIC replace the MAIN Poe
257. last time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date LgtMagenta 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor LgtMagenta 2 times before lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Each color ink replacement date Yellow this time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt jption Operating Panel 75 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value Each color ink vendor Yellow this time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Maintenance information Each color ink replacement date Yellow last time lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt menu Ink 2 MENUB Each color ink vendor Yellow last time lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt MAINTINFO Each color ink replacement date Yellow 2 times before lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Each color ink vendor Yellow 2 times before lt XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX gt Product Description Operating Panel 76 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value Roll paper setting times lt nnnnnnnnn gt Sheets setting times lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Roll paper width 1 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Roll paper width 1
258. lation p 219 O Adjustment items steps Wte A When Parameter Backup has been executed make the POINT following Procedure B adjustment by Procedure A in Table 5 4 below there is no need of 2 Adjustment procedure when parameter backup can not be executed O Work operations after adjustment E Replacing the maintenance tank and resetting the maintenance tank life counter Table 5 4 Required Adjustment Items Main Circuit Procedure Bx Procedure Ael Adjustment Item lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON 1 Replace the maintenance tank with a new one 2 Start Maintenance Mode 2 Power OFF Paper Source Eject Paper Feed Power ON 3 Clear the counter CLEAR COUNTERS gt MAINTE TANK NOTE For details refer to 1 4 5 Maintenance Mode 2 p 70 Rear Sensor AD Adjustment Edge Sensor AD Adjustment Initial Charge Flag Clear Head Rank ID Checking Head Rank Input Head Nozzle Checking Cleaning Head Slant Checking Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment WO COL NV DY TY HB W NHN eH Rear Sensor Position Adjustment ja me Platen Position Adjustment Flash Point Adjustment Adjustment Overview 213 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 1 4 3 CR Motor Adjustment 5 1 4 4 PF Motor Adjustment Described below are
259. le 1 38 Relationship between Pattern Numbers and Paper Thickness 00H 04H m2 and setting value with SN menu of Maintenance model Number and uses this setting value Paper thickness Ink drying time Ink drying time for each pass is set The carriage stops at the right left sides of paper for setting time 5 Enter cutting pressure Paper suction Paper suction is set to make paper stable on the platen Select LOW Select cutting method for thin paper film which is difficult to feed Enter the paper feeding adjustment value MW print adjustment Micro weave mode is adjusted When print speed has priority lower the setting value When quality has priority raise the setting value Select paper suction j i Note 1 When STD is selected for Paper selection Paper thickness detection pattern print 0 Select MW print quality adjustment P p P p Paper thickness number selection Paper feeding adjustment setting items are not displayed Only when Paper 1 10 is selected they are displayed 6 7 8 Enter the ink dying time for each pass 9 1 NOTE 1 Paper setting can be made independently for any paper number 2 During pattern printing PRINTING ALGNMNT PATTERN is displayed 2 For details of patterns refer to Print paper thickness detection pattern p l lt n gt is new line 58 3 Default display of paper thickness number selection is the number same as g
260. letely 5 After recovery of cutter error See 3 2 2 8 Paper cutting error p 128 Recovery In case of 1 2 3 user should set the paper again according the User s guide exactly If the top of the paper has indentation it should be trimmed In case of 4 5 the ejected portion of paper top should be removed and then user set paper again User can cut the portion using auto cutter after paper set lever is lifted up in this time it shifts to RELOAD PAPER horizontal position is reset straight paper set lever is pushed down roll paper auto cut is selected and Paper Cut Eject button is pushed if the paper cutting is possible Troubleshooting 3 2 2 11 Paper is too thick for cleaning Table 3 15 Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE REMOVE PAPER LED STATUS PAPER OUT LED is blinking Evolanad This error occurs when cleaning is executed although a paper Ap aaan thickness of with1 2mm is set Reever Cleaning is executed automatically when paper is removed and the paper set lever is set 3 2 2 12 Not enough ink for cleaning LCD PANEL MESSAGE Table 3 16 Description NOT ENOUGH INK LED STATUS INK OUT LED goes on Explanation This error occurs when cleaning is executed although the amount of ink necessary for cleaning is not left in each ink cartridge The amount of ink necessary differs with each cleaning Timer CL and others are excluded Recovery Error Display
261. ley to increase or decrease the tension 5 3 Mechanism Adjustment 5 3 1 Overview This section describes the mechanism adjustments you need to perform when mechanical parts have been replaced or removed The relationship between parts and required adjustments are as follows O No special tools are required Table 5 29 Required Mechanism Adjustments NOTE For details refer to CR Motor ASSY p 180 Item Description See w T s At reinstallation of the CR Timing my ae A CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment Belt adjust its tension as specified p 263 PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment eee oing ze dining Belts p 264 adjust its tension as specified At reinstallation of the P_ THICK P_THICK_0 3 P_THICK Sensor sensor or P_THICK_0 3 sensor make 265 Mounting Plate Position Adjustment adjustment for paper thickness P detection Cover Sensor ASSY Mounting Position Adjust the mounting position of the p 267 Adjustment Cover Sensor is Adjust the CR E ti CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position di Wan C neoder nila position on the CR Unit using the p 268 Adjustment i dedicated tool FA Adjust the cutter position using the 269 Cutter Positioning Adjustment He cee p 26 Paper Cutting Position Check Check the result of the adjustment p 271 made above Paper Cutting Position Check Aoust Me HF eneeier pesien ustaa P272 a the dedicated tool Figure 5 64 CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment
262. llows e Clears print buffer e Sets default values e Immediately cut only when some printing remain on the paper 1 4 9 3 Panel initialization The printer is initialized when the Pause button is pressed for more than 3 seconds or the printer recognizes the INIT signal O For initialization printer operates as follows E Eject a paper If roll paper it cuts paper skipping print part when Paper Source Auto Cut it doesn t cut when Paper Source Cutter Off with SelecType Cap the print head Clears input data buffer Clears print buffer Sets default values Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 10 Default Setup Values 1 4 10 2 Ink Type Setting ae In ink type setting during initial operation dye ink will not be recognized if the switch 1 4 10 1 Initial Setting for Operation No 6 of the DIP Switches SWD600 on the Main Board of the printer Default setup values are as follows The parameters for items that may be saved for Ink Type is not set NPD 0 by ink detection at panel setup default setup and remote commands are used as default values ferent cose S E es ra vot et by aoe Enon a PNE On with the cartridges installed and without any other error In such a case check the Page position Current paper position as page start position position of the switch No 6 of the DIP Switches E Line feed 1 6 inch E Left margin Stylus Pro 7600 237th character Stylus Pro 9600 437th
263. lt mm gt indicates conversion value of lt nn gt designated with mechanism 1 4 5 Maintenance Mode 2 sequence command e Conversion tables are XX1 XX2 OUTLINE e When lt mm gt FFh applicable input value is not converted O Startup The maintenance mode 2 is selected by switching power ON while pushing the Paper source Cut Eject and Paper Feed V buttons E Operation e The cursor shifts between lt nn gt and lt mm gt with SelecType button and Paper Source button e The value pointed with the cursor increases decreases with Paper Feed AV O Operation buttons 1 The setting menu select mode is selected after power ON e Setting value is saved into NVRAM with Enter button 2 Each setting menu is displayed one after another by pressing Paper Feed AV O Paper feed adjustment offset buttons in the setting menu select mode It is shifted to setting item select Offset value is set to add to the actual paper feed adjustment value The setup menu by pressing the SelecType button value is always valid regardless of mechanism sequence command Paper feed Setting menu is displayed on the upper line and Setting item is displayed adjustment mode setting on the lower line 3 The setting menu is displayed one after another by pressing Paper Feed AV buttons in the setting item select mode It is shifted to setting value select mode of the setting item by pressing the SelecType button Setting item is displayed on the upper line
264. ly Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 7 Disassembly and Assembly of Circuit Boards This section describes the procedures for removing the Power Supply Board Main i eu z ae Board C472MAIN and AC Inlet 4 7 1 Power Supply Board Unplug the AC power cable and wait at least five minutes before removing the Power Supply Board to make sure there is no residual power left in the board s capacitors 1 Remove the Rear Cover p 166 2 Disconnect the following connectors from the Power Supply Board Table 4 5 Connectors on Power Supply Board Connector No Pins Color Connection Notes CNO01 3 White AC inlet Lock type CN301 12 White C472MAIN Lock type 3 Remove the eight screws CPS M4x8 securing the Power Supply Board and then remove the Power Supply Board Figure 4 80 Power Supply Board Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Circuit Boards EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 7 2 AC Inlet Screw M4x8 toothed washer Unplug the AC power cable and wait at least five minutes before removing the Power supply Board to make sure there is no residual power left in the board s capacitors 1 Remove the Rear Cover p 166 2 Disconnect CN001 from the Power Supply Board See Figure 4 81 3 Remove the one screw M4x8 and toothed washer M4 fastening the AC Inlet Ground Cabl
265. ly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism cceeeseeeee 171 4 3 Print Head siisii niendee tinal tania ebul denna 171 A352 Damper AS SY re e rea Eet aa oA RA EATER nA EEE ONAE DAE eelan EE AAT Ear feats 173 433 CR Board ASS E ENNE E NS 174 43 A CutterS ection TE A aston E E E RA a aa 175 434 1 C tter Holder ASSY ea a Rei eRe 175 Ad e EAR EAE LITEA e10 ATON La APAA EE E E E 177 4 3 5CR Encoder Sensor ASSY cc ccectesseccccsgeseecseeetevssceaceeede neous ceteris eieieese ies 178 4 3 6 P_EGDE Sensor ASSY ou ececesscsssscssssceceececsececeececeseecsaeecsaeeceassesaeseeaees 179 SINCER Motor ASSY oiii Qed ets ioh elie salve Peek deen aoe 180 4 3 8 HEAD SLIDE Sensor ASSY oo ccecceecesseeeseeeesceeeeeeceseeceseeceseeaeeeeeeseeeeees 182 439 CR HP Sensor ASSY diciicsevetecccresceidecevaecdsasecescoudesdesecesevdes N 183 4 3 10 CR Encoder Scale Timing Fence ss seessesseeeeseeessseseesessesessesresreresersese 184 4 4 Disassembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism ccccesseseeseeetees 185 AAt PEMONT E E Giaieceaaecnneeenation 185 4 4 2 PF Encoder Sensor ASSY o eccccceesecseeesecseceeeecesceseceeceeeeeeeeseeseeeseeeeeenees 186 4 4 3 Cautions when replacing the PF Loop Scale ceeeeeseesceseeetereeeseenees 187 4 4 3 1 Assembly Procedure for the PF Loop Scale ASSY e eee 187 4 4 3 2 PF Loop Scale ASSY Affixing Procedure 0 ccccceceseeseeseeeteeeeees 188 4 4 A Suction Fans iiie ie feeds aE edie
266. ly of Paper Feed Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 4 4 Suction Fans 1 Remove the Paper Guide L2 p 168 2 Remove the two screws CP W M4x8 and one screw CP W M4x40 securing the fan duct and then remove the fan duct 3 Disconnect the fan connector and harness 4 Remove the one screw CP W M4x8 securing the fan and remove the fan NOTE The number of fans Stylus Pro 7600 2 Stylus Pro 9600 3 When removing the right side Suction Fan of Stylus Pro 7600 use a short Phillips screwdriver to avoid interference with the Maintenance Tank Holder Me_Fanl0 eps Screw CP W M4x40 AN L Figure 4 58 Suction Fan Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 4 5 P_THICK Sensor P_THICK Sensor_0 3 ASSY e Bring the Paper Set Lever into the release position and O P_THICK Sensor ASSY bring dowa the Detection Arm rearward O P_THICK_0 3 Sensor ASSY PLTHICK Sensor ASSY as r 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 N Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the J H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 Push the paper hold lever down to the rear Remove the harness from the connector of the P_ THICK Sensor P_THICK_0 3 Sensor Dy se ae ee a aa Remove the one CUPS M3x6 screw securing the sensor bracket and remove the bracket along with the both sensors
267. m that position No back feed Printable Area in the other sequences Even when paper has too low reflection to be detected the paper is fed so as not to print on the platen The same specifications are applied to sheets and auto loading The above mentioned paper width detection OFF sequence is just for the first page in the case of roll paper The paper auto cutting function does not check whether paper is cut successfully or not Cut Position or Border RollSize01 eps 1 4 3 9 Detect Skew Error With PAPER NOT STRAIGHT OFF setting the PAPER NOT STRAIGHT error Figure 1 8 Roll Paper Margin 1 will not be displayed and printing will be continued Roll Paper Width X With this setting even if the printing image is out of paper because the paper is not e straight the printer will not inform the user of such an error Therefore the user must Clipped Area bear responsibility in selecting this function OFF setting 1 4 3 10 Job Timeout Setting Piinia Aren When print data is interrupted longer than setting time although data receiving is available the print job is regarded as the end and the printer runs paper feeding operation RollSize02 eps Figure 1 9 Roll Paper Margin 2 Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 1 4 3 11 No margin print setting No margin print mode can be switched with these settings Following 3 modes can be selected Table 1 31 Operation Left right no mar
268. mation K1 K1 CARTRIDGE Manufacture logo MANUFACT K1 EPSON Ink color CARTRIDGE K1 BLACK MATTEK GRAY Ink type INK TYPE K1 PIGMENT DYE Ink capacity INK CAP K1 110m1 220m1 Ink remaining INK LEFT K1 EFF P E F Ex F E F E F EF Product date PROD DATE K1 lt YY gt lt MM gt Expire date EXPIR DATE K1 lt YY gt lt MM gt Ink life after open INK LIFE K1 lt MM gt Month Passed time after open AGE K1 lt MM gt Month 66 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 46 Maintenance mode 1 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Ink information menu CRTG INFO MENU Product Descri Item menu 1 Panel display Ink information K2 K2 CARTRIDGE Item menu 2 Panel display Manufacture logo MANUFACT K2 Top menu Setup value Panel display EPSON Ink color CARTRIDGE K2 BLACK MATTE K GRAY Ink type INK TYPE K2 PIGMENT DYE Ink capacity INK CAP K2 110m1 220ml1 Ink remaining INK LEFT K2 peep EERE F LOK F E S B ESE BIE Product date PROD DATE K2 lt YY gt lt MM gt Expire date EXPIR DATE K2 lt YY gt lt MM gt Ink life after open INK LIFE K2 lt MM gt Month Passed time after open AGE K2 lt MM gt Month Ink information menu Ink information C C CARTRIDGE Manufacture lo
269. mbly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 4 Disassembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism 4 4 1 PF Motor 1 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 2 Disconnect the one connector cable of the PF Motor ASSY and take it out through the hole in the L Side Frame See Figure 4 50 3 Remove the four screws securing the PF Motor Mounting Plate See Figure 4 51 gear side F Relay Connector 4 Move the PF Motor toward the printer body and remove the PF Motor by lifting the Jt gt amp gt Wes shim After replacing the P_EDGE Sensor the following adjustment Seka operation should be performed E PF Motor Adjustment p 214 Figure 4 51 Removing the PF Motor Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 4 2 PF Encoder Sensor ASSY A 1 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 N a D N 2 Disconnect the PF Encoder Sensor connector Ea 3 Remove the one screw securing the PF Encoder Sensor and remove the PF Encoder ry P hel Sensor ASSY nh i ae E install NN MANA After installing the PF Encoder Sensor ASSY make the following q Se Sie adjustment E E 5 1 4 10 PF Encoder Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 216 E Z N i 5 PF Encoder Sensor ASSY i W d EnS id Figure 4 52 Removing the PF Encoder Sensor Disassembly amp Assembly Disa
270. mechanism and operating principles for the EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 The explanation is composed as follows O 2 2 Print Mechanism Components p 102 M 2 2 1 Carriage CR Mechanism p 103 M 2 2 2 Paper Feed Assembly p 113 E 2 2 3 Cleaning Mechanism p 115 E 2 2 4 Ink Supply Mechanism p 117 M 2 2 5 Others p 118 O 2 3 Outline of Control Circuit Board p 119 O 2 4 Outline of Power Supply Circuit Board p 120 Operating Principles Overview 101 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 2 1 Printer Mechanism Components continued 2 2 Print Mechanism Components Drive The major electrical parts used in the printer mechanism of this printer are as shown voltage below Hereafter we will explain each printer mechanism focusing on these parts Description Ink ID Table 2 1 Printer Mechanism Components Maintenance tank Drive ays Description voltage Others p 118 Cover open sensor Carriage CR Mechanism p 103 Limit switch Print head The number of nozzles 96 Nozzle x 7 colors Cover Open L MAIN board Printer control drive circuit board Head thermistor Incorporated in the print head Radiator cooling fan DC brushless fan CR motor DC motor Dip swich Dip swich CR_HP sensor Carriage origin Transmission type photo interrupter Jumper Jumper Power supply board CR encoder sensor Linear encoder 180LPI
271. menu Black1 Panel display Black2 Cyan Magenta Light Cyan Light Magenta Yellow Setup value Underlined Default K1 XXXXX XXXXxX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E FE BBP K2 XXXXX XXXXX is one of followings 0 nn E F E FE FE PE P C XXXXX XXXXX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E F E BBP M XXXXX XXXXxX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E F E F Beep LC XXXXX XXXXxX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E E Ete EE AAEE LM XXXXX XXXXX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E F E F Beep Y XXXXX XXXXX is one of followings 0 nn E F E F E F E F B E Printer status menu PRINTERSTATUS MENU Product Des Maintenance tank count MAINT TANK E F E F E F E F E FE t F Use counter Ink counter Paper counter USECOUNT INK xxxxx x ml PPR xxxxx x cm Use counter clear Ink counter clear USECOUNTCLR Paper counter clear INK EXEC PAPER EXEC Job history 10 jobs JOBHISTORY No 0 No 9 Job history clear JOB HSTRY CLR EXEC Total print pages TOTAL PRINTS nnnnnnPG Max 6 figures Use life Cutter life CR motor life monitor PF motor life monitor SERVICELIFE Head unit life monitor Cleaning unit life monitor Operating Panel CUTTER XXXXXXX XXXXxX is
272. menu in the upward direction beforehand If you neglect this checking the capacity of the Maintenance Tank can be exceeded so that ink may flow out never forget to perform this checking Paper Feed V Setting Value Changes the menu in the downward direction Setting value Setting value 210 2 Cut Eject Enter Enter Sets the setting value 5 2 TESEN Cleaning Paper Feed amp Cut O If it is pressed the paper is fed and when it is Self diagnosis is chiefly intended to determine the parameters for mechanism released the paper is cut adjustment and firm adjustment O Moves the cursor only for specific items This function is incorporated in the printer firmware It is enabled when the power to the printer is turned on while pressing the specific panel keys NOTE The printer can not be shifted from the normal mode to the self diagnostic mode 5 2 1 1 How to Start Self diagnostic Function The key operation to start the self diagnostic function is as follows 1 Power is off Press Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Turn the power on 2 3 7 4 The self diagnostic menu is displayed Figure 5 1 Panel Function in Self diagnostic Mode 5 Turn the power off to close the self diagnostic function Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 1 3 Top Menu The following diagnostic items are available in
273. ming belt by adjusting the tension on the driven pulley side with the CR Motor secured with the screws Installing the timing belt by adjusting the tension on the CR Motor side could damage the PF Encoder Scale Move the carriage by hand to the left and right and make sure that the CR Timing Belt is attached uniformly in the center of the pulley ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED Revision A Figure 4 43 Removing the CR Motor ASSY Once the belt tension has changed as a result of say removal of the CR Motor make the following adjustment E 5 1 4 3 CR Motor Adjustment p 214 Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A N ea 4 3 8 HEAD_SLIDE Sensor ASSY 4 When unlocking the carriage do not move the carriage by about 2 cm or more with the cutter pushed into the innermost position s otherwise the cutter edge would be damaged gt 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Screws CPCW M3x6 M 2 Remove the Access Cover See Removing the Access Cover on page 167 y A 3 While pushing the cutter area gently shift the carriage to the left about 2 cm to unlock the carriage and then move the carriage to the left from the capping position See Figure 4 24 4 Disconnect the connector CN29 red 4 pin of the HEAD SLIDE Sensor ASSY from the Main Board and take it out through the hole in the R Side Frame 5 Remove the one
274. mode where QR l QR Code Code is received on line A label indicating a rank information code which consists of a numerical value i 4 representing the characteristic values of the head has been affixed to the head already mounted on the printer or the head newly installed See Figure 5 24 Input this value I Press SelecType key to enter the mode where code and write it in the Flash memory Panel is input on the panel i amp Wre 0A When initial filling only is to be performed after replacing the ene ree P ZoNa Damper ASSY select and execute Initial charge in Cleaning p 259 menu Figure 5 20 Menu Transition for Head Rank Input 5 2 3 3 1 QR Code Input RankError Input QR Code aaaea RankError D P onI gA The dedicated QR code reader is necessary for QR Code input Enter ZONU On the service site select and execute Input on Panel RankError D RankError P Press Pause key to enter Rank Input QR Code Input value OK After ink filling the display returns to the adjustment top menu E Input correct values when an rank error has occurred BE The display is returned to Rank Input by pressing Pause key The relationship between indications and errors is as follows ae Remember however thatthe rank kas already been updated nter e RankError D P Both dye and pigment are wrong e RankError D Wrong rank for dye e RankError me Wrong rank for ad Blease ct tale Displayed when t
275. mponents EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Cutter Solenoid Cutter Solenoid i i R utter ol i This DC solenoid controls the cutting pressure of the roll paper cutter It also Carriage unlock the carriage Roll Paper This function can be set On or Off using the Panel buttons NOTE See 1 2 6 3 Cutting Specification p 22 Cutter Figure 2 10 Carriage Unit Cutter Solenoid Print Mechanism Components Operating Principles EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 2 2 2 Paper Feed Assembly This printer uses friction feed to carry out highly precise feeding of roll paper and cut sheets and comprises a unique paper feed mechanism The paper feed mechanism unit is configured from a grid roller one piece construction and pressurizing and follower roller assemblies mounted on the back of the CR guide rail opposite the front surface Secondary Roller Assembly Grid Roller R Paper width flag L Paper Set Lever flag ace ANS i ai ins Figure 2 11 Paper Feed Mechanism Unit 1 2 Operating Principles Revision A O PF motor The PF motor is a DC motor The grid of the loop scale mounted on the Grid Roller is read by the PF_ENC sensor and the output pulse is fed back to control the motor This feedback control ensures high printing accuracy Driving of the grid roller is accomplished by the PF motor via the PF timing belt which attaches to a reduction pulley that is connected to the grid roller
276. n A Setup value Underlined Default AUTO NARROW WIDE WIDER Page line PAGELINE ON OFF Interface switching INTERFACE AUTO PARALLEL USB OPTION Code page switching CODEPAGE PC437 PC850 Roll paper margin ROLL MARG T B 15MM 3MM 15MM Detect paper width PAPERSIZECHK ON OFF Detect skew error PAPERALIGNCHK ON OFF Job timeout setting TIMEOUT OFF 30sec 60sec 180sec 300sec No margin print setting NO MARGIN L RONLY 1 CUT 2 CUTS Cutter adjustment CUTTER ADJ EXEC Auto margin refresh REFRESH MRGN ON OFF Initialize setting value INITSETTING EXEC Test print menu TESTPRINTMENU Nozzle check pattern print NOZZLECHECK PRINT Status print STATUSCHECK PRINT Job information print JOBINFO PRINT Printer status menu PRINTERSTATUS MENU Product De Firmware version VERSION BXxxxx D or P Black1 Black2 Cyan Printable pages of ink VERE PRINTABLEPG cartridge Light Cyan Light Magenta Yellow Operating Panel K1 xxxxxxxPG K2 xxxxxxxPG C xxxxxxxPG M xxxxxxxPG LC xxxxxxxPG LM xxxxxxxPG Y xxxxxxxPG EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Top menu Panel display Printer status menu PRINTERSTATUS MENU Ink remaining Table 1 28 Panel setting menu item continued Item
277. nel if only the panel setting is wrong After it is cleared it is ready to print Table 3 6 LED Indications for Wrong Setting Roll Paper Sheet Roll paper auto cut Roll paper manual cut PP Command LED LED Sheet LED Roll Paper Blink Blink off Sheet Off Off Blink 3 2 2 3 Paper set lever is released during operation Table 3 7 LCD PANEL MESSAGE SET PAPER LEVER LED STATUS PAPER OUT LED lights up Explanation Paper set lever is released during operation Reay It is cleared with pushing down the lever and the printer continues Error Display the operation EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 2 4 Paper set lever is released Table 3 8 LCD PANEL MESSAGE LOWER PAPER SET LVR LED STATUS PAPER OUT LED lights up Explanation Paper set lever is released during paper set operation The error display will be cleared after finishing paper set and pushing down the lever and message PRESS PAUSE BUTTON Recovery i will appear Refer to user s manuals for paper setting procedure 3 2 2 5 Paper Jam Table 3 9 LCD PANEL MESSAGE PAPER JAM LED STATUS PAPER OUT LED is blinking While printing feeding or cutting a jammed paper prevents the CR motion Paper jam is detected if one of rear and front paper Explanation ae sensor detect paper existing and over drive current or mis synchronization of CR motor is detected O After removing the jammed paper
278. ng Pattern Printing end Enter Key gt To Bi d Pause Key To Head Slant Slant Check End Paper Feed V Paper Feed A Enter Key Pattern output Output Pattern Pause Key To Head Slant Paper Feed V Paper Feed A Figure 5 42 Menu Transition of Head Slant Check these joint points for head slant pattern04 eps Figure 5 43 Slant Check Pattern Black Magenta Figure 5 44 Head Slant Check Printout Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A HEAD SLANT CHECKING PROCEDURE W137 A Head motion by Head Adjustment Lever operation 1 Start the Self diagnostic Function POINT Lever Up Magenta lower Black gt rise Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Lever Down Magenta rise Black lower 2 Display Adj Head Slant
279. nized Figure 4 66 Release Sensor I H Lever Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Ink Supply Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 13 Disengage the two hooks on the back of the relevant Ink Holder ASSY and draw out the CSIC Relay Board See Figure 4 67 If you push in the CSIC Relay Board as a whole unit the CSIC Contact Spring will be deformed Be sure to install the CSIC Relay Board by the following procedure 1 Disassemble the Holder ASSY to the units as shown below 2 Remove the CSIC Contact Spring 2 hooks 3 Install the CSIC Relay Board 4 Hold and inset the CSIC Contact Spring with care not to deform it with the edge of the Relay Board CSIC Contact Spring 4 D Coupling i 5 Remove the screw in the joint connecting the Ink Holder ASSY and the pipe M6 then remove the O ring from its inside 6 Take out the two screws CPS M3x12 holding the Ink Holder ASSY to the I H Base then remove the Ink Holder ASSY See Figure 4 68 When installing the ink tube to the Ink Holder ASSY first make certain that there is the O ring Then insert the ink tube into the innermost position properly and tighten the coupling screw Figure 4 68 Ink Holder ASSY Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Ink Supply Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 7 Take out the two scre
280. nnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 9 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 9 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print length of each paper size Sheet width 10 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Paper ejection times of each paper size Sheet width 10 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times 2880 1440 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times 1440 0720 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times 720 720 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times 720 360 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times 360 720 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times Others lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times 2880 1440 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Maintenance information Print mode setting times 1440 720 lt nnnnnnnnn gt menu Print mode setting times 720 720 lt nnnnnnnnn gt MAINTINFO Print mode setting times 720 360 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times 360 720 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode setting times Others lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 1 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Print mode MENUM Borderless printing times Sponge 2 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 3 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 4 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 5 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 6 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 7 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print time
281. nt EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 3 6 CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position Adjustment This adjustment should definitely be done when the CR encoder sensor is removed or replaced O Adjusting tools CR Encoder Sensor mounting jig F799 NOTE For disassembly and assembly procedure refer to CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 1 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 2 Remove the two screws securing the CR Board Unit in the Carriage Unit and take out the CR Board Unit toward the front See Figure 5 69 3 Move the Carriage Unit to the center by manual operation 4 Loosen the screw securing the CR Encoder Sensor Board and set the CR ENC Sensor positioning jig between the CR Encoder Sensor and the CR Guide Rail See Figure 5 70 5 Push the CR Encoder Sensor to the exclusive tool side CR Guide Rail side then tighten the CR Encoder Sensor mounting screw securely e Figure 5 69 Adjusting the CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position 1 2 6 Move the Carriage Unit to the right or left manually and recheck the mounting position of the CR Encoder Sensor Check at 3 positions 3 A In this adjustment use the CR Encoder mounting jig for exclusive Zo N use with Stylus Pro 7600 9600 do not use the CR Encoder mounting jig designed for any other printer models CR Encoder Scale A Timing Fence LY D G pd pom spams y e E NA d Figure 5 70 Adjusting the CR Encoder Sensor Mounting Position 2
282. nts the current setup value When the Enter button is pressed in the setting value select mode the displayed setting value is entered as the current setting value If it has a corresponded operation it is started No operation occurs if is already displayed It returns to the setting item select menu by pressing the Paper Source button in the setting value select mode It returns to the setting menu select mode by pressing the Paper Source button in the setting item select menu O Termination 1 2 The printer is ready for printing following reset after selecting the panel display language Switch power OFF gt ON O Panel display Character strings on the second line in Panel message translation are displayed on the second line of LCD panel Setup values are displayed on the second line of LCD panel Product Description MAINTENANCE MODE 1 SETUP ITEMS Table 1 46 Maintenance mode 1 setup items Top menu Panel display Print hexadecimal dump HEX DUMP Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display PRINT Setup value EXEC 1 Panel display language select LANGUAGE LANGUAGE ENGLISH JAPANESE Unit change UNIT METER FEET INCH Parallel interface mode PARALLEL I F ECP COMPAT Set IEEE1284 4 TEEE1284 4 ON OFF Initialize panel setting DEFAULT PANEL O EXEC Ink information menu CRTG INFO MENU Operating Panel Ink infor
283. ny alignment error execute cleaning in this item and perform checking again If there is no ink remaining the printer requests the installation of ink cartridges When paper has been set and there is ink the printer prints the head nozzle check pattern Enter Adjust Print Enter pary Printing Pattern Wre A Printing operation is carried out even when the ink cartridges have ZoNi been installed but ink filling has not been performed Ee J Printing end r Nozzle Check End Cleaning Standard Y Output Pattern Enter Key gt To Cutter Pause Key gt To Check Nozzle O Head Nozzle Check Pattern E Check Item e Nozzle ink discharge skipping not continuous meandering e Satellite e Timing fence e Vertical nozzle alignment check e Horizontal nozzle alignment check Enter Key Cleaning executed Pause Key To Check Nozzle Enter Key Pattern output Pause Key gt To Check Nozzle Table 5 20 Pattern Pattern Description Nozzle ink The pattern is printed in the order of K C M Y LC LM LK from left to right Pisara Snave Meni Transitiga for Head Nozze Chark discharge Pattern drawing method 360dpi Uni D VSD1 240CPS Large See Figure 5 28 HeadRank ID 266432F 06E424E EEE SS H 44WM2Q3 4BUTWTU aa OVN WUVR Figure 5 28 Pattern Nozzle Ink Discharge Check Horizontal nozzle The pattern is printed in t
284. o not dismantle the battery The gas inside the battery may hurt your throat Leakage burning or explosion may also be caused e Do not short circuit the terminals of the battery Do not put the battery on a conductive table in such a way that the terminal face comes in contact with the table e Do not remove and install the battery Do not install the battery in the wrong direction e Do not heat the battery or put it near fire EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacture Dispose the used batteries according to government s law and regulations E Wear protective goggles to protect your eyes from ink If ink gets in your eye flush the eye with fresh water and see a docto immediately E Wear a pair of gloves to protect your hands from the sharp edge in the printer mechanism E If ink comes into contact with your skin wash it off with soap and water If irritation occurs contact a physician Avant de commencer assurez vous que l imprimante soit eteinte et que le cordon d alimentation soit debranche Lorsque vous changez la pile au lithium assurez vous que la nouvelle respecte bien les caracteristiques requises Lorque que vous installez la pile au lithium faites attention a I inserer dans le bon sens en respectant la polarite Veillez a jeter les piles usagees selon le reglement local Ne rech
285. o that work will not be obstructed by the Damper Unit In addition for easier work you are advised to lift with Scotch tape to such a degree that no significant load is applied to the ink tubes There is a hook 2 cm high at the center of the head Install the Damper Unit with care not to hit it against the hook E When installing the Damper Unit before tightening the screw press the lower area of the Damper with your fingers so that it comes in close contact with the print head Figure 4 25 Damper Holder Loosening Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 Loosen the left screw for the Head Holder remove the right screw M3x6 and release the Head Holder downward See Figure 4 26 5 Take out the head by lifting its inner side and release the 2 FFCs See Figure 4 27 E Take care not to touch the nozzle side of the print head to be installed and not to let dust or dirt adhere to the nozzles E When installing the carriage take care not to scratch the nozzle side Ws sim When replacing the print head the following adjustment Se S procedures are required E Refer to 5 1 4 1 Print Head Adjustment p 212 Figure 4 27 Head Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 3 2 Damper ASSY Wree
286. of I H Frame See Figure 4 62 Ge ee C 6 Remove two black screws M3x8 securing the Ink Tube Cover and remove the cover E See Figure 4 63 7 Disconnect the connector of the Cover Sensor ASSY at the right side of the I H Frame See Figure 4 64 8 Remove one screw CUPS M3x6 and one screw CUPS M4x6 securing the I H Frame on the right side Screw CUPS M3x6 Screw CUPS M4x6 Figure 4 64 I H Frame Removal 1 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Ink Supply Mechanism Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 9 Remove one screw CUPS M3x6 and one screw CUPS M4x6 securing the I H Frame on the left side See Figure 4 65 10 Remove seven screws CUPS M3x6 and two screws CUPS M4x6 securing the I H Frame on the top 11 Lift the I H Frame and disconnect the connector of the Release Sensor I H Lever See Figure 4 66 12 Remove the I H Frame while paying attention to the connectors of the Cover Sensor and Release Sensor I H Lever E Before installing the I H Frame make certain that the gear of the I H Lever is engaged with the gear of the Cartridge Lock Shaft and also that the Cover Sensor turns ON and OFF r Screw CUPS M3x6 x7 E When installing the I H Frame make sure that the projections on the I H ASSY are fitted in the seven holes in the top plate properly If the I H ASSY is not installed properly the ink cartridges may not be recog
287. ompensation value is written in the Flash ROM Bottom Length ee shes ee aper Fee ey E Resolution 0 1mm 14 0mm Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm SelecType O Side Margin Adjustment Print Start Position Adjustment Paper Feed A Key Conduct printing and paper cutting then measure and input the side margin Sas Margin z Paper Feed V Key The input value handled as the compensation value is written in the Flash ROM i TEA oe Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm elecType E Adjustment resolution 0 1mm V Length Paper Feed A Key Menu transition is shown at right and adjustment patterns are shown on the next page 7 1000 0mm Paper Feed V Key Setting is possible in increments of 0 1 mm SelecType Enter Press the Pause key on the compensation value input screen and the display will change to Feed Adj T amp B E Press the Pause key on the Top Length or Bottom Length input screen and the display will change to the Bottom Length or Side Margin input screen respectively Enter Adjust Print Pause Key gt To Rear Sensor Pos Enter Figure 5 32 Menu Transition for Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment E Top Length Bottom Length and Side Margin can be adjusted only in the T amp B adjustment mode for the first printing Adjustment Self diagno
288. on A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 1 4 Operating Panel 1 4 1 1 Functions of Buttons Table 1 20 Panel Functions 1 4 1 Buttons and Functions Function Function l l l Switch Function Independent in SelecType mode PowerOn The operating panel contains the following buttons i Power Power ON OFF Pause Pause ready Leaving SelectType Maintenance reset press for 3 seconds mode mode SelecType O During printing Selection of SelecType E Operate E Paper Out E Maintenance Printer status menu shift menu major Tank Power me O Except above categories Panel setting mode shift Cutter replace menu b press for 5 seconds O Eject sheet Confirm and save O Feed roll paper from cutter Setting values mark to cutting position and cut Auto Cut O Feed roll paper to the manual Cleaning a ae 3 Sec cutting position cutter OFF 1 Figure 1 7 Panel Design Paper Feed A Paper feed reverse setup value Increase setup value Paper Feed V Paper feed forward setup value E Power Decrease setup value E Pause Paper Source Select paper source Selection of SelecType E SelecType Panel setting menu shift setting item shift down items minor t Paper Feed A setup value categories E Paper Fee dy setup value Cleaning Cleans all heads press for 3 seconds E Paper Source Item shift up Po y Paper Source Maintenance Cut
289. ossnnesenscnnscennasecensseeneseenneseanesenneeneneesenseeeneseeneseeees sense 122 igot Hardware HLTA LT SAEs ea oe teen ee E 86 3 1 Introduction cicsiatiieiat rain aiih eta ie aul an sakes cist 122 1 4 9 2 Software initialization ccccccccccccccccccccssseceeceecccccceccccauenseseeceecececeeuueas 86 3 2 EtrOr Display o c4 ics AE EEE EOE TET 123 1 4 9 3 Panel initialization ieee eeccececssceececesccssccescecessccseeeseecseeeasceseees 86 BDA EOTS eeror eide EAE E EE Ab btbost E EEE E 123 1 4 10 Default Setup Values cccccccccccssessssssssesesecssssssssescscsecessesssnseseeseseeeensanenss 87 3 2 1 1 Error Indications on LCD sseessssessrseressereseereeereoreersresrersrrereosseesreese 123 1 4 10 1 Initial Setting for Operation c c ccccccccscscssssseecessssesessetssstseseeeenesnees 87 3 2 1 2 Warning Indications on LCD ssssssseseseseseseiesesesisisierereresesesrsrrrerererere 124 1 4 10 2 Ink Type Setting 0 c ccccccccsessssesescssssesescsssseseseecesesesnsnesesesesneseseseeeeeess 87 3 2 1 3 Service Call Fatal Errors es esseessessseessesstessresreessestesseeressseeseesse 125 1 4 10 3 MW Printing Adjustment Setting Values and Printing Modes 88 3 22 EOTS arnesi ne rione ie a E seas E E assoc sei baa ease EE 126 1 4 10 4 Printing Mode Combination Table s ssseseesesesesseeeosesesesseseseseeee 89 3 2 2 1 Paper End End of roll sssesesssssessesesseesesseersseesesersrsresseressesesseeeeseesese 126 1 5 Controll
290. ot detector AGC error Head unit Shot time has reached predetermined amount Execute head unit life initialization in Maintenance mode 2 Cleaning unit Pump counter has reached predetermined amount Execute cleaning unit life initialization in Maintenance mode 2 Date is not set Date is not set Set with RTC initialization in Maintenance mode 2 Battery pressure RTC backup battery pressure is low temporarily Wait for a while Reserved Reserved Note Error Display In Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Bit0 Bit2 Bit4 are also treated as Reserve EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O O LED STATUS fatizevamm Maintenance requests for head unit occur at the time of 28 Paper Out LED goes on at intervals of 5 seconds POINT billion sh ts ozzie Explanation E Acap pump pump motor wiper flushing box are replaced The life of the unit that designated by the code nnnn is almost run out It prompts together when replacing the cleaning unit users to call the service person to maintain it Recovery This message is cleared only when the printer is maintained by the service person Table 3 28 MAINTENANCE REQ nnnn Message Assigned bit nnnn Cause How to clear 5 9 31 NA 0 RSVD 0002 CR pass count reaches the limit Perform Maintenance Mode
291. oubleshooting 3 2 2 9 Paper Not Straight Table 3 13 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE PAPER NOT STRAIGHT LED STATUS PAPER OUT LED is blinking Explanation When a skew exceed 3mm between top and end of the paper is occur user should confirm the previous printout because it may not be printed completely And also smudges on back of following printouts may occur because of poured ink on the platen Recovery Error Display This error is cleared by paper set operation e User should set the paper according the description of User s guide exactly in order to prevent the occurrence of this error The roll edge should be neatly arranged This error can be prevented at following printing by paper set operation This error may also cleared by turning OFF ON but this error may occur at following printing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 2 10 Paper check error Paper eject error sheet Table 3 14 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE RELOAD PAPER LED STATUS PAPER OUT LED is blinking This error occur in following cases 1 The top length of ejected paper is too long to be back fed when paper is set 2 Paper s horizontal position exceeds the normally printable area when paper is set Explanation 3 Paper s horizontal position exceeds the normal cutting permission area just after printing 4 Length of sheet exceeds the ejectable length and cannot be ejected comp
292. oubleweight Matte Paper roll e MCSP24R4 24 inch width e MCSP44R4 44 inch width Notes For printer mechanism adjustments and test printing A3Tracing Paper F751 1057723 Used for adjustment of the paper status detection sensor P_REAR level adjustment Microtrace 300 LMB made by Kimoto A3 Copy Paper PPC Commercially available product Example Fuji Xerox Bright Recycled Used for adjustment of the paper status detection sensor P_EDGE level adjustment Scale 1000mm 1047746 A Length 1000mm F713 commercially available scale can be purchased Scale Stopper 1047745 A Used in combination with the F714 commercially available F713 measurements in 0 1 scale can be purchased mm units CR ENC sensor positioning jig F799 1212926 Cutter Positioning Jig 1212928 F800 PF ENC sensor positioning tool 1212925 F798 Ink Cartridge x7 Spare Draining cartridge Use at black ink type change Maintenance Tank Spare Note Use at adjustments which require test printing Overview 211 Revision A EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 5 1 3 Procedure for Adjustment Work Follow the specified steps by consulting 5 2 Self diagnostic Function p 220 and 5 3 Mechanism Adjustment p 263 for adjustment items of each unit part Each Repair Item in 5 1 4 Adjustment Items 5 2 Self diagnostic Function
293. ould be set in a place where there is no vibration and where it is level and stable This machine is extremely heavy so adequate caution should be exercised when handling it If you are taking or reinstalling the body and stand there should be 2 or more persons doing the work If operations are performed which involve the removal of ink system parts there is danger of the product or the floor etc in the place where it is installed becoming soiled so sheets etc should be spread on the floor etc during the work o removing parts related to the ink channels If you are handling electrical circuit boards to prevent destruction of the elements by static electricity the elements on the board should not be touched with bare hands If necessary take the necessary measures to prevent static discharge such as wearing a ground strap when performing such work If you are removing the various covers and operating the printer in that state adequate caution should be used so as not to be injured by high speed operating parts such as the PS fan The cutter blade is extremely sharp care should be taken not to be injured by it The an ultra hardened blade is used for the cutter blade and materially this item is extremely brittle so it should not be bumped against any metal or other parts on the printer when handled If the printer that has already been installed needs to be packed and transported again first make certain that the print hea
294. ove the paper and set new paper After setting new paper the error will be cleared If the printing data remains in the printer the printing job will continue on the newly set paper When printing job continue the printer ejects buffer content cuts or ejects the paper and starts printing after developing new data Remained data is printed and ejected with paper length designated with the command O If the error is not cleared even after paper setting Possible causes are problems with the following sensors Take corrective action as instructed below P_REAR sensor P_EDGE sensor 1 Check for paper dust or foreign matters on the sensor and clean it 2 Check the operation of each sensor and make AD adjustment in the self diagnostics menu Rear AD Adjustment p 231 Edge AD Adjustment p 232 Note Change the location of the printer if there may be an effect of any strong external light such as the sunlight Revision A 3 2 2 2 Wrong paper source is selected on panel Table 3 5 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE LOAD xxx PAPER PAPER OUT LED lights up LED STATUS The LED blinks corresponding to paper path set with PP command of remote command See Table 3 6 Different paper source is selected on panel from the paper source Explanation that is selected by PP command Replace the paper into one that is selected by command or the Rea error will be also cleared by toggle the paper source setting on pa
295. panel message LCD panel message SELECT INK SET RELEASE INK LEVER Installed ink set Panel message 4 Following messages are displayed every second repeatedly and all slot LEDs OFF aft ink ining for initial filling is checked MATTE UGHIE 4 PROTOS LEE are after necessary ink remaining for initial filling is checked 1 MAT 2 MAT LCD panel message REMOVE ALL INK CARTRIDGES RELEASE INK LEVER MATTE K MATTE K 1 MAT 2 LBK 1 PHOTO 2 LBK 2 cartridges PHOTO K LIGHT K 1 MAT 2 LBK LCD panel message REMOVE ALL INK CARTRIDGES 5 Following message is displayed after the lever is released 1 MAT 2 MAT 2 cartridges NOTE The message is indicated until all ink cartridges are removed LED turns to ON after corresponded cartridge is removed LEDs except changing 3 The printer checks available quantity of all color ink remaining for initial filling slot are ON until cartridges are installed except changing slot 1 When ink remaining is enough go to 4 When ink remaining is not enough 6 The printer checks available quantity of maintenance tank after all cartridges are following message is displayed and corresponded slot LED blinks removed LCD panel message NOT ENOUGH INK i z NOTE When 2 cartridges are selected to be changed for procedure 2 it counts RELEASE INK LEVER available quantity of maintenance tank for 2 cartridges 2 Following message is indic
296. pendix ASP List Parts List EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 7 7 ASP List for Stylus Pro 9600 continued Table 7 7 ASP List for Stylus Pro 9600 continued 554 P EDGE SENSOR ASSY 615 CABLE CLAMP 555 EDGE SENSOR BASE ASSY 616 EDGE CLAMP 556 FG CABLE 617 PRESS IDLE GEAR 557 CR ENC ASSY 618 PRESS SHAFT TRAY 558 CR LOCK KICKER 619 PRESS TRANSMISSION GEAR 559 TILAP 620 PRESS LEVER 560 H ADJUST LEVER B 650 OUTLET ROLLER ASSY 561 H ADJUST LEVER 651 PAPER GUIDE L2 562 DAMPER STOPPER 652 SUB PRATEN B 563 DAMPER POSITION BOAD 653 SUB PRATEN A 564 PRINT HEAD 654 PARTITION PLATE 565 HEAD TAPE CABLE 1 655 PARTITION PLATE L 566 HEAD TAPE CABLE 2 656 POROUS PAD CAP B 567 SLIDE GEAR 657 PROUSPAD C 568 CONNECTING SCREW 658 PAETITION PLATE R ASSY 569 O RING 659 TAPE 570 DAMPER ASSY 660 POROUS PAD 600 CR MOTOR 661 PAPER GUIDE WIRE 601 CR MOTER CABLE ASSY 2 662 POROUS PAD 602 T FENCE SPRING 663 TAPE 603 PRSSURE SPRING 664 PCB ASSY I C 604 SCALE 665 M T FFC2 605 P THICK SENSOR CABLE ASSY 666 POROUS PAD ASSY 606 PHOTO SENSOR 668 LABEL 607 P THICK2 SENNSOR CABLE ASSY 669 LABEL 608 CR FFC 1 ASSY 670 LABEL 609 MINI CLAMP 671 LABEL 610 CR DRIVE PULLEY ASSY 672 LABEL 611 TENSION SPRING 700 FLUSHING BOX ASSY 612 PRESS LEVER SPRING 701 PUMP MOTER JANCTION CA
297. print the firmware version the waste ink counter and the nozzle check pattern O Order of colors from left Blackl Cyan Magenta LightCyan LightMagenta Yellow Black2 O Each parameter indicates the following Versi n Maintenance Tank Current Ink C unt Current Paper C unt Operating Panel lt Z lt XXXX gt lt gt lt yyy gt lt aaaaaaa gt lt bbbbbbb gt lt ccccccc gt lt ddddd d gt lt eeeee e gt lt fffff fF N for Stylus Pro 7600 W for Stylus Pro9600 firmware version D for dye P for pigment Maintenance tank available quantity total ink counter just before print the last nozzle check pattern 7 figures total ink counter just before print the nozzle check pattern 7 figures value of lt aaaaaaa gt lt bbbbbbb gt 7 figures total paper counter just before print the last nozzle check pattern 5 1 figures total paper counter just before print the nozzle check pattern 5 1 figures value of lt ddddd d gt lt eeeee e gt 5 1 figures B lt Z gt lt xxxx gt lt I gt lt yyy gt lt aaaaaaa gt g Prev Ink C unt lt bbbbbbb gt g C P lt ccccecc gt g lt ddddd d gt cm Prev Paper C unt lt eeeee e gt cm C P lt fffff f gt cm Figure 1 11 Nozzle Check Pattern Printing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 16 Status Printing Selecting this mode allows the user to print the current panel settings Print status sheet with the following speci
298. ps operating O Cause of trouble Read write for CSIC ink cartridge is impossible O Remedy e Faulty contact with the CSIC Deformation of the CSIC contact connector Replace the Holder Assembly IC e Defective CSIC Board Replace the ink cartridge e Replace the CSIC Board ink cartridge e Tape electric wire out of position e Replace the supply valve unit Faulty contact with the CSIC e Replace the C472_SUB B Board p 192 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 Troubleshooting 3 2 4 21 Ink type error setting on printer body side 00010022 O Cause of trouble e An ink type other than dye pigment has been set e Ink type neutral setting with CSIC detection OFF setting O Remedy e Install the correct cartridge e With the ink lever released set ink type in Maintenance Mode 2 p 70 NOTE If setting is performed with the ink lever in the set position initialization will start again and the service call error will occur again 3 2 4 22 RTC analysis error 00010023 O Explanation There may be a case where the absolute time data stored on NVRAM indicates an impossible date or hour In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating O Cause of trouble Various values of the absolute time data stored in NVRAM are abnormal O Remedy MH Initialize RTC p 83 1 With the paper set lever in the up position start Maintenance Mode 2 p 70
299. r paper thickness detection P_THICK P_THICK_0 3 E P THICK 0 3 Sensor E P THICK Sensor Transmission type photosensor left side Transmission type photosensor right side The mechanism is so designed that the threshold values for paper thickness are 0 3 0 4 mm P_THICK_0 3 sensor and 0 8 0 9 mm P_THICK sensor The sensors operate just when the pressure lever is brought down The designed detection values of the sensors for the UP and DOWN positions of the pressure lever are 0 3 mm and 0 8 mm The pressure lever in the UP position is detected by a combination of both sensors Thick paper state occurs when the connections are open There is no error processing since this mechanism can not determine whether it has broke down or not Since the mechanism is always in recognition of thick paper printing on thin paper is carry out with the platen gap kept large Operating Principles Table 2 5 Modes Shield Plate Sensor Output Absent Open Absent Open L L Present Closed Absent Open Present Closed Present Closed Paper Thickness Below 0 3 mm 0 3 mm to 0 8 mm incl 0 81 mm or above Connector not connected cy oo oo a mo Oo Pressure release Hi Up Paper suction fans P Rear sensor feed02 eps Figure 2 13 Paper Feed Mechanical Unit Stylus Pro 7600 2 2 Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 960
300. r Warning Warnings warn users the occurrences of corresponding events by replacing READY or PRINTING messages into each warning messages on LCD But it gives no effect to any other operations The warning messages will never cleared until the cause is resolved 3 2 3 1 Ink Low Table 3 25 MESSAGE INK LOW LED STATUS Corresponding INK OUT LED blinks Explanation The warring occurs if CSIC detects Near End Recovery Replace the ink cartridge with new one 3 2 3 2 Maintenance tank full warning Table 3 26 LCD PANEL MESSAGE MAINTENANCE TANK ALMOST FULL LED STATUS Maintenance tank LED blinks Explanation The warring occurs when the maintenance tank is almost full Recovery Replace the maintenance tank with new one Troubleshooting 3 2 3 3 Maintenance request O LCD PANEL MESSAGE MAINTENANCE REQ nnnn NOTE The code nnnn designates the unit to be maintained O Maintenance request type The acquired value with applying exclusive OR process to bits designated as the following table is displayed on nnnn in hexadecimal form Bit Request object Life of discharged ink tank Table 3 27 How to recover errors CR life Reciprocating time of CR has reached predetermined amount Execute CR motor initialization in Maintenance mode 2 Continue nozzle check error Battery shutoff RTC backup battery shutoff Replace RTC backup battery White d
301. r check error 00010004 ssssseeeeeceeesssneeeneeee 137 3 3 4 Smudged or Marred Printout Reverse Side 0 0 scenes eeeeees 149 3 2 4 7 CR motor out of step 00010005 0 eee ee eeceesceseeeeeeneeeseeeeeeeeeseenees 137 3 3 5 White or Black Banding in the carriage running direction c0000000 149 3 2 4 8 CR motor overcurrent 00010006 ssssseceesrsssseeeeceesesesnentees 138 3 3 6 Banding in the paper feed direction 0 cesses teteseseeeeeneaes 150 3 2 4 9 CR motor in position time out 00010007 ee eeeseseeteereeeeeeees 138 3 2 4 10 Servo interrupt watchdog time out 00010008 eee eeeeeeeree 139 i 3 2 4 11 System interrupt watchdog time out 00010009 eee eee 139 Chapter 4 Disassembly amp Assembly 3 2 4 12 CR home position sensor error 0001000 rasstssseeseseseser TO SA Sa a aA clea teach a eatin eliotn 152 3 2 4 13 PF home position sensor error 0001000B sssssssesesttsrssssssese 139 AVL PRCAUtlONS isei enna e na aa in an E Eene an S en Ea rRe eii ERr 152 3 2 4 14 Head slide PG home position sensor error 0001000C 140 a ee ca OCU eI OEY 155 3 2 4 15 CR motor PWM output faulty 0001000F ccstsssesseeseiese 140 Pera Br aN acta RMU DO our CRN eee Me ue 155 3 2 4 16 PF motor PWM output faulty 00010010 0 esses tees 141 4 1 4 Disassenibly FLOW sccc a6e3 one irae once viens anon Galatea es 156 Seed Head drier TU temperature ctor 000 ID acento bee 4 2 Removing the Panel Unit and
302. racy of 1 100 mm Therefore you are prohibited to disassemble the frames or some specific parts Permission of disassembly and assembly or removal and installation is limited to the parts provided with a parts number in the ASP List in Chapter 7 If any parts other than specified are disassembled or removed there may be a case you can not repair the printer except at the factory Disassembly amp Assembly Summary EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A leet er Ne ee ee 4 2 1 Panel Unit p 159 4 2 8 Roll Paper Cover p 169 4 2 9 Front Cover p 170 4 2 2 R Side Cover p 160 4 2 3 L Side Cover p 163 4 2 6 Rear Cover p 166 4 2 5 H Top Cover p 165 a eee fe i SS Ce Ce l 4 3 1 Print Head p 171 4 3 9 CR_HP Sensor ASSY 4 7 1 Power Supply Board p 205 4 3 2 Damper ASSY p 173 p 183 Hata ae Le ane 4 3 3 CR Board ASSY p 174 eee 4 4 1 PF Motor p 185 4 3 4 Cutter Section p 175 4 7 3 MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 4 3 4 1 Cutter Holder ASSY p 175 4 4 2 PF Encoder Sensor ASSY p 186 4 3 4 2 Cutter Solenoid p 177 4 4 4 Suction Fans p 189 4 4 3 Cautions when replacing the PF Loop Scale p 187 l l l l l l l l l l l l l 4 2 4 I H Cover p 164 l l l l L e l 4 3 5 CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 4 6 6 Flushing Box ASSY p204 4 3 6 P_EGDE Sensor ASSY p 179
303. ration or control after that will be carried out correctly Description below is given only for information Table 5 24 indicates the counters to be cleared and their initial values and Figure 5 58 shows menu transition for counter clearing Table 5 24 Counters to be Cleared and Their Initial Values Counters to be Cleared Initial Value Protection Counter A 0 Protection Counter A Work Protection Counter D Protection Counter D Work Protection Counter B Protection Counter B Work Ink Volume Counter Rb Ink Volume Counter Rx Ink Volume Counter Rz Consumed Ink Counter K Consumed Ink Counter LK Consumed Ink Counter C Consumed Ink Counter M Consumed Ink Counter LC Consumed Ink Counter LM Consumed Ink Counter Y CL1 Cumulative Counter CL2 Cumulative Counter CL3 Cumulative Counter HP and Other Cumulative Counters Timer CL Cumulative Counter Yellow Shot Counter 1 Yellow Shot Counter 2 Accumulated Prints Timer So S Ol 9 9 SO SOL 9 9 S 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 o S S gt Timer for Timer CL Execution 1 Note Timer for Timer CL Execution 2 0 CL Flag 0 Not during CL Initial Charge Counter 1 Not completed Periodic Pseudo Vacuum Flag 0 Table 5 24 Counters to be Cleared and Their Initial Values continued Counters to be Cleared Initial Value
304. rderless print TBD Basic Specifications EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 2 9 Ambient Conditions 1 2 9 3 Shock O During operation 1G lms max X Y and Z directions 1 2 9 1 Temperature Humidity O During storage 2G 2ms max X Y and Z directions Table 1 19 Temperature Humidity NOTE 1 For storage check that the print head is capped Condition Temperature Humidity 2 Before transportation check that the print head is capped remove the ink cartridges and close the ink cartridge cover During operation 10 35 C 20 80 ee ID FE E 3 Ifthe power to the printer is OFF with the printer head uncapped turn the CE Bis oe eis power ON with the ink cartridges installed Then wait until capping is During transport 20 60 C 5 85 completed and turn the power OFF 4 If the printer is left standing at temperature of 15 C or below the ink in the print head and ink cartridges will freeze If the ink is frozen leave the printer 2 No condensation These values are applicable only within the range as shown below standing at temperature of 25 C for more than three hours before its use Note 1 120 hours max at 60 C one month max at 40 C Humidity 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 15 20 2739 35 40 Temperature C temp0l eps Figure 1 2 Environmental Conditions Temperature Humidity 1 2 9 2 Vibration O During operation 0 15G 10 55Hz X Y and Z directions O Dur
305. ree with the condition of the printer mechanism All initialization Table 5 28 Contents CR motor round trip count PF motor travel Head ink discharge count Each color Cleaning count The number of printed sheets Ink volume counter Waste ink counter Cutting count Gap adjustment value CR origin compensation value Capping position PF origin compensation value Head slide origin compensation value Front sensor position compensation value Rear sensor position compensation value Edge sensor longitudinal position compensation value Edge sensor lateral position compensation value Cutter longitudinal position compensation value Flushing position PF distance correction 1 3 Serial number Wiping count Rubbing count Ink tube round trip count Paper presser lever up and down count Cover Open Close count Ink lever up and down count Capping position initialization CR origin compensation value Capping position PF resolution initialization PF distance correction 3 Serial number initialization Serial number Head record initialization Head ink discharge count Each color Wiper record initialization Wiping count Rubbing record initialization justment Rubbing count Table 5 28 Item Contents Waste in
306. rga After replacing the CR Motor execute Initialize CR motor POINT life p83 in Maintenance Mode 2 E Do not initialize the CR Motor cumulative counter value CR TOTAL Troubleshooting Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 2 PF motor encoder check error 00010000 O Troubleshooting Explanation During initial operation at power on or during PF Motor operation there may be a case where the encoder pulse signal can not be recognized at specified intervals In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating Cause of trouble Broken wire for the PF motor encoder inverted wiring for A and B pulses disconnected connector for the encoder or motor or inverted wiring for the motor Points to be checked 1 The PF Encoder and the PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any other foreign matters 2 The PF Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension 3 The grid roller must rotate smoothly free from undue load 4 Measure the resistance value of the PF Motor 5 8 Q If the PF Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the same time 5 Execute encoder checking by 5 2 2 4 Encoder p225 in the self diagnostics menu 6 All the harness must be connected properly and free from short circuit or broken wire Remedy e Replace the PF Encoder Sensor ASSY p 186 Refer to P
307. right the carriage moving prevention lock is engaged The CR lock mechanism uses the cutter solenoid in common When the cutter solenoid goes ON in the capping position the CR lock is released O Maintenance Tank Waste ink absorber NOTE The Ink System Terms used in the above text are explained in the following table Table 2 7 Explanation of Operation Operation Explanation Carriage CR Lock This is the carriage stop position when the power is Off The time when the carriage is in the standby position home position with the power On and with no paper loaded and no print data to print Ink Initial Filling This is the operation where the head is filled with ink for the first time When the first ink cartridge is inserted after all 6 colors have been inserted the ink initial filling operation is performed automatically The initial filling flag is set when the printer is shipped from the factory then after this operation the initial filling flag is reset The initial filling flag is also set after the Input Rank p233 is run Flushing e In order to prevent the viscosity of the ink inside the head nozzles from increasing the ink inside the flushing box is flushed out e Flushing is done when paper is set when printing from the standby state during continuous printing during paper Eject during paper cutting etc Table 2 7 Explanation of Operation continued Operation Explanation
308. rine ca a sos ocska ees edi ish eRe sce va tes detec E 12 1 4 Operating Panel ssscssssssceeccssssesceecessssseeeecesssnnseceesssnnssscceesennanscceesannnasseenen 31 1 1 2 Differences between Stylus Pro 7600 and Stylus Pro 9600 o cccccceccecceceeee 13 1 4 1 Buttons and a8 Ao C00 OD oP NE 31 i i 1 4 1 1 Functions of Buttons ssssssseessseeeerssesresssreseressrrsssressrresseressrresreessreesse 31 1 2 Basie Specification S 5 3 2 ces setae ren r E seabed a AE R a 14 1 4 1 2 LEDs 32 1 21 Print Specifications einen eaa EEE BN 14 E Gah a O SET S Oe A O pe E tre A A he 1 4 2 Indications on the Panel 2 0 0 cc cc ccccccccesccecssseceesececescececseecessesessssecesteeessnas 33 1 2 2 Character Specification cccecceeccescessesseeseceeesecseceseceeceseeseceseneeensesereeeeeaes 14 rae a hl 123C Cod 14 1 4 2 1 IED Indications in Normal Mode cccccceesccceesceceeececeseecesteeeeesaes 33 223 Control Codecs erea Rests tesa esata I E se OD daat ons n Noa Mode vc csiciosotasoniete nacre 34 A Paper Heed E E A hes eateoen chides intake ae ee 14 i VAS SelecT ype penn ria e EERE ERE A RE RTE vende EE dane 35 125 Paper Specifications messener aa e Ms E a eo Rosh ned Se R ae 15 1 43 1 Outline 35 125 M Roll Raper 22 444 ec A ates facets Sacce lace ces tvacaceede E 15 eee Se Inia Py ph ed we Norte en gee ee tere gee ED he MR teks ae 1 4 3 2 Panel Setting Menu Item 0 cece ceeesececeeseceeceeeeceeeeeenseeeeeneeeneeees 36 125 0 a 0 Re er
309. rtridges for different colors are installed in the respective ink holders I H in the left area of the printer A projection and unique marking are placed on each color ink cartridge case to prevent wrong insertion so that the correct cartridge is inserted in the right direction O Explanation of valve mechanism mounted on the cartridge The valve automatically opens and closes when the ink cartridge is mounted and removed Ink cartridge holder Opening closing Ink cartridge To print head gt ink02 eps Figure 2 16 Valve Mechanism The ink flow is as shown below Each color s ink cartridge Each color s I H Ink Holder gt Each color s ink tube gt Each color s head dumper carriage Print Heads The information in EEPROM of each color ink cartridge is sent through the CSIC Relay Board in each ink holder and stored in memory on the CSIC Board The CSIC Board stores various pieces of information such as ink colors and remaining amount of ink Refer to Ink information menu p 69 Operating Principles Revision A Ink cartridge holder 1 H x7 Ink tube x7 To each color head damper Pump motor stepping motor p 115 x7 Ink cartridge Maintenance Tank Figure 2 17 Ink Supply Mechanism Print Mechanism Components EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 2 2 5 Others COVER SENSOR Panel Unit In order to detect wh
310. s Sponge 8 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 9 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 10 lt nnnnonnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 11 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print times Sponge 12 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print four edges Operation times 1 cut lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print four edges Operation times 2 cuts Operating Panel lt nnnnnnnnn gt 78 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Top menu Panel display Item menu 1 Panel display Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value PC setting lt nnnnonnnn gt Roll paper margin lt nnnnnnnnn gt Borderless print setting lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cutter position adjustment lt nnnnnnnnn gt Final cutter position adjustment lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Nozzle check pattern print lt nnnnnnnnn gt Final nozzle check pattern print lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Bi D BLACK Adjustment times lt nnnnnnnnn gt Final adjustment date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Bi D COLOR Adjustment times lt nnnnnnnnn gt Bi D COLOR Final adjustment times date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Uni D Adjustment times lt nnnnnnnnn gt Uni D Final adjustment date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Cutting pressure lt nnnnnnnnn gt Maintenance information BLD BLACK menu Panel setting MENUO MAINTINFO
311. s deformed or swelling 2 Adjustment If dot missing is not found perform the following adjustments and check for improvement If the Paper Skew Detection setting is off in Printer Settings gt Panel Setting Menu Paper Width Detection if the user s paper size setting is not correct the surface of the platen will be printed E Paper feed correction driver E Head Slant Adjustment Mechanical Adjustment p 247 If each line of nozzles in the head is perpendicular to the carriage running direction correctly the raster lines printed with nozzles can overlap or be dislocated so that black banding uneven density or white banding blank spaces between raster lines may occur If the adjustments above do not work enough to improve the quality try to improve by executing Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment p 239 by the self diagnostic function Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Based on Your Printout EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 3 6 Banding in the paper feed direction If banding uneven density rough image in parallel with the paper feed direction is found on the print perform the following adjustment O Bi D adjustment The Bi D adjustment can be executed by any of the following methods E Gap Adjustment in the panel setting menu E Adjustment by printer driver If the adjustment above does not work to improve the print quality you may improve it by adjusting the P
312. s followings E Adjustment patterns and test patterns Gap adjustment Nozzle check pattern Status print Cutter position Paper thickness detection E Print data from host Job information print The printer prints job information print pattern in the following specifications E Print paper size A4 E Font Built in font E Print sample See the chart at right NOTE For details of Job Information see 1 4 3 30 Job information p55 Figure 1 13 Job information print pattern Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 18 Firmware version Firmware version is displayed as following Table 1 34 Display Stylus Pro 7600 VERSION BNxxxx P orD Stylus Pro 9600 VERSION BWxxxx P orD Note 1 xxxx interface controller version 4 letters 2 N Narrow machine Stylus Pro 7600 W Wide machine Stylus Pro 9600 3 The character on the right of lower line represents Dye Pigment mode P Pigment mode D Dye mode 1 4 3 19 Printable pages of each ink cartridge Printable sheets estimation of installed each ink cartridge are displayed The formula is following Printable sheets ink remain after print ink used Note 1 Printable pages within IR command range are calculated and displayed 2 When there is no value to be displayed the panel displays Product Description 1 4 3 20 Ink remaining Table 1 35 Ink remaining Panel display Ink end LED
313. s the name of a pushed key Press the Pause key two times to complete the panel key check E Inthe LED check the Operate Pause Ink Out K LK C M LC LM Y Paper Out Auto Cut Cutter OFF Sheet and Maintenance Tank LEDs are lighted up in the order named At the same time the LCD shows the name of the LED which is currently lit Panel LED Power Figure 5 5 Menu Transition of Panel Test Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 2 3 Sensors Sensor status is displayed on the panel ee ener eet O The numerals shown at the item Paper means that the paper thickness is as i i follows TCR Origin On E 00 0 3 mm or below in paper thickness i som i E 01 0 4mm 0 8 mm in paper thickness Coie Close 11 0 9 mm or more in paper thickness 3 i 10 The lever is in the up position TE 00 NOTE When adjustment is required see 5 2 3 1 Rear AD Adjustment p 231 I Sen l Lever Down O INK NOT indicates the absence of color ink cartridges 4 Each symbol displayed signifies that the corresponding color ink cartridge is HeadSlide On absent i T Sen O For Edge AD and Rear AD the value shown around the center represents the ON TENT KkCMcmY OFF difference and the value shown
314. se a short circuit of signals thus resulting in broken circuit elements Na gt a FFC Main Board Peg Screws M3x6 x4 Figure 4 62 Disconnecting the C472_SUB B Board Connectors Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Ink Supply Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 5 2 I H Ink Holder ASSY There are a total of seven I H assemblies installed one for each ink color Here the procedure for removing one I H ASSY will be explained This section also describes the procedure for removing the following parts E Release Sensor I H Lever E CSIC Relay Board E J H Frame i 4 You must execute ink discharge Ink Blowing in 5 2 3 20 Clean Head on page 256 before removal of the I H ASSY and ink charging Initial charge in 5 2 4 Cleaning on page 259 after reinstallation If no ink tube is to be removed there is no need of executing ink discharge MSA When removing and installing the front cover switch holder the See S following adjustment should be made E Refer to 5 1 4 9 Cover Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 216 en Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 Disconnect the seven FFCs ink cartridges two FFCs Main Board Maintenance Tank and the connector for the Release Sensor I H Lever on the C472_ SUB B Board found at the left side
315. sed Note 1 is prefixed to each signal which is active at LOW level 2 In Out refers to the direction of signal flow from the printer s point of view The DATAO through DATA7 signals represent data 3 The return side means twist pair return which is connected to the signal GND For bits 0 to 7 respectively Each signal is at high level interface each signal is connected with a twist pair wire and the return side is also when data is logical 1 and low level when data is connected For protection against noise this cable is shielded and connected to the logical 0 chassis GND for each of the center machine and the printer 4 All the interface conditions are based on the TTL level standard Each of the rise time and fall time is 0 2 us or less S CO NI Aalu By Ww bo 5 See Figure 1 19 for details of signal timing Product Description Interfaces EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 6 Do not perform data transfer by ignoring the ACKNLG signal or BUSY signal Data transfer to this printer must be executed by checking the level of the ACKNLG signal PAR SEIEE INTERFACE MING CHAS or when the BUSY signal is LOW 7 Assign appropriate character codes to DATAO 7 of the interface connector 1 for open to GND and 0 for short to GND and connect the BUSY signal line and the DATA databyten ata byte n 1 STROBE signal line Then wi
316. seessesseeeeeeeeeseeesecseecaecsaesaecseceaecsenseeerenseeeseaes 218 5 1 5 1 Parameter Backup Procedure ceeccecceescecceeseeeeseeceenseceenseeteensees 218 5 1 5 2 Work Procedure karore esaeran estes tse sip Sd netantonafossanttansgtressdedeen 218 DLS 3 OUMG aa E E tect dh 218 5 1 6 Firmware Reinstallation eccceccescesseecceeeeesceseeesecaeecaecaeeaecneenseeneenseens 219 5 1 6 1 Firmware Installation through ROM DIMM cccesceseeteeeeeeees 219 5 1 6 2 Firmware Installation through Interface 2 0 0 0 ccceeceeseeeseesseeseeneeeees 219 5 2 Self diagnostic Function secesii i i e aiii cette 220 AONA DU AN AREER EEE E ET E E E 220 5 2 1 1 How to Start Self diagnostic Function sesssseeeesseeessesressesrsersreressese 220 5 2 1 2 Functions of Keys during Self diagnosis ccecceseeseeseeeteeeeeeees 220 JAAK TOp MENU hiersie REA E ERE vtec a e REE vines 221 DED DET AEE NE E A E E E T A T T RS 222 522 2a Version EE E eter eee aes Bienes 223 5 2 2 2 Control Panel aienea ei ena E secre net ont nck oat eee 223 D223 SODSOLS grees eee alel EA OE tae E N es ia ees oe 224 D222 A ENCOGED sich sions aged na E intalidae EA S 225 SQ DiS BAM E E bancavsnguntecsnn cance cubencah cndebevees N 225 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A SDDS CSG e seek sites sack ihluhi ties ares er Meat a tobi eae teeent 227 5 2 2 8 ACHUALOR noroios iaoe as oii e E oait e aei SSE nea ii 229 PA AEA Ni FeiK O 2 i EEREN AEAEE EEEE 229 S23 Ad
317. should be checked so that the cover sensor ASSY is linked to the front cover when it opens and closes Refer to 5 1 4 9 Cover Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 2 6 ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED Revision A Front Cover Support Front cover Figure 4 22 Front Cover Support Removal Front Cover Fulcrum Pin R rF s X Front Cover Fulcrum Pin L 4 ir yvig Figure 4 23 Front Cover Removal Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 3 Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism 4 3 1 Print Head CAUTION Noe pa CHECK POINT REASSEMBLY ae When unlocking the carriage do not move the carriage by about 2 cm or more with the cutter pushed into the innermost position otherwise the cutter edge would be damaged When replacing the print head with a new one execute ink discharge Ink Blowing on page 256 beforehand Execute ink discharge operation to discharge the ink from all the ink passages While pushing the cutter area gently shift the carriage to the left about 2 cm to unlock the carriage and then move the carriage to the printer center See Figure 4 24 Loosen the one screw CP W M3 x6 securing the front end of the damper holder and separate the Damper Unit from the print head See Figure 4 25 When removing the head hang the hook of the Damper Unit in the hole of the bottom plate of the CR Board Assy s
318. sing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 2 1 Panel Unit 1 Release the clips on both sides of the control panel unit and pull slightly away from the R Side Cover See Figure 4 4 Panel Unit 2 Remove the FFC cable from the connector and hook X See Figure 4 5 Operate Paper Out Maintenance Tai Make sure that the Panel FFC does not get twisted round the carriage driven pulley inside the printer eAutocut Roll oH ry Pause Cutter Off Fa Paper Feed E Roset Sheet Ink Out Figure 4 4 Panel Unit Removal 1 2 Figure 4 5 Panel Unit Removal 2 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 4 2 2 R Side Cover o 1 Remove the Panel Unit p 159 2 Push back the Paper Set Lever to the released position See Figure 4 6 3 Remove two black screws CBP M4x10 from the lever handle and remove the handle 4 Using a driver or similar tool remove the lever blind cap Sy Take care not to drop the lever blind cap into the printer Open the roll paper cover See Figure 4 7 Remove the one black screw CBP M4x10 from inside the printer Adjust the height of the Paper Set Lever by means of the black screws so that the Paper Set Lever does not come in contact with the Lever Blind Cap Disassembly amp Assembly Removing the Panel Unit and Housing Lever Blind Cap Paper Set
319. ssembly and Assembly of Paper Feed Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 4 3 Cautions when replacing the PF Loop Scale 4 4 3 1 Assembly Procedure for the PF Loop Scale ASSY When assembling the PF loop scale unit the following exclusive tool should be used N _ a E Exclusive tool No F730 FPF Loop Scale Assembly Base lt _ gt Code 1051765 l The assembly procedure is shown below aoao DAA 1 Set the exclusive tool F730 as shown in the figure below then set the PF loop scale base part with the double sided tape side facing up F730 tool 2 Peel the protective backing off the double sided tape to the PF loop scale base 3 Affix the PF loop scale carefully to the PF loop scale base with the PF loop scale printed surface downward aligning it precisely with the PF loop scale base Figure 4 53 F730 tool and PF Loop Scale Base 4 Peel the protective backing off the other side of the double sided tape and affix the tape a so that it is within the black circle on the unprinted side of the PF loop scale ASSY eS SS aE w F7 E E Care should be taken so as not to damage the internal diameter ee of the PF loop scale i There is no problem if the PF loop scale s affixing position on fle C the PF loop scale base deviates somewhat The important wr control point is that the inside diameter of the PF loop scale not a 1 2 F Loop Scale we be dama
320. sseseesersesersreresseressesesseeesreseseesreressese 44 1 2 8 3 Maintenance Tank Life ooo cece eecccceeccesssccceesececsscecesseeecsssesenseeeees 23 San ck 1 4 3 14 Panel Setup Value Initialization 2 0 ccecesceeeseeeeeeteeeeeeseeeseneeeeeeees 45 12 84 Cutter Life avetage o e E E EE E E tee ee 23 a 1 4 3 15 Nozzle Check Pattern Printing 2 0 0 0 ccccceessscceseeeeceteeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeees 45 1 2 8 5 Maintenance Parts TBD ssessssssessssssessseesssesessreressesesesreressesessesesesse 23 1 43 16 Status Printin 46 1 2 9 Ambient Conditions esatean cesses Souk ese Be thee devs d e a a ia 24 cre ab ae Ss aetna Se NES Be Oe A ge a aa hae ee E 1s 1 4 3 17 Job Information Print 2 0 ccc cccceccceesseccssseceesseecessececssceceenseeesssees 48 1 2 9 1 Temperature Humidity c cc ccesccesecsseeseceseeeecesceseeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeneeeaes 24 1 4 3 18 Firmware Version ieiet nr a REE A E N ERR ia 49 1 29 22 Vibration a a rN 24 1 4 3 19 Printable pages of each ink cartridge s osssesseseneeeeeseesserserseseesesses 49 IEAS JS a1 110 a E E ee ete E AEEA 24 eo 1 4 3 20 Ink remaining soreer in e E E EAE E RS 49 1 2 9 4 Surroundings Space eei ae in es ee E tes 25 1 4 3 21 Maintenance tank count eccceccscceeesseccesseceessecceesececssceceeseeeessees 49 1 2 10 Overall Dimensions ccccceeccccesessccessceecsssececsscecessscecsscecesseeecsssesensseeees 26 f 1 43 22 Use counter annman a E EEE E A R RR ia 50 Did lel A
321. stic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A O Adjustment pattern Adjustment items e Top margin Front Sensor position e Bottom margin cutter position e Side margin Writing start position E Paper feed length 1000 mm E Pattern drawing method e Length 1000mm e Printing direction Uni D e Resolution 360 dpi e Printing speed 240 CPS Table below specifies the positions where the NormalDot2 vertical line patterns are drawn Table 5 21 Positions where Vertical Line Patterns Are Drawn Coordinate in units of 360 dpi Inmm 0 0 1417 About 100 2834 About 200 4251 About 300 5669 About 400 7086 About 500 8583 About 600 9921 About 700 11338 About 800 12755 About 900 14173 About 1000 Adjustment Self diagnostic Function 240 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 FEED CORRECTION T amp B ADJUSTMENT 1 Adjustment Start the Self diagnostic Function Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Display Adj Feed Adj T amp B Paper Feed V SelecType gt Paper Feed A x6 Print the pattern SelecType gt gt Enter when Enter Adjust Print is displayed See Figure 5 32 Measure the top margin Using a measuring rule measure the top margin Input the measured value on the panel Measure the bottom margin Using a measuring rule measure the bottom margin Input the measured value on the pane
322. stment p 60 CHECK POINT 3 3 3 Smudged or Marred Printout Front If smudging or marring occurs due to rubbing by the head etc on the paper s printed surface check the following items 1 If smudging is occurring at the front end of the roll paper or at the rear end widen the margins at the front end and rear end Set the Roll Paper Margin front end and rear end on 15 mm If high duty printing was done close to the front end and rear end margin 3 mm the paper will contain a large amount of ink and deformation of the paper will be accelerated and depending on the case the paper will touch the heads If paper with weak edges which cannot move smoothly along the paper path is being used Select NORM for SUCTION in the PAPER CONFIG MENU which is in the Panel Settings If there is rubbing and smudging due to slow drying in printing of user paper Set the stand basket paper Eject direction on Front E Inthe item DRYING TIME in the User Paper Setting Menu in Panel Settings set the drying time the time until auto paper cutting is carried out after printing is finished Default 0 second Maximum 10 seconds If the trouble cannot be resolved by the above methods check the following E The cap assembly tension spring is off If this spring comes off cap will collect inside the cap and ink that adheres around the head nozzle surface ends up adher
323. stment Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 8 Set the 0 9 mm thickness gauge between the PF Grid Roller and the Driven Roller near the detection arm on the paper transport path and bring down the Paper Set Lever toward you to the paper holding position At this point if the value on the LCD is not 11 loosen the screw securing the mounting plate for the P_THICK Sensor right Then slide the mounting plate to a position where the LCD shows 11 tighten the screw and remove the 0 9 mm thickness gauge 9 Set the 0 8 mm thickness gauge the same way as above and make certain that the value on the LCD is 01 At this point if the value on the LCD is not 01 loosen the screw securing the mounting plate for the P_THICK Sensor right Then slide the mounting plate to a position where the LCD shows 01 tighten the screw and check the previous step again 10 Turn the power switch Off then after disconnecting the power cable install the H Top Cover Table 5 30 LCD Mounting Plat diti unting e Condition Indication P_THICK_0 3 Sensor Mounting Paper thickness 0 3 mm Plate left 0 3 mm or below 0 4mm Paper thickness P_THICK Sensor Mounting Plate 0 8mm 0 4 0 6 mm right Paper thickness 0 9 mm 0 7mm or above Lever in Up position Paper released Lever in Down position Paper held Take care not to bend
324. t Bi D Adjustment Uni D Adjustment With this mode the printer has more power cleaning than normal cleaning Selecting this mode allows the user to adjust Bi D and Uni D depending on paper thickness 1 4 3 33 Cutter Blade Replacement O Setting Sahat ees sae i ma to ic Ben bles I Set the paper De rns eae eee ree ee gegen 2 Select the gap adjustment menu from the panel 1 Select the cutter replacement menus from the panel The cutter replacement menu 3 Set to STD for 0 2mm or 1 2mm EPSON paper When other paper is set can be selected by pressing the SelecType button for 5 sec individually set thickness in units of 0 1mm 4 Select the adjustment pattern to be printed Bi D Black Bi D all or Uni D individual and print PRINTING ALGNMNT PATTERN is displayed 3 Replace the cutter blade following cutter replacement guide 5 Check the printed adjustment patterns and enter the number of the pattern 4 Close the cover following cover close guide with the least displacement for each adjustment item 6 Repeat 4 5 until adjustment of all items is completed 2 Open the cover following cover open guide NOTE For details of patterns refer to Gap Adjustment Print Pattern TBD p 63 O Adjustment The adjustment values set above are saved in NVRAM as 4 types of adjustment value depending on PG height 0 7mm 1 2mm 2 2mm 2 6mm To calculate adjustment value PG height and paper thickness are necessary Saving place of
325. t 25 C 30 C lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Temperature at print 30 C 35 C lt nnnnnnnnnn gt Temperature at print more than 35 C lt nnnnnnnnnn gt The highest temperature at print lt nn gt The lowest temperature at print lt nn gt Carriage MENUR Carriage total turning times 190 240cps lt nnnnnnnnn gt Carriage total turning times 240cps lt nnnnnnnnn gt Carriage durable parts replacement date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Carriage turning times after durable parts replacement 190 240cps lt nnnnnnnnn gt Carriage turning times after durable parts replacement 240cps Operating Panel lt nnnnnnnnn gt 72 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Top menu Panel display Maintenance information menu MAINTINFO Product Description Item menu 1 Panel display Ink system MENUS Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Item menu 2 Total waste ink counter sponge Panel display Setup value lt nnnnnnn n gt Total waste ink counter flushing box lt nnnnnnn n gt Manual cleaning times lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cleaning times CL1 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cleaning times CL2 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cleaning times CL3 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cleaning times CL4 lt nnnnnnnnn gt Cleaning times CLS5PowerCL lt nnnnnnnnn gt Final CLS cleaning date lt YY
326. t boards are shown on the following pages E C472 MAIN BOARD E C472SUB BOARD E C472SUB B BOARD Appendix Circuit Diagrams 286 2060265 00 is not mounted 5 heeds ith and near the output d provide them BEPERE A Se 2 a White Locate these wires together near IC607 i N N Use a ort wiring as ible ii T
327. t occur at power on 3 After making certain that the error does not occur set the date and hour for the RTC by Initialize RTC p 83 in Maintenance Mode 2 p 70 or by booting the printer in the normal mode and sending the timer IC value change command of the factory setting commands 3 2 4 25 Head error 00010028 O O Troubleshooting Cause of trouble The head is damaged Remedy e Replace the Print Head p 171 3 2 4 26 Unidentified NMI 00010029 O Cause of trouble CPU has detected undefined NMI O Remedy If this error is not cleared even when the power is turned off once and on again replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 27 CR ASIC ECU error 0001002A O Cause of trouble Faulty firmware or damaged drive circuit board O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 28 PF ASIC ECU error 0001002B O Cause of trouble Faulty firmware or damaged drive circuit board O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 3 2 4 29 NVRAM error 00020000 O Explanation There may be a case where the parameter data in NVRAM is broken In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating O Cause of trouble NVRAM erase error or write error Check in 2 bytes O Remedy e Download the parameter data from another model However make the necessary adjustments e Replace the
328. t the two screws CP W M3x6 holding the Cutter Solenoid then remove the Cutter Solenoid by pushing it out from the bottom of the Cutter Holder ASSY with the shaft of a screwdriver or the like Do not pull the cable to remove the Cutter Solenoid AW m After installing the Cutter Solenoid the following adjustment sel should be done E 5 1 4 11 Cutter Solenoid ASSY or Paper Guide L Adjustment p 217 Screws CP W M2 5x5 x2 Figure 4 36 Cutter Solenoid Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Carriage CR Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 3 5 CR Encoder Sensor ASSY 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the J H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 ok oN Remove one screw CPP M3x6 two screws CP W M3x6 and one screw M3x16 securing the CR Board Guide and also the ground line and the toothed washer M3 and remove the CR Board Guide See Figure 4 30 Disconnect the connector 5 pin white for the CR Encoder Sensor from the CR Board D If you can not disconnect easily the connector for the CR Encoder Sensor do not disconnect it by undue force Disconnect the two gt FFCs for the print head first and then the connector for the CR E a Encoder Sensor M Figure 4 37 CR Encoder Sensor Removal 1 2 aa Remove the two screws securing the CR Board Un
329. tects thin paper less than 0 7mm PG is set as 2 6mm if paper thickness setting is more than 0 7mm Wide For PG1 2mm 5 When paper thickness sensor detects thick paper more than 0 7mm PG is set as Wider For PG2 2mm 2 6mm regardless of PG setting and paper thickness setting Narrow For PG0 7mm 6 It is saved into saving place for paper thickness 0 0mm Standard For PG1 2mm 7 Itis saved into saving place for paper thickness 0 3mm Wide For PG2 2mm Wider For PG2 6mm For PG2 6mm More than 0 3mm Narrow For PG1 2mm Less orein O pimin Standard For PG1 2mm Wide For PG2 2mm Wider For PG2 6mm 0 7 1 6mm For PG2 6mm More than 0 7mm 0S 3S For PG2 6mm 0 0 1 6mm Note 1 Paper thickness is saved to adjust with 0 1mm unit for paper thickness setting command PH 2 Paper thickness is firstly entered to reduce operation with the closest pattern print of adjustment value saved in the printer 3 Select STD when authentic EPSON dedicated paper is to be used Then the paper thickness sensors detect the paper thickness and make automatic setting Thin paper 0 2mm Thick paper 1 2mm Product Description Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Pause Ready o000000 O g i SelecType Paper Source Setting value 1 5 9 is selected with the Paper Feed button yp al j P It returns to a status before pattern print with the Pap
330. ted Exrors ennn rennet een aii a Hedges aa ESNE 130 3 2 4 28 PF ASIC ECU error 0001002B sssssssssssssessesessersesseseesersesseseesesse 144 3 2 2 14 Defective ink Cartridge irita aneo e n ieies 130 3 2 4 29 NVRAM error 00020000 ssssssssssssesssseeseseesrsresersersrseeseesessesessesss 144 S221 Ink l yer released erreneren astiene sesana a reias E eaaa aan an iian 130 3 2 4 30 SDRAM error 00020002 ceceeceesecsceeseceseeeceeceseceseeseenseeneenseens 145 3 2 2 16 Megallink cartrid Ge iccc5 fe csscssissci cs dawson E eneseaoess 131 3 2 4 31 BOOT program SUM error 00020003 0 ceececeseeeeeseeeteeteeeeees 145 3 2 2 17 Maintenance tank full oo eee cceesecseceseceeeeteeeceseeeeeeeeeeesneeaeeenes 131 3 2 4 32 Flash memory SUM error 00020009 cecesceeseesseeteeseeeteeneeesees 145 3 2 2 18 No Maintenance tank osneie ninine nenin enin i a 131 3 2 4 33 Program load error 0002000A s esssssssssssssessssersessresssersesrrseseessese 145 3 2 2 19 Wrong IK designation s s sesessessesesseeseserseesessessesresessesessesresrereseesese 131 3 2 4 34 Internal memory shortage error 00020000B ssssssssesessesserseeeessese 145 3 2 2 20 Fatal Error cecnnnienrn eene e a a e e E EEEE 131 3 2 4 35 Review error 00020000C ssssssssssssssessssesessessssersessrereseesesersreeessese 146 3 2 3 Troubleshooting for Warning seeeeseseeseeessesrerserssrrersrsrsessrsesrsrsseererseseee 132 3 2 4 36 CPU address error load misalignment 100000E0
331. the Cleaner Head be sure to use tweezers never touch the Cleaner Head with your bare hand E Before use clean the tweezers with cleaner Install the Cleaner Head in such an orientation that its felt is positioned on the Pump ASSY side and the rubber in on the Cap ASSY side Disassembly amp Assembly Revision A wo Figure 4 78 Removing the Cleaner Head Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 6 6 Flushing Box ASSY 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 2 Remove the Paper Guide L2 p 168 3 From the printer body pull off carefully the waste ink tube thick which connects the Flushing Box ASSY to the Maintenance Tank 4 Remove the one CUPS M3x6 screw securing the Flushing Box ASSY 5 Take out the Flushing Box while pulling off carefully the waste ink tube thin coming from the Pump ASSY 6 Remove the Flushing Box ASSY After installing the Flushing Box ASSY make certain by removing the Paper Guide L2 that the waste ink tube thick is set securely on the tube joint of the Maintenance Cartridge Holder Waste ink tube f Waste ink tube thick Ya fF or a4 J ia ASAE E ESNE A nal 2 Bi isF ig eh aS Se 6 ws Figure 4 79 Removing the Flushing Box ASSY Take off the ink tube thick thin carefully so that ink will not spill from the ink tube Disassembly amp Assemb
332. the adjustment items to be made once the CR Motor ASSY p 180 Described below are the adjustment items to be made once the PF Motor p 185 has has been replaced been replaced O Adjusting tools O Adjusting tools E No special tools are required E Tension gauge for 4 000g O Adjustment items steps E PF ENC sensor positioning tool F798 E Scale 1000mm F713 Table 5 5 Required Adjustment Items CR Motor Replacement E Scale Stopper F714 Adjustment Item O Adjustment items steps Clear the counter Maintenance Mode2 Power OFF gt Paper Source Eject Paper Feed Table 5 6 Required Adjustment Items PF Motor Replacement Power ON CR MOTOR Adjustment Item lt Mechanism Adjustment gt lt Mechanism Adjustment gt CR Timing Belt Tension Adjustment PF Timing Belt Tension Adjustment PF ENC Installation Position Adjustment lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment Round Trip Print Position Bi D Adjustment Checking Head Gap Adjustment Uni D Adjustment Test Pattern Printing Test Pattern Printing Adjustment Overview 214 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5
333. the cash area is insufficient There may be a case where the assigned work area varies with the I F mode and I F mode setting does not agree or decoding of a command is impossible Then the work area is consumed up thus memory runs short In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating O Cause of trouble Faulty program O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Check I F mode e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 4 35 Review error 0002000C O Explanation There may be a case where the combination of the DIP Switch setting positions on the Main Board is not supported by the firmware In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating O Cause of trouble Driver circuit board review and the state of the DIP switch are not consistent with the program version O Remedy E Check driver circuit board review and state of DIP switch Check the DIP Switch setting See p 209 3 2 4 36 CPU address error load misalignment O Cause of trouble Defective circuit board or faulty CPU soldering Program trouble or generation error O Remedy e Firmware Reinstallation p 219 e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 100000E0 3 2 4 37 CPU address error storage misalignment 10000100 O Cause of trouble Defective circuit board or faulty CPU soldering Program trouble or generation error O Rem
334. the page printer as follows Slot A Blank flash ROM DIMM for writing Slot B Master ROM DIMM the one on which the parameter backup file was written at PREPARATION Turn on the power to the page printer while holding down the following buttons on the control panel of the page printer Start Stop Job Cancel Enter When the LCD on the control panel has displayed ROM Copy Mode press the Enter button on the panel Copy processing is executed and completed when the display has changed as ROM A Erasing gt ROM B gt A Copying gt ROM B gt A Copying End Turn off the power to the page printer and take the ROM DIMMs out of the slots 218 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 1 6 Firmware Reinstallation 5 1 6 1 Firmware Installation through ROM DIMM In Stylus Pro 7600 9600 the firmware is written in the Flash ROM on the Main Board Install the firmware through a ROM DIMM by the following procedure When the Main Board has been replaced with a new one write the firmware in the I Check the firmware version Flash ROM on the new Main Board by the procedure described below SelecType key gt PRINTER STATUS MENU gt VIRSION 2 Write the firmware file in the RCC format in a ROM DIMM C309 PROG E Immediately after reloading firmware to the new MAIN board without any parameters existing on it when the printer s power 3 Turn off the power switch and d
335. the printing area MAX position 350CPS Paper absence detected 9 Yes From the position where the sensor output has changed CR moves by 2 mm toward the home 240CPS While monitoring the edge sensor output CR moves outward at 5 cps The position where paper absence is detected is judged to be the right edge position of the paper While monitoring the edge sensor output CR moves toward the home to the printing area MIN position 350CPS 3 Paper absence detected No 9 Yes From the position where the sensor output has changed CR moves by 2 mm outward 240CPS While monitoring the edge sensor output CR moves toward the home at 5 cps The position where paper absence is detected is judged to be the left edge position of the paper Paper width gt 210 20mm No 9 k4 Yes Return negn CR moves to the paper presence position 100CPS Flashing during acceleration on Fl_Box Moving to paper absence position Threshold value is ess calculated during moving to paper presence position After determination of threshold value edge sensor LED is kept on 4 xl Revision A Paper presence position 215 4 mm Paper absence position 132 9 mm LED turns off upon completion of front detection Printing area MAX position Stylus Pro 9600 1260 5mm 7 0mm Reserved width Stylus Pro 7600 752 5mm 7 0mm Reserved width Printing area MIN position 142 9mm 4 0mm Reserved width To prevent wron
336. the specified value is about to be There may be a case where a voltage exceeding the specified value is about to be applied to the CR Motor In such a case this message is displayed and the printer applied to the PF Motor In such a case this message is displayed and the printer stops operating stops operating O Cause of trouble O Cause of trouble e A small PWM output is kept on for a certain period of time load is kept e A small PWM output is kept on for a certain period of time load is kept applied applied e Carriage related mechanism out of step or carriage bumped e Paper feed related mechanism out of step O Points to be checked O Points to be checked 1 The CR Encoder and the T Fence must be free from dust and dirt or any other 1 The PF Encoder and the PF Loop Scale must be free from dust and dirt or any foreign matters other foreign matters 2 The CR Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in 2 The PF Timing Belt must be free from any defects and the belt must be in proper tension proper tension 3 The carriage must slide smoothly free from undue load 3 The grid roller must rotate smoothly free from undue load 4 Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor 5 8Q 4 Measure the resistance value of the CR Motor 5 8Q If the CR Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the If the CR Motor is found in short mode replace the C472MAIN Board at the same time same time 5 Execute encoder ch
337. thickness gauges by say dropping This adjustment requires an accuracy to units of 0 1 mm Adjustment Mechanism Adjustment EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 3 5 Cover Sensor ASSY Mounting Position Adjustment When removing replacing the Cover Assembly or the Front Cover verify the sensor n operation using the Self Diagnostic mode as described below NOTE For disassembly and assembly procedure refer to Cover Sensor ASSY p 197 1 Remove the Tube cover See Cover Sensor ASSY p 197 2 Start the Self diagnostic Function Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON 3 Display Test Sensor SelecType gt Paper Feed V x2 4 Display Sen Cover SelecType gt Paper Feed V x1 5 Open and close the Front Cover checking the LCD to make sure the message changes depending on the Front Cover position Table 5 31 Cover Sensor Assembly Check Front Cover LCD Message Open Sen Cover Open Close Sen Cover Close 6 Ifthe correct message does not appear or any other message appears verify the Cover Figure 5 68 Adjusting the Cover Sensor ASSY Mounting Position Sensor is installed correctly and check the operation again Acceptance Criterion The timing for cover opening is such that there is no gap between the front cover and the printer body which permits entrance of your finger Adjustment Mechanism Adjustme
338. thout using any external equipment you can conduct lt thoid gt printing test of the printer including the interface circuit STROBE j See setup stb E lt thext gt ACKNLG treply i tack efnbusy Parallel0l eps Figure 1 19 Timing Chart Table 1 54 Parameter Minimum Maximum Note 1 Rise and fall time of every output signals 2 Rise and fall time of every input signals Product Description Interfaces EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 6 1 2 Nibble Mode CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENT AND SIGNALS SPECIFICATION Table 1 55 Connector Pin Assignment and Signals Nibble O Transmission mode 8 bit parallel ce krong Signal Name In Out Function O Synchronization By STROBE pulse ETETE Tost clock signal O Handshaking By BUSY and ACKNLG signal DATAO O Signal level TTL compatible IEEE1284Level 1 device cas nt Miia ts DATA2 The DATAO through DATAT signals O Data trans timing Refer to the IEEE 1284 specification DATA3 namesan daia biis O0 ae mee incl Eech Oo Extensibility Request DATA4 signal is at high level when data is logical 1 The printer responds affirmatively when the extensibility request values are 00H DATAS ig ae NE A A or 04H that mean DATA6 F DATA7 M 00H Request Nibble Mode Reverse Channel Transfer PtrClk Printer clock signal E 04H Request Device ID Return Dat
339. tion 1 Check that the cover is closed properly Replace the sensor Error Display EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 3 2 2 7 Type B I F error Table 3 11 Item Description LCD PANEL MESSAGE OPTION I F ERROR LED STATUS None A non supported option Type B I F card is installed into the Explanation printer This error occurs when the printer is turned on Turn off the printer remove the option Type B I F card and then turn on again Recovery If the error recurs repeat checking by installing another Type B interface 3 2 2 8 Paper cutting error Table 3 12 LCD PANEL MESSAGE PAPER NOT CUT LED STATUS PAPER OUT LED is blinking Explanation The paper cannot cut whole paper completely by the cutter or cut paper remains over the front paper sensor O Remove the cut paper or cut manually the paper using scissors or else User should lift the paper set lever and reset the paper or push the Pause button Thereby the printer will execute paper initialize operation and will be printable status In this time if the paper is so disarranged that it may cause head friction or Recovery paper jam user should cut the disarranged part neatly and reset the paper User should replace the cutter blade if it becomes dull O Checking the operation of the Cutter Solenoid Execute Actuator 2 p 229 in the self diagnostics menu and if any problem is found replace the actuator Tr
340. tions writes the NVRAM values as The number of carriage round trips has reached the specified value a rule and makes all the LEDs on the panel flash O Specified value Stylus Pro 9600 2 500 000 passes B0 Speed Stylus Pro 7600 3 250 000 passes A 1 Speed NOTE 1 Pass 1 round trip O Description E Occurrence of any error from which the user can not recover the printer E Life expiration of a long life part which can cause secondary problems if the part is further used O Remedy E The printer has been brought into malfunction by unexpected operation or by 1 Replace the CR Motor and Driven Pulley receiving an unexpected command 2 Check the Head FFC for breakage scratches on the surface or damage O Solution 3 Check the ink supply tube for cracks breakage or ink leakage Turn the power off once and turn it on again If the error display is cleared try to 4 Check the CR motor life by SelecType p 35 continue using the printer SelecType key gt PRINTER STATUS MENU If the error of the same code has occurred again the service technician must SERVICE LIFE replace the relevant part with a new one Then the error display will be cleared E When the life of the CR motor has been almost expired e Replace the CR Motor ASSY p 180 E When the CR motor has still an adequate life remaining e Replace the MAIN Board C472 MAIN p 207 NOTE See 3 2 1 3 Service Call Fatal Errors p 125 e
341. tment value PG 1 2mm above 25 AI menhang i 2 Head LR Adj Bi D onto Bi D2 PG 0 7mm and Bi D3 PG 2 1mm xa 4 Ot USER gt l Round Trip Print Position Make the printer perform printing and adjust the m25 7 L Rear Netcare Pos Adj Adjustment 2 Bi D2 round trip printing position PG 0 7mm 4 2 Test Print Round Trip Print Position Make the printer perform printing and adjust the 251 Adj i l 4 4 Adjustment 3 Bi D3 round trip printing position PG 2 1mm G 7 Platen Pos Adj OTT l Round Trip Print Position Bi According to the result of the round trip print position H s F ae D Adjustment Checking adjustment shift the pattern by the theoretically 252 Adj Aan 1 required number of dots Then print the pattern and Bi Platen Pos Chk l J Cout Cee make certain that the result of adjustment is proper Eon ou ee Head Gap Adjustment Make the printer perform printing and adjust the one p 253 Stee os ee Uni D Adjustment way printing position i Figure 5 17 Adjustment Menu Transition Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 1 Rear AD Adjustment The optimum value for resistance of the Rear Sensor is automatically detected and determined See Figure 5 18 Enter E The values displayed are D A adjustment value ON OFF difference and ON level as named from left Enter Start Detection error d 7 Adjustment ps
342. tment value changes depending on the corresponding ID value 1 Olh 40h Use the value of ID 50h as the paper feeding adjustment value 2 41h C0h Use ID as the paper feeding adjustment value 3 Clh FFh Use the value of ID 64h as the paper feeding adjustment value NOTE Designation of pigment dye depends on ink type setting NPD setting IK Product Description System table This table is not used during printing The manufacture setting value is stored to use as backup for user table User table The user table can be changed from the SN menu of Maintenance mode 1 See 1 4 4 Maintenance Mode 1 p 66 for details It can be changed by registering the remote commands paper feeding adjustment offset value commands SN83 It is necessary to save changes SV System table The system table can be changed from the Maintenance mode 2 adjustment menu See 1 4 5 Maintenance Mode 2 p 70 for details O User table initialization Operating Panel Maintenance mode 1 Selecting User table initialization in SN menu allows the user to initialize Maintenance mode 1 Remote commands Setting m2 00h in paper feeding adjustment offset value registration SN 83 allows the user to initialize remote commands EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 7 Firmware Reload 1 4 7 4 Compulsory start FFW DOWNLOAD mode When F W installation fails for some reasons and start up from begins the backup area 1 4 7 1
343. to proceed E If you have to loosen a screw that has blue screw lock applied to its head make sure you apply blue screw lock again when reassembling Bottom direction0l eps Figure 4 1 Directional View of the Printer Disassembly amp Assembly Summary EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 1 2 Tools This section lists the tools necessary to disassemble or assemble the printer Table 4 1 Necessary Tools Phillips screwdriver 2 Phillips screwdriver 1 Standard screwdriver Round nosed pliers Tweezers Part Code Commonly available tools no special tools necessary longer than 250mm is helpful 4 1 3 Screw List The following table lists all the screws used in this printer E 589 Torque Wrench 6 mm x 1 0 kg or 760 Torque Wrench B765106901 1059914 For tube coupling screws Hex Wrench Part with Exclusive Stand Commercially available part PF Loop Scale ASSY Assembly tool 1051765 Exclusive tool No f730 PF Loop Scale Attachment tool 1051767 Exclusive tool No 731 Ink Cartridge Draining cartridge Maintenance Tank 2 PF_ENC CR_ENC Cutter Note 1 2 7 of these cartridges are necessary for one operation Disassembly amp Assembly This hex wrench is necessary only when removing the stand feet Summary CB M3x6 Table 4 2 Screws Description White
344. tory8 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history9 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service ca l history9 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Service call history10 Type lt XXXXXXXX gt Service call history 0 Date Operating Panel lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt 80 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A Top menu Panel display Maintenance information menu MAINTINFO Item menu 1 Panel display Normal error MENUN Normal error history 1 Type Table 1 48 Maintenance mode 2 setup items continued Item menu 2 Panel display Setup value lt xXx gt Normal error history 1 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 2 Type lt Xx gt Normal error history 2 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 3 Type lt Xx gt Normal error history 3 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 4 Type lt Xx gt Normal error history 4 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 5 Type lt xXx gt Normal error history 5 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 6 Type lt xXx gt Normal error history 6 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 7 Type lt xXx gt Normal error history 7 Date lt YY gt lt MM gt lt DD gt Normal error history 8 Type
345. tridge installation dye PPI M W OFF O Super High Quality High image quality with 7 color ink 2880x1440 dpi and minimum 4pl various layers O Low Running Cost e Independent for each color and 110 ml ink cartridge e Large capacity 220 ml ink cartridge as an option O Paper Handling e Support various media e Automatic roll paper cutter manual cutter e Automatic loading cut sheet e Borderless print for right and left O Compatibility with other LFPs Commands are upper compatible with Stylus Pro 10000 Stylus Pro 10000CF Stylus Pro 9000 Stylus Pro 9500 Stylus Pro 7000 and Stylus Pro 7500 O The latest RIP technology CPSI Pro software RIP Product Description EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 1 2 Differences between Stylus Pro 7600 and Stylus Pro 9600 Table 1 3 Differences between Stylus Pro 7600 and Stylus Pro 9600 Item Stylus Pro 7600 Stylus Pro 9600 Product Maximum paper 610mm 1118m Specifications width About 24 inches About 44 inches Al size supported BO size supported RAM capacity 32MB 16Mbitx2 64MB 16Mbitx4 1C600 601 not mounted Option Take up Reel Unit Not supported Supported CN30 not mounted 220 ml ink Not supported Supported cartridge Product Description EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 2 Basic Specifications Table 1 5 Graphics Modes Stylus Pro 9600 Horizontal resolution Maximum number Printable area i Print
346. tter Position a lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON lt Start the Self diagnostic Function gt Power OFF gt Paper Feed A Paper Feed V Cut Eject Power ON Checking for Proper Cutting Pressure pe ne Head Nozzle Checking Cleaning Leak check pattern printing Feed Correction T amp B Adjustment Test Pattern Printing 5 1 4 13 Release Sensor I H Lever Adjustment No adjustment is required 5 1 4 14 Battery No adjustment is required Execute Initialize RTC p 83 Adjustment Overview 217 EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 1 5 Parameter Backup 5 1 5 1 Parameter Backup Procedure m Required tools E Flash ROM DIMM C309PROG Board Part code 2076654 01 E Parameter backup utility PBU16 RCC PC and parallel cable E EPSON page printer AcuLaser C8600 5 1 5 2 Work Procedure PREPARATION 1 2 Adjustment Prepare the EPSON page printer as specified above AcuLaser C8600 Install the flash ROM DIMM in the optional ROM DIMM slot slot A on the Main Board of the page printer Connect the parallel cable from the PC to the parallel port of the page printer Turn on the power to the page printer while holding down the following buttons on the control panel of the page printer Job Cancel Up Down 2 When the LCD on the control pane
347. ure 1 19 1 6 1 1 Compatibility Mode This signal when the level is HIGH indicates that the printer can not receive data When the level is SPECIFICATION LOW the signal indicates that the printer can accept data This signal turns HIGH in one of the O Transmission mode 8 bit parallel following cases Ae O During data entry O Synchronization By STROBE pulse El iertat statis oO Handshaking By BUSY and ACKNLG signal This signal when the level is HIGH indicates paper out error Valid when ERROR LOW O Signal level TTL level EEE1284Level 1 device Always at HIGH level when the power to the printer O Adaptable connector 57 30360 amphenol 36 pin or equivalent The LOW signal indicates that the printer is in error status CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENT AND SIGNALS Not used Always at HIGH level Pulled up to 5 V via 3 9 KQ Table 1 53 Connector Pin Assignment and Signals Compatibility 45V N at HIGH level Pulled up to 5 V via 1 0 Q Chassis GND Chassis GND For these signals twist pair wires are used with the return side connected to the signal ground 7 Return 7 Pin No GND pin Signal Name In Out Function The strobe pulse This signal is normally HIGH and GND Signal GND read in of data is executed after turning LOW The pulse width required at the receive end is 0 5 us or more STROBE NC Not u
348. ure logo Manufacture information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed e Ink Color Ink color information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed e Ink Type Ink type information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed e Ink capacity Ink capacity information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed e Ink remaining Ink remaining of each ink cartridge is displayed e Product date Product date information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed with lt Y Y gt lt MM gt form e Expire date Ink expire date information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed e Ink life after open Ink life information saved in CSIC of each ink cartridge is displayed e Passed time after open Passed time after opened of each ink cartridge is displayed NOTE These are displayed every color K Y SSN MENU O Paper feed adjustment table m2 value set by mechanism sequence command Paper feed adjustment is converted to the actual paper feed adjustment value with paper feed adjustment table saved in NVRAM The conversion is valid when mechanism sequence command Paper feed adjustment mode ON Users can change following conversion table with this maintenance mode e User table for dye media e User table for pigment media O Change of paper feed adjustment table by users E Format XXx nn mm Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A E
349. ustment 2 2 Adjustment Self diagnostic Function EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 5 2 3 13 Round Trip Print Position Adjustment Bi D Adjustment I i SelecT Adjust the round trip print position ea aa eee Make adjustments of 240CPS VSD1 240CPS VSD2 and 190CPS VSD4 for A i each color This Bi D adjustment is of PG 1 2mm For PG 0 7mm Bi D2 and BiD 240 V2 s PG 2 1mm Bi D3 make adjustment in other menus as required a Store the adjustment values for each line of nozzles 21 kinds of values in the Flash A BiD 240 V4 l ROM 5 i i I For adjustment conduct Bi D printing and from the print results input the difference A between the CW print position and the CCW print position BiD End i The procedure and print patterns for round trip print position adjustment are shown on i the next page Ta Table 5 22 Adjustment Item List 740VI K PRN Enter Item Contents 7 SelecType v BiD 240 V1 Bi D Adjustment 240CPS VSD1 TO VIRGOEREN ater BiD 240 V2 Bi D Adjustment 240CPS VSD2 R BiD 190 V4 Bi D Adjustment 190CPS VSD4 aa pl Printing end E Adjustment resolution 8 8 um OVI Paper Feed A Key 2 30 Paper Feed V Key Adjustable range 96 step adjustment possible Y_ SclecType or Enter aa Ba Paper Feed A Key eng
350. utlet is supplied via the power cable an accessory Table 2 10 Control Signals between C472MAIN Board and Power Supply Board of Stylus Pro 7600 9600 into the Inlet of the printer and to the Power Supply Circuit Board Signal Name Function REM ON Operating Turned ON OFF by C472MAIN Board The power switch constitutes a secondary power switch system The secondary power MAIN gt When these terminals are shorted the drive system switch system operates as follows even with the power switch turned off the Power Power Supply power supplies 28 VDC and 42 VDC re active iia ta Board is operating by a slight power as long as the power cable is OF ae CODICE system power supplies 28 VDC and 42 VDC are 0 VDC e The 5 VDC power is not controlled with these Even after the power switch is turned off the Power Supply Circuit omai era pe oe pene rnae pj dae is kepton AC _OFF Operating When each output from the Power Supply Circuit gam e SYSTE CITE SEJ UCNCE IS COMP ETEA H Board has become inactive because of turning off of Do not disconnect the power cable or do not shut off power by MAIN the power switch or when the input voltage has turning off any power switch other than that on the printer Power Supply dropped below the rated voltage value H signal is sent to the C472MAIN Board Off The power switch is turned on and the Power Supply a EL Circuit Board Unit starts operating so that each output The
351. ve the carriage by about 2 cm or more with the cutter pushed into the innermost position otherwise the cutter edge would be damaged E Take great care not to scratch the CR Encoder Scale If the CR Encoder Scale is scratched the encoder sensor will output wrong signals thus resulting in abnormal operation of the carriage or error occurrence 1 Remove the R Side Cover p 160 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 Remove the J H Cover p 164 Remove the H Top Cover p 165 Remove the CR Encoder Sensor ASSY p 178 Nn Mw FF YN Disengage the CR Encoder Scale Timing Fence from the CR Encoder Scale Fastening Spring on the L Side Frame side 7 Remove the CR Encoder Scale from the CR Encoder Scale Holders NOTE The number of CR Encoder Scale Holders is as follows Stylus Pro 7600 2 guides Stylus Pro 9600 3 guides 8 While pushing the cutter area gently shift the carriage to the left about 2 cm to unlock the carriage and then move the carriage to the left from the capping position See Figure 4 24 9 Disengage the CR Encoder Scale from the hook on the CR Encoder Scale Holder R CR Encoder Scale J l and draw out the CR Encoder Scale from the carriage area AR i Nessim After assembling the CR ENC the following adjustments should be REQUIRED made E 5 1 4 8 CR Encoder Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 215 Figure 4 49 CR Encoder Scale Removal Disassembly amp Assembly Disasse
352. vision A O Cleaning unit life monitor 1 4 3 28 Suction adjustment for paper setting and indicator display E How to calculate Users can adjust paper suction to set paper easily only when paper set lever is released Cleaning unit life is same as pump motor life Cap assembly pump assembly and paper is detected with rear sensor Followings are displayed on the LCD panel at flushing box and wiper are exchanged at the same time by a service person that time E Display Life O LCD display 100 81 Etk kF 80 61 E F LOAD PAPER 60 41 E F SUCTION 40 21 E F 20 1 Ex F Note W Indicator 3 levels Less than 1 remaining F F O Suction display E Maintenance Req Suction LCD display When the life is TBD maintenance request happens E Fatal error When the life is 0 service request happens E Counter clear When CLEAR COUNTERS CLEANER in Maintenance mode 2 is executed the counter is cleared E Count continuance Same as PF motor w130 A Information on these values is needed only when service personnel ZONU perform maintenance work Do not inform users of the meaning of these indications Operating Panel EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 1 4 3 29 Ink remaining indicator display O Ink remaining display and font Ink remaining indicator is displayed on the lower line of LCD panel a Ink remaining LCD panel display O LCD display item and LCD panel display position 1
353. ws CUPS M3x6 holding the Needle Frame ASSY E See Figure 4 69 ET jae 8 While disengaging the hook of the Needle Frame ASSY slide the Ink Holder ASSY ome o f 4 downward to separate the Needle Frame ASSY from the Ink Holder ASSY See Figure 4 70 all gt a s Raves Se Screw M3x6 Figure 4 69 Disassembling the Ink Holder ASSY 1 2 Needle Frame ASSY 2 ig Figure 4 70 Disassembling the Ink Holder ASSY 2 2 Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Ink Supply Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 5 3 Cover Sensor ASSY 1 Remove the L Side Cover p 163 u 2 Remove the J H Cover p 164 E hom 3 Open the Front Cover i 4 4 Remove two screws CPP M3x8 securing the Ink Tube Cover and remove the cover NY je See Figure 4 63 5 Disconnect the harness connector of the Cover Sensor ASSY 6 Pinch the right and left hooks of the Cover Sensor ASSY and remove the Cover Sensor ASSY MANA Make sure that the Cover Switch Holder is so positioned that the haoi Cover Sensor ASSY operates coupled with the opening closing of the Front Cover E Refer to 5 1 4 9 Cover Sensor ASSY Adjustment p 216 Ss Figure 4 71 Removing the Cover Sensor ASSY Disassembly amp Assembly Disassembly and Assembly of Ink Supply Mechanism EPSON Stylus Pro 7600 9600 Revision A 4 6 Disassembly and Assembly of Cleaning Mechanism
354. y the default setting mode or selected automatically Inquire Emergency Reply Reply for Emergency command O Manual selection One of 3 interfaces can be selected the parallel interface the USB interface the optional interface Send Emergency Message Receive Emergency command O Automatic selection Sending BDC ST through DBIN register Select a interface which the printer received data first after power ON If it passes When State Reply is set ON by ST from Type B I F sending BDC ST through 10 seconds after interruption of data receiving it will be idle status any interface DBIN register is started When State Reply is started Start and End of BDC ST is not selected and will select a interface which the printer received data first characters are announced by sending the Main command OEh O Interface state and interface selection O Emergency command BGJC E When the parallel interface is not selected the interface goes into the busy status 02007 Cer device TD Only reverse communication can be done at this time 0x01 Get all status E When the printer is initialized or returned to the idle state the parallel 0x08 LFP Bi D command For acquisition of job information interface becomes ready status the USB interface becomes non NACK reply status and the option interface resets OFF LINE bit of Main Status Register MNSTS E INIT signal on the parallel interface is not effective

Epson 7600 Printer User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents